Skip to main content

Full text of "Zig-zagging round the world : a record of three years' wandering in the British Empire and other lands, 1919-1922"

See other formats


UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO 
LIBRARY 


ONTARIO  LEGISLATIVE 
LIBRARY 


ZIG-ZAGGING 
ROUND   THE    WORLD 


OS! 

ZIG-ZAGGING 
ROUND  THE  WORLD 

A  record  of  three  years'  wandering 

in  the  British   Empire 

and  other  lands 

1919-1922 


BY 

ROBT.   D.   McEWAN       frM 

57081 

WITH    78    ILLUSTRATIONS 


LONDON 

HUTCHINSON    &    CO. 

PATERNOSTER    ROW 

GLASGOW 

JOHN     SMITH    &    SON    (Glasgow),    Ltd. 
ST.    VINCENT   STREET 


To  my  companion  during  many  years 
and  on  many  voyages,  of  which 
the  latest  is  recorded  in  these  pages. 


Copyright  102S  by  Rolf.  D.  McEtoan. 


PREFACE 

THE    writer,   accompanied  by  his   wife,   made   the 
journey  recorded  in  this  volume,  the  narrative 
chapters  being  written  during  the  tour. 
The  pictorial  record  cannot  be  fully  reproduced,  but  a 
selection  has  been  made  mostly  to  illustrate  the  special 
chapters  on  visits  to  outstanding  places. 

The  strongest  argument  for  making  any  record  of  these 
prolonged  wanderings  throughout  the  scattered  British 
Empire  and  many  other  lands  is  that  they  gave  quite 
unusual  opportunities  for  comparisons.  Many  have 
seen  and  written  about  some  of  the  places  included,  but 
few  men  and  fewer  women  have  seen,  and  seen  at  such 
leisure,  all  the  countries  which  were  visited  in  the  three 
years  of  what  has  been  called  "  Zig-zagging  Round  the 
World."  Over  80,000  miles  were  covered,  and  we 
voyaged  in  forty-six  different  steamers  of  every  variety 
of  size,  accommodation,  and  method  of  propulsion.  We 
travelled  also  on  railways  of  all  gauges  and  rates  of 
progression,  with  luxurious  equipment  and  extreme 
simplicity  ;  with  beds  in  which  you  could  sleep  and 
others  well  planned  to  keep  you  awake.  Motor  cars  of 
even  greater  variety  were  utilised,  and  as  for  animal 
traction,  about  the  only  beast  of  burden  omitted  was  the 
llama  of  South  America.  The  itinerary  is  appended,  and 
a  rough  route  sketch  is  made  on  the  book  cover. 

ROBT.  D.   McEWAN. 


9  EOLINTON  DRIVE, 
GLASGOW. 

November,  102$. 


CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  J'AfJK 

I.  Canada,             9 

II.  Western  Seaboard  of  the  United  States,      . .          .  .  17 

III.  The  Imperial  Valley,  California, 31 

IV.  The  South- Western  States,               35 

V.  The  West  Indies,         41 

VI.  Jamaica  and  Federation  of  the  British  West  Indies,  53 

VII.  South  America — Eastern  Seaboard,             . .         .  .  57 

VIII.  A  Visit  to  the  Iguazu,           65 

IX.  South  America— Western  Seaboard,           . .         . .  71 

X.  The    Panama     Canal,     Pacific    Trade,     and    the 

World  War,          81 

XI.  The  Hawaiian  Islands,          85 

XII.  The  Dominion  of  New  Zealand,        95 

XIII.  The  Commonwealth  of  Australia, 103 

XIV.  Australasia — its  Social  and  Industrial  Conditions, 

Resources,  and  Needs, 113 

XV.  Japan, 119 

XVI.  Through  Korea  and  Manchuria  to  China,         ..  127 

XVII.  Pekin,  the  wonder  city  of  the  Far  East,    .  .          . .  133 

XVIII.  Manila  and  Java, 139 

XIX.  Malaya,             143 

XX.  Trade  in  the  Far  East,            .     .  .  149 

XXI.  Burma  and  Ceylon, 155 

XXII.  The  Buried  Cities  of  Ceylon,            165 

XXIII.  India, 169 

XXIV.  Agra  and  its  Neighbourhood,           183 

XXV.  Egypt,  Syria,  and  Palestine,            187 

XXVL  The  ^Egean,  Bosphorus,  and  Levant,          197 

XXVII.  The  Barbary  Coast  and  Iberian  Peninsula,         ..  205 

XXVIII.  Geographical  Facts  and  Fictions,   . .         . .  215 


CHAPTER 

XXIX. 

XXX. 

XXXI. 

XXXII. 
XXXIII. 
XXXIV. 


CONTENTS  -continued. 

The  inner  man — Food, 
The   outer   man  and  woman — Dress, 
Social   conditions  —  the   position   of    women    and 
children, 

Builders,  

Craftsmen  and  Artists, 

The  Oriental's  Point  of  View,  

INDEX, 243 


PAGE 

219 
225 

229 
233 
235 
239 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

NO.  TO  FACE   PAOE 

1.  Bow  River,  Banff,  Canadian  Rockies, 12 

2.  Lake  Louise,  Canadian  Rockies, 12 

3.  Lake  Agnes,  Canadian  Rockies, 13 

4.  Lake  Louise,  Canadian  Rockies,    .  .          .  .          .  .          .  .  13 

5.  Pen  Pin  Rock,  Union  Point,  Yosemite,  California,          .  .  22 

6.  Cap  of  Liberty  and  Nevada  Fall,  California,        . .         . .  22 

7.  El  Capitan  and  River  Merced,  California,  . .         . .  23 

8.  Grand  Canyon,  Arizona,       .  .          .  .          .  .          .  .          .  .  23 

9.  Rio  de  Janeiro  by  Moonlight,  looking  to  the  Atlantic,  .  .  60 

10.  El  Congresso,  Buenos  Ayres,           .  .          .  .          .  .          .  .  60 

11.  La  Paz  and  Illemani,  Bolivia,         .  .          .  .          .  .          .  .  61 

12.  Casa  de  Torre  Tagle,  Lima,  Peru 61 

13.  Sketch  plan  of  the  most  beautiful  Waterfalls  in  the  World,  64 

14.  General  View  of  the  Falls  of  Tguazu,         65 

15.  Floriano  Peixoto,       .  .          .  .          .  .          .  .          .  .          .  .  64 

16.  Tres  Musquateiros,  .  .          .  .          .  .          .  .          .  .  64 

17.  Gargantua  del  Diablo,          .  .          .  .          .  .          .  .          .  .  65 

18.  Belgrano,  Union  and  Gargantua  del  Diablo,        .  .          .  .  65 

19.  New  Zealand  Shipping  Co.'s  s.s.  Ruahane  approaching 

from  North 80 

20.  Pedro  Miguel  Lock,  s.s.  Ruahane  and  Gold  Hill,  .  .          .  .  81 

21.  Roadway  on  the  Great  Wall  of  China,       128 

22.  Great  Wall  of  China,  Chinglungchiao, 128 

23.  Torii  at  Hakone,  Japan, 129 

24.  Tjipannas,  Garoet,  Java, 129 

25.  Street  Corner  in  Pekin,         132 

26.  P'ailou  of  Confucius  Temple,  Pekin,         132 

27.  The  Forbidden  City,  Pekin,           133 

28.  Marble  Bridge,  Winter  Palace,  Pekin, 133 

29.  General  View  of  the  Summer  Palace,  Pekin 132 

30.  P'ailou  in  a  Pekin  Street 132 

31.  The  Long  Gallery,  Summer  Palace,  Pekin,  .  .         . .  133 

32.  Base  of  Stupa,  Yellow  Temple,  Pekin 133 

33.  Utensil  Shop  in  Pekin 132 

34.  Part  of  Great  Llama  Temple,  Pekin,         132 

35.  Grand  P'ailou,  Ming  Tombs,  Pekin 133 

36.  Marble  Bridge,  Forbidden  City,  Pekin 133 

37.  Temple  of  Heaven,  Pekin, 132 


LIST    OF   ILLUSTRATIONS  -continued. 

NO.  TO  FACE   PAGE 

38.  Altar  of  Heaven,  Pekin, 132 

39.  Ha-ta-men  Gate,  Pekin, 133 

40.  The  Yellow  Temple,  Pekin,             133 

41.  Aracan  Pagoda,  near  Mandalay,  Burma,             .  .          .  .  164 

42.  Moonstone  Monolith,  King's  Palace,  Anaradhapura,     .  .  164 

43.  Ambustala  Dagoba  and  Mahinda's  Tomb,  Mihintale,  .  .  165 

44.  Gal  Vihara,  Sitting  Buddha,  Polonarruwa,          .  .         .  .  165 

45.  Guard  at  Elephant  Stable,  Anaradhapura,          .  .         . .  164 

46.  Thupurama  Dagoba,  Anaradhapura,         164 

47.  Eock  Temple,  Isurumaniya.  Anaradhapura,       .  .         .  .  165 

48.  Moonstone  Balustrade  and  Lion,  Anaradhapura,           .  .  165 

49.  Himalayas,  Mount  Everest  (distant  peak  in  centre),     .  .  170 

50.  Himalayas,    Kinchinjunga,              170 

51.  Unique  Bridge  at  Jaunpur,  India,            171 

52.  Guardian  of  Bridge  at  Jaunpur,               ..                     ..  171 

53.  Golden  Temple,  Benares, 170 

54.  Hall  of  the  Winds,  Jaipur,  India,            .  .  170 

55.  Thakurji  Temple,  Amber,  Jaipur,             171 

56.  Pichola  Lake,  Udaipur,  India,        ..  ..171 

57.  Dusasswamedh  Ghat,  Benares, 170 

58.  Punch  Gunga  Beni  Nadno  Ghat,  Benares,          .  .         .  .  170 

59.  Prambannan,  Djokjakarta,  Java,             171 

60.  Interior  Dargah  Mosque,  Fatepur  Sikri, 171 

61.  The  Taj  Mahal,  Agra,          184 

62.  The  Lady  of  the  Taj  Mahal,           185 

63.  Interior  of  Taj  Mahal,           184 

64.  Birbal's  House,  Fatepur  Sikri,       .  .  184 

65.  Akbar's  Tomb,  Sikandra,  Agra, 185 

66.  The  Fort  and  Palace,  Agra,            185 

67.  Gateway  of  Akbar's  Tomb,  Sikandra,        184 

68.  Jami  Masjid,  Agra,              184 

69.  Gateway  of  Taj  Mahal,        .  .  185 

70.  Quadrangle  of  Dargah  Mosque,  Fatepur  Sikri,    .  .          .  .  185 

71.  Tomb  of  I'timad  u  Dowlah,            184 

72.  Gate  of  Victory— Interior,  Fatepur  Sikri,          .  .          .  .  184 

73.  Sacred  Bo  Tree  (said  to  be  2,200  years  old),  Anaradhapura,  185 

74.  Guru  Pillar,  Hall  of  Private  Audience,  Fatcpur  Sikri,   .  .  185 

75.  Temple  of  Jupiter,  Corinth,  Greece,          .  .          .  .          .  .  204 

76.  Market  Place,  Casablanca,  Morocco,         .  .          .  .          .  .  204 

77.  Cornice,  Temple  of  Bacchus,  Baalbec,  Syria,       .  .          .  .  205 

78.  Interior  of  Villa  Viciosa  Chapel,  Cordova,  Spain,          .  .  205 


1919 

August    - 

September 
October  - 
November 
December 

1920 

January  and 
February 
March  - 
April 
May 
June 
July  and 
August  - 
September  and\ 
October  -  -J 
November 
December 

1921 

January  - 
February 
March 
April 
May 
June 
July 

August  and 
September 
October    - 
November 
December 

1922. 

January  - 
February 
March 
April 
May 


and} 


ITINERARY 

Liverpool  to  Canada  and  over  the  prairies 

to  Banff. 

Over  the  Rockies  to  Vancouver. 
Victoria,  B.C.,  and  Seattle,  U.S.A. 
Oregon  and  California. 
Los  Angeles,  Arizona,  New  Orleans,  Cuba. 

Jamaica. 

New  York  and  Brazil. 

Argentina. 

Iguazu  Falls,  Chile. 

Bolivia,  Peru,  Panama,  San  Francisco. 

Honolulu. 

New  Zealand. 

Australia  and  Tasmania. 

Sydney  and  Singapore. 

Malay  States,  Burma. 

Burma,  Singapore  to  Japan. 

Japan. 

Japan,  Korea,  Manchuria,  China. 

China,  Philippines,  Singapore. 

Java. 

Malay  States. 

Ceylon,  India. 

North  India. 

Karwi,  Gwalior,  Agra. 

Delhi,  Rajputana,  Bombay. 

Egypt,  Piraeus,  Dardanelles,  Levant. 

Syria,  Palestine. 

Gibraltar,  Morocco,  Algiers. 

Spain,  Portugal,  London. 


I. 
Canada. 

NO  ocean  voyage  is  possible  at  the  present  time 
without  being  seriously  affected  by  war  conditions. 
Our  experience  of  being  called  upon  to  sail  from 
an  obscure  dock  in  Liverpool  on  a  Sunday  forenoon 
would  certainly  never  have  been  dreamt  of  in  pre-war 
times,  but  the  plan  proved  to  be  impossible  owing  to 
labour  troubles,  and  we  were  kept  in  the  Mersey  Basin 
until  the  forenoon  of  the  following  day,  when  we  sailed, 
having  as  fellow-passengers  about  fourteen  hundred 
Canadian  troops  and  their  dependents. 

One  could  not  help  comparing  the  experience  of 
sailing  out  to  Cape  Town  during  the  Boer  war,  with 
troops  looking  forward  to  battle,  to  that  of  the  present 
voyage  with  war-worn  troops  returning  home.  In  the  earlier 
experience  the  men  were  fresh  from  civilian  occupation, 
many  of  them  wholly  untrained  soldiers,  enlisted  as 
Imperial  Yeomanry,  without  any  knowledge  of  horses, 
and  generally  of  an  entirely  different  class  from  that 
usually  enlisted  in  that  arm  of  military  service.  Our 
fellow-voyagers  on  this  occasion  were  veterans,  although 
in  many  cases  they  were  not  much  more  than  youths,  and 
were  going  home  to  resume  peaceful  occupations  after  a 
well-earned  rest,  their  fighting  days,  let  us  hope,  for  ever 
done. 

Naturally  the  whole  passage  was  affected  by  the 
presence  of  the  troops,  and  practically  all  the  passengers 
intermixed.  There  was  great  good  feeling  as  well  between 
officers  and  men  as  between  soldiers  and  the  civilian 
passengers.  Much  was  done  for  the  provision  of  exercise 
and  amusement  for  the  troops,  and  the  large  number  of 
children  was  not  overlooked.  Entertainments  were 
arranged,  including  a  baby  show,  for  which  no  fewer 
B  9 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the  World 

than  fifty  babies  were  ranged  on  exhibition,  the  decision 
of  the  two  prizes  being  by  a  universal  vote  of  all 
passengers.  Two  additional  voyagers  of  the  baby  class, 
who  were  not  on  the  books  when  the  ship  left  Liverpool, 
did  not  compete. 

The  passage  was  the  first  of  the  season  to  the  north 
of  Newfoundland,  and,  as  few  on  board  had  had  the 
experience  of  entering  Belle  Isle  Strait,  there  was  very 
great  interest.  Fortunately,  the  weather  was  clear,  as 
for  over  twenty-four  hours  the  ship  was  right  among  the 
icebergs,  many  of  which  we  passed  quite  closely.  The 
passage  up  the  gulf  was  exceedingly  attractive,  latterly 
with  prominent  outlines  of  land  visible  on  each  side,  and 
on  two  nights  there  was  full  moonlight,  with  a  magnificent 
display  of  northern  lights. 

All  the  troops  disembarked  at  Quebec,  a  most 
picturesque  city,  with,  on  the  Heights  of  Abraham,  the 
Chateau  Frontenac  and  Parliament  buildings.  An  entire 
day  was  spent  sailing  up  the  river  to  Montreal,  finishing 
there  a  very  happy  voyage. 

Twelve  years  had  passed  since  the  writer  had  been  in 
Canada,  and  many  changes  had  occurred  in  Montreal. 
Building  up  the  mountain  had  proceeded  with  extra- 
ordinary rapidity,  Mount  Royal  itself  being  now  practically 
encircled  by  dwellings.  The  problem  of  housing  in  a 
country  where  there  are  no  limits  to  the  land  available, 
and  the  common  material  "  lumber  "  is  close  at  hand, 
can  never  be  as  acute  as  in  the  old  country ;  but,  never- 
theless, there  is  in  most  of  the  cities  of  Canada,  at  the 
present  time,  a  dearth  of  house  accommodation.  All 
that  Canada  has  to  do  is  to  run  a  tram-car  line  where 
ground  is  available,  and  houses  spring  up  like  mushrooms. 
In  recent  years  there  has  been  large  extension  westwards 
along  the  north  bank  of  the  St.  Lawrence,  and  there  had 
been  set  down  almost  continuous  villages  and  houses  with 
good  grounds,  beautiful  surroundings,  and  golf  courses. 

Certainly,  the  Canadians  are  satisfied  with  conditions 

10 


Canada 

of  tram-car  travelling  which  would  never  be  tolerated  at 
home.  Their  lines  are  roughly  laid,  and  the  bed,  as  well 
as  the  manipulation  of  brakes,  constantly  jolts  the 
passengers  ;  they,  however,  patiently  submit,  as  they  do 
to  conditions  of  railway  travelling,  which  are  certainly 
not  improved  during  the  interval  since  the  writer  had  last 
experienced  them.  Night  travelling  via  railway  is  still 
mainly  in  the  old  Pullman  pattern  of  coach,  with  upper 
and  lower  berths.  There  are  a  few  compartments  some- 
what like  those  of  our  home  sleeping-cars,  but  with  upper 
and  lower  berths  for  two,  and  there  are  so-called  drawing- 
room  ends,  costly  beds  placed  right  over  the  pivot  of  the 
bogie,  which  is,  owing  to  the  size,  a  good  deal  noisier 
than  on  the  home  coaches  ;  but  the  main  disadvantage 
all  through  is  that  the  last  thing  the  railway  staff  seem 
to  consider  is  that  passengers  pay  for  a  bed  on  purpose 
to  sleep. 

The  feeding  arrangements  can  no  more  be  commended 
than  the  sleeping.  In  the  old  days  there  were  fixed  meals 
provided  ;  now  the  food  is  served  a  la  carte,  and  supposed 
to  be  specially  prepared  when  ordered.  This  really 
means  that  all  kinds  of  food  come  on  board  cooked  or 
half-cooked,  and  are  put  before  the  passengers  when 
they  order,  fresh  from  the  heating  stove,  but  certainly 
not  freshly  cooked. 

There  was  noticeable  a  marked  advance  in  the  street- 
lighting  system,  particularly  in  Toronto  residential 
streets.  These  are  lighted  by  closely-set  electric  lamps, 
not  over  seven  feet  from  the  ground,  and  each  lamp  has 
displayed  the  street  number  of  the  house  situated  most 
nearly  to  it.  The  next  best  lighted  city  was  Vancouver, 
but  the  improvement  is  confined  to  certain  streets ; 
possibly  the  system  is  in  course  of  extension. 

In  the  neighbourhood  of  all  the  Canadian  cities 
visited  there  were  dustless  roads,  on  which  it  is  possible 
to  have  at  any  time  of  the  year  a  pleasant  motor  outing, 
and  it  is  not,  as  with  us,  to  the  disadvantage  of  foot 

ii 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

travellers.  Indeed,  the  motoring  highway  idea  seems  to 
have  so  strongly  caught  on  in  Canada  and  the  Western 
cities  that  long-distance  highways  are  now  being  planned 
which  will  very  seriously  interfere  with  railway  passenger 
traffic. 

It  looks  as  if  the  future  of  transport  would  be,  for  all 
but  long-distance  travellers,  by  motor  or  street  car,  and 
that  their  baggage  and  light  perishable  goods  would  use 
the  same  means,  while  to  railways  would  be  left  only 
through  passengers  and  heavy  freight.  The  question  of 
good  roads  is  of  very  great  interest  in  Canada  for  the 
future,  and  it  is  occupying  the  attention  of  all  public 
bodies  from  the  Dominion  Parliament  to  small  municipal 
councils. 

Toronto,  twelve  years  ago,  was  a  city  on  a  plain,  the 
area  occupied  being  almost  a  dead  level,  but  there  has 
been  a  very  happy  outspreading  northwards  on  rising  and 
undulating  ground,  which  was  covered  with  trees,  and 
there  has  been  great  wisdom  in  so  placing  the  residences 
as  to  necessitate  very  little  disturbance  of  these  trees, 
consequently  the  appearance  is  of  a  well-shaded  garden 
city  long  established. 

While  comparisons  of  earlier  visits  can  be  made  with 
Eastern  cities,  Western  Canada  was  wholly  new  to  us. 

The  experience  of  one  night's  railway  journey  from 
Montreal  to  Toronto  made  us  desire  to  avoid  a  repetition, 
and  that  we  were  able  to  do  by  taking  a  lake  steamer 
from  Port  Macnicol,  on  Lake  Huron,  to  Fort  William,  on 
Lake  Superior.  We  were  fortunate  in  having  this 
journey  on  a  comfortable  Fairfield  boat,  the  Keewatin. 
The  commencement  of  the  voyage  was  through  what 
was  called  "  the  ten  thousand  islands "  with  beautiful 
scenery  at  each  end,  and  during  the  middle  of 
the  second  day  near  Sault  Ste.  Marie,  where  a  canal 
is  the  means  of  passage  from  the  one  lake  to  the 
other.  A  full  day's  journey  from  Fort  William  brought 
us  to  Winnipeg,  a  thoroughly  prairie  city,  but  though 

12 


Canada 

only  a  few  years  ago  a  Western  outpost,  now  a  meeting- 
place  of  East  and  West.  There  was  every  appearance 
that  its  situation  would  make  this  more  and  more  an 
exchange  point  of  traders,  with  enormous  possibilities 
for  the  future.  From  Winnipeg  we  made  a  twenty- 
seven  hour  continuous  journey  over  plains,  passing  many 
of  the  rising  Western  cities,  including  Calgary,  just  on 
the  eastern  edge  of  the  mountains,  giving  promise  of 
great  importance  in  days  to  come. 

Soon  after  Calgary  continuous  ascent  begins  towards 
Banff,  the  gateway  of  the  Rockies,  which  has  the 
misfortune  of  being  now  the  popular  resort  of  hurried 
trippers  from  the  plains  and  from  the  United  States.  All 
the  sights  are  planned  for  visits  by  motors  ;  they  are  so 
numerous  and  the  roads  are  so  dusty  that  walkers  or 
"  hikers  "  must  take  to  the  trails  on  the  mountains. 

Banff  makes  one  acquainted  with  distant  views,  but 
at  Lake  Louise  a  much  closer  and  consequently  more 
impressive  view  is  had.  The  isolated  lake,  with  its 
bluey-green  shade  and  the  mirroring  in  the  waters  of  the 
exact  counterpart  of  everything  above,  is  most  impressive. 
One  view  of  it  at  the  beginning  of  dawn,  when  the  sun 
just  coloured  the  tips  of  the  snow-covered  mountains, 
with  every  detail  repeated  conversely  in  the  lake,  is 
a  picture  which  we  shall  treasure  in  our  memory. 
The  surroundings  of  Lake  Louise  rival,  if  they  do  not 
excel,  itself.  Morain  Lake  and  the  Valley  of  the  Ten 
Peaks  may  well  some  day  be  more  of  a  centre  for  tourists. 
Paradise  Valley,  less  accessible  at  present,  gives  an  even 
finer  impression  of  a  basin  surrounded  by  giant  mountains 
than  does  the  valley  at  the  head  of  Lake  Louise. 

It  was  too  late  in  the  season  to  visit  Glacier  in  the 
Selkirks,  but  a  few  days  spent  in  perfect  weather  at 
Emerald  Lake  were  most  enjoyable.  The  Yoho  Valley 
and  the  Takakkaw  Falls  are  certainly  the  finest  excursion 
which  on  this  journey  we  were  privileged  to  make,  and 
well  repay  the  toil  involved.  One  could  write  endlessly  and 

13 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

always  with  enthusiasm  regarding  the  Rockies  of  Canada. 
It  has  to  be  remembered  that  the  few  show  places 
visited  are  only  what  are  accidentally  in  the  line  of  the 
railway,  and  that  there  are  many  places  equalling  or 
even  surpassing  them  in  interest  throughout  the 
enormous  long  and  deep  stretch  of  mountains  separating 
Alberta  from  British  Columbia. 

Much  has  been  published  regarding  the  fruit-growing 
possibilities  of  British  Columbia,  and  as  the  season  of  the 
year,  the  middle  of  their  harvest,  gave  unique  opportunity, 
several  days  were  spent  visiting  the  Okanagan  Valley 
and  lake.  In  all  the  southern  part  there  is  fruit-growing, 
but  the  large  centres  are  Vernon,  Kelowna,  and 
Penticton.  The  great  bulk  of  the  growth  is  apples,  but 
plums,  pears,  peaches,  prunes,  melons,  and  tomatoes  are 
all  grown,  as  well  as  celery  and  onions.  It  was  very 
impressive  to  see  mile  after  mile  of  orchards,  or 
"  ranches,"  as  they  are  called  out  here,  loaded  with 
fruit,  the  only  difficulty  being  to  find  labour  to  pick  and 
to  pack  it,  and  it  seemed  as  if  this  industry  were  only  at 
its  beginning. 

After  thousands  of  miles  of  prairie  and  mountain  it 
is  exceedingly  interesting  to  come  again  to  tidal  waters. 
The  impression  of  Vancouver  is,  to  an  old-country  mind, 
very  marked.  Here  the  largest  ocean  steamers  seem  to 
come  alongside  residential  dwellings  and  gardens.  In  a 
fairly  large  city  you  meet  youths  and  children  walking  a 
few  blocks  with  their  towels  and  bathing-dresses  to  have 
a  dip  in  the  sea. 

Stockholm,  Hamburg,  and  many  cities  in  Holland  are 
filled  with  waterways  in  lieu  of  streets,  but  Vancouver 
has  so  many  arms  of  the  sea  that  it  takes  a  stranger  some 
little  time  to  know  just  where  they  lie,  and  he  can  always 
be  sure  that  there  is  deep  sea  at  no  great  distance  from 
wherever  he  is.  Owing  to  the  lateness  of  our  visit,  it 
was  not  possible  to  do  more  than  see  the  Capilano  Gorge, 
among  the  mountains  to  the  north  of  Vancouver,  and  to 

14 


Canada 

sail  one  day  up  Howe  Sound,  a  repetition  of  a  Norwegian 
fiord.  These  are  only  small  and  insignificant  samples 
of  a  limitless  and  largely  unopened  land  of  delights  for 
the  mountaineer  and  the  tourist  who  can  do  some  walking. 
Already  the  active,  hard-working  men  and  women  of 
British  Columbia  have  tasted  its  merits  for  thorough 
recuperation. 

From  Vancouver  we  crossed  on  a  lovely  day  through 
narrow  passages  between  islands,  like  the  Kyles  of  Bute  on 
a  large  scale,  to  Victoria  the  capital  of  British  Columbia, 
beautifully  situated  on  an  inlet  of  Vancouver  Island. 
Strangely,  our  furthest  west  point  proves  to  be  the  most 
British  in  appearance  and  ways.  As  in  Vancouver, 
there  is  some  lumber  industry,  and,  mostly  created  by  the 
war,  a  small  shipbuilding  plant.  Yarrow  have  at 
Esquimalt  (pronounced  Iskwimalt),  near  what  remains  of 
the  Government  docks,  a  ship-repairing  yard.  The 
prospect  of  iron  shipbuilding  in  the  Province  depends  on 
the  possibility  of  an  iron  and  steel  home  production. 
For  this,  nature  has  provided  coal  and  iron  ore  within 
easy  water  transport.  Already  there  are  many  speculators 
at  work  on  the  project.  It  only  needs  some  hard-headed, 
thoroughly  practical  man  to  take  hold  and  see  the  dreams 
realised. 

Two  questions  friends  at  home  will  naturally  ask. 
What  of  the  liquor  question  ?  We  were  hardly  conscious 
that  it  had  any  serious  concern  for  all  but  a  small  majority, 
and  these  not  the  present-day  brain  and  muscle  of  the 
nation.  Here  and  in  the  United  States  they  won't  ever 
again  have  bars  and  saloons.  The  men  who  matter  won't 
waste  time  discussing  the  question,  and,  in  spite  of  all 
forebodings,  everyone,  distiller,  liquor-seller,  landlord  of 
property  where  a  saloon  was,  and  particularly  the  working- 
man,  his  wife  and  children,  are  better  off  than  ever  before. 

What  about  labour  unrest  ?  There  is  no  more  of 
that  than  is  inevitable  and  possibly  wholesome  after  the 
turn  up  which  the  war  has  everywhere  made.  Much  of 

15 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

it  is  caused  by  the  returning  soldiers,  who  frequently  find 
an  entrenched  shirker  on  their  job.  Instances  were 
heard  of,  in  which  men  had  returned  to  better  positions, 
and  undoubtedly  service  men  will  soon  show  that  the  war 
experience  has  made  them  a  valuable  asset  to  the  country, 
which  it  would  be  folly  not  to  fully  use. 

This  vast  country,  which,  let  us  never  forget,  has  a 
greater  area  than  that  of  the  United  States,  with  less  than 
a  tenth  of  the  population,  has  only  made  a  beginning  of 
developing  her  resources.  New  areas  are  being  opened 
year  by  year,  each  more  productive  than  the  last. 
Athabasca  and  the  Peace  River  are  in  everyone's  mouth 
to-day.  To-morrow  other  now  unknown  lands  will  be 
opened  out.  What  to  do  with  and  for  the  boys  who  have 
fought  for  us  is  the  question  of  the  day.  They  have  led 
the  Empire  to  victory.  The  Empire  should  let  them  lead 
us  to  develop  the  resources  of  this  most  wonderful 
Dominion. 


16 


II. 

Western  Seaboard  of  the 
United  States. 

THE  preceding  notes  on  Canada  were  written  on  two 
wet  days  experienced  in  Victoria.  These  were,  as 
often  happens  here,  followed  by  several  days  of 
very  exceptional  clearness  of  atmosphere,  during  which 
we  made  a  motor  journey  half  way  up  Vancouver  Island. 
The  roadway  for  many  miles  has  a  hard  surface,  is 
dustless,  and  throughout  it  is  good.  After  passing  the 
Malahat,  a  mountain  road  affording  beautiful  views  of 
inland  and  seawards  scenery,  we  descended  on  a  fairly 
well-populated  community — Duncans — which,  in  spite 
of  its  Scottish  name,  is  said  to  be  more  English  than 
even  Victoria.  In  the  evening,  after  a  one  hundred 
and  ten  miles  drive,  we  reached  Cameron  Lake, 
a  small  gem-like  sheet  of  water  among  wooded 
mountains,  with  a  small  hotel  on  the  railway  station, 
run  by  the  Canadian  Pacific.  As  there  had  been 
no  visitors  during  the  week,  advantage  had  been  taken 
to  invite  a  party  of  convalescent  soldiers  from  a 
hospital  at  Qualicum,  ten  miles  off.  We  found  among 
them  two  Scottish  boys,  one  from  Glasgow  and  another 
from  the  Moray  Firth.  The  following  day  we  drove 
through  the  heavy  timber  of  Vancouver  Island  to 
Alberni,  a  port  at  the  head  of  an  inlet  from  the  western 
side  of  the  island,  open  to  the  Pacific  Ocean.  That 
evening  we  learned  that  the  engineer  superintendent  of 
this  section  of  the  railway  lived  close  by,  and  that  he  and 
his  wife,  both  Scottish,  proposed  for  the  last  outing  of 
the  season  to  climb  Mount  Arrowsmith,  the  best  view- 
point in  the  district.  So  the  next  morning  early  we 
started  to  climb  5,700  feet  on  a  good  trail,  which  had  many 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

years  before  been  marked  off  by  our  conductor.  The 
view  amply  rewarded  the  effort,  as  from  above  the  clouds 
every  detail  of  the  high  mountains  of  British  Columbia 
mainland,  along  Georgian  Sound,  eighty  to  a  hundred 
miles  away,  was  distinctly  visible,  while  to  the  south  the 
prominent  heights  of  Mount  Baker  and  Mount  Rainier, 
in  Washington  State,  about  two  hundred  miles  away, 
were  plainly  seen,  high  above  the  clouds. 

We  passed  into  Uncle  Sam's  territory  at  Seattle, 
Washington  State,  one  of  the  most  outstanding  examples 
of  rapid  growth  in  the  new  country  of  the  north-west. 
Here,  within  a  few  miles  of  virgin  forest,  are  towering 
many  flatted  office  buildings,  rivalling  New  York,  and  a 
bewildering  noise  of  clanging  street  cars  and  railways. 
As  in  Vancouver,  there  is  ample  harbourage,  deep  water 
ways  of  Nature's  providing,  which  could  accommodate, 
with  very  simple  wharf  construction,  many  vessels  and 
enormous  tonnage.  During  the  war  there  has  been  exten- 
sive shipbuilding  here  of  wooden  as  well  as  steel  ships.  It 
is  quite  recognised  that  only  the  exigencies  of  the  war 
warranted  the  latter,  as  the  materials  required  were  all 
produced  in  the  east.  When  the  Armistice  came,  it  was 
accepted  that  the  building  of  wooden  ships  was  no  longer 
advisable,  and  the  work  was  stopped  as  it  reached  suitable 
stages,  so  there  are  now  between  forty  and  fifty  vessels  lying 
in  Union  Lake,  Seattle,  which  the  U.S.  Government  has 
wisely  decided  to  sell  as  they  are,  believing  that  such  a 
realisation  will  be  beneficial  to  the  national  purse.  Are 
there  not  some  similar  British  war  ventures  on  which  it 
would  be  advisable  to  face  the  loss  and  save  our  British 
exchequer  ?  While  Seattle's  huge  sky-scraper  buildings 
may  be  regretted,  her  most  desirable  residential  suburbs 
can  only  be  admired  and  envied.  The  undulating  ground, 
with  salt  and  fresh  water  areas  interspersed,  lends  itself 
to  good  sites.  Almost  without  exception  beautiful 
gardens  are  left  unfenced,  and  vandalism,  such  as  our 
town  and  suburban  houses  are  subject  to,  is  quite 

18 


Western  Seaboard  of  the   United  States 

unknown.  All  the  roadways  are  of  concrete,  and  every 
householder  seems  to  have  his  automobile,  which  is 
allowed  to  stand  or  be  "  parked,"  as  is  the  current  term, 
outside  his  lot.  There  is  a  most  extensive  municipal 
market  in  Seattle,  from  which  it  was  possible  to  estimate 
the  cost  of  living  as  regards  food  as  being  distinctly  less 
than  in  Great  Britain.  Possibly  this  is  offset  by  the 
greater  cost  of  clothing,  but  even  footwear  did  not  seem 
to  exceed  present  home  prices. 

Tacoma  and  Portland,  each  older  than  Seattle,  have 
been  surpassed  in  growth  by  the  northmost  city  of  the 
United  States  Pacific  slope,  and  it  is  a  safe  prophecy  that 
she  is  destined  to  become  a  huge  hive  of  industry  and  the 
avenue  of  large  commerce  with  trans-Pacific  countries. 
Seattle  and  Tacoma  share  an  industrial  atmosphere  which 
was  reminiscent  of  the  Clyde  Valley,  soft  coal  being  used 
with  imperfect  combustion.  Dull  cloudy  days  succeeded 
each  other,  so  that  it  was  not  encouraging  to  make  plans 
for  a  visit  to  Mount  Rainier,  the  outstanding  feature  of 
Washington  State  landscape.  From  Seattle  the  distance 
is  greater  than  from  Tacoma,  but  we  finally  planned  to 
motor  right  from  there,  which  we  did  on  an  excellent 
road,  interesting  as  regards  showing  the  industrial 
development  of  both  places,  and  beautiful  as  regards  the 
autumn  foliage,  but  wholly  unsuccessful  as  regards  seeing 
the  mountain  or  its  unique  feature  of  the  great  number  of 
independent  glaciers  which  originate  on  the  slopes  of 
Mount  Rainier. 

Portland,  which  claims  to  be  the  city  of  roses,  has  a 
much  longer  commercial  and  industrial  history  than 
Seattle,  and  is  said  to  be  a  much  wealthier  place.  As 
well  for  industry  and  commerce  as  for  picturesquely 
situated  residences,  it  has  a  most  favourable  position  on 
the  Willamette  River  (pronounced  with  marked  accent 
on  the  second  syllable)  before  it  joins  the  great  Columbia 
River.  Lumber  is  the  principal  industry  of  all  these 
northern  cities,  the  raw  material  being  in  abundant  supply. 

19 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

The  whole  commerce  of  the  United  States  with  the 
Orient  must,  in  the  course  of  this  century,  develop 
enormously,  and  the  influence  of  the  Panama  Canal  on 
the  shipment  to  Europe  and  Africa  has  hardly  begun  to 
be  felt.  These  two  considerations  make  one  feel  that 
there  is  little  uncertainty  in  forecasting  for  the  ports  of 
the  western  seaboard  vast  progress  in  the  immediate 
future. 

But  we  had  yet  to  see  the  great  gateway  of  the 
Pacific,  and  on  the  way  there  we  included,  with  the 
world-famed  Yosemite  Valley,  a  less  known  but  not  less 
remarkable  work  of  nature,  the  Crater  Lake.  The  season 
was  somewhat  late  and  really  had  already  closed  for  the 
latter,  which  is  situated  near  Medford,  Oregon,  and  lies 
at  an  altitude  of  6,000  feet.  Medford  is  the  centre  of  the 
Oregon  fruit  district,  and  particularly  produces  the 
delightful  apples,  Newton  Pippins  and  Spitzenbergs,  which 
were  so  popular  in  Britain  when  they  were  available 
in  pre-war  times.  The  lake  is  approached  by  a  road 
eighty  miles  in  length,  of  which  only  about  a  quarter  is 
as  yet  completed,  with  hard  and  dustless  surface,  the 
remainder  being  in  a  transitional  state  and  much  of  it 
on  service  tracks,  during  regrading  of  the  permanent  road. 
By  the  courtesy  of  the  Commissioner  for  this  national 
park,  we  were  not  only  allowed  to  make  the  journey,  but 
were  personally  conducted  on  this  most  interesting  three 
days  trip,  which,  late  as  it  was  in  the  season,  had  ideal 
weather  conditions.  After  eight  hours  on  the  way,  we 
reached  the  superintendent's  house  in  the  dark  of  a  frosty 
starlit  night,  and  woke  next  morning  to  find  the  sun 
rising  on  a  waning  circlet  of  the  moon  and  a  single  star. 
We  were  still  five  miles  from  the  Rim,  and  the  scene 
which,  on  reaching  it,  bursts  on  the  eye  is  most  impressive. 
A  lake  in  size  about  the  area  of  Loch  Katrine,  surrounded 
by  irregular  rocky  hills,  raggedly  clad  with  patches  of 
pine  trees,  and  its  water  of  a  vivid  sapphire  blue,  bore  on 
its  surface  one  island,  which  was  really  a  crater,  within 

20 


Western  Seaboard  of  the   United  States 

that  which  forms  the  lake  itself,  and  a  small  island 
closely  resembling  a  ship,  and  so  named  the  Phantom 
Ship.  Some  hours  were  spent  going  around,  part  of  one 
side  affording  varying  views,  and  after  lunch,  part  of 
which  was  a  bear  steak,  we  made  a  long  detour  to  the 
opposite  side  of  the  lake,  and  there  an  even  more 
impressive  view  was  obtained.  There  is  no  visible  outlet 
from  the  lake.  Within  some  of  the  river  courses  which 
originate  on  the  surrounding  mountains,  there  are 
remarkable  groups  of  pinnacles,  as  they  are  called, 
fantastical  shapes  of  pillars,  the  lower  part  of  which  is 
comparatively  friable  stone,  but  with  coping  of  a  harder 
material  which  has  protected  and  preserved  the  under 
strata. 

A  railway  journey  of  twenty-eight  hours  brought  us 
from  the  State  of  Oregon  right  into  California.  We 
approached  within  forty  miles  of  San  Francisco  to  Porto 
Costa,  where  the  train  is  taken  across  an  arm  of  the  sea 
in  the  largest  train  ferry  in  the  world  ;  thence  we  travelled 
southward  to  Merced,  on  the  plain  through  which  flows  the 
river  which  drains  the  Yosemite  (pronounced  Yosemity, 
with  accent  on  the  second  syllable),  and  the  railway 
journey  ended  with  about  seventy  miles  of  a  gradually 
narrowing  and  heightening  tortuous  valley,  while  the  last 
hours  of  daylight  were  spent  motoring  among  the  huge, 
weirdly-shaped  masses  of  rock  which  are  scattered  over 
the  Yosemite  Valley.  These  are  of  endless  variety,  and 
are  arbitrarily  named  by  the  impression  they  made  on 
the  early  visitors.  The  Dome  and  Half  Dome,  Sentinel, 
Cathedral,  Three  Graces,  Three  Brothers,  and  El  Captain  are 
the  most  striking.  The  other  two  characteristic  features 
of  the  Yosemite  are  the  big  trees  and  the  waterfalls. 
These  last  are  only  seen  to  advantage  in  early  summer, 
and  the  season  had  been  so  dry  that  many  of  the  falls 
were  non-existent.  Before  the  days  of  motors,  much 
of  the  characteristic  American  scenery  must  have  been 
exceedingly  difficult  to  see,  as  distances  are  so  enormous. 

21 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

Forty  miles  of  mountain  road  brought  us  to  Mariposa 
Grove,  where  some  of  the  largest  trees  in  the  world  were 
seen  ;  then  a  farther  thirty  miles  or  so  landed  us  at 
Glacier  Point  Hotel  in  time  for  the  sunset  over  the  valley, 
3,000  feet  above  where  the  previous  night  had  been  spent. 
The  following  day  brought  us,  after  seeing  in  detail  the 
endless  variety  of  fantastically  formed  mountains,  back 
to  our  starting-point.  After  two  days  of  perfect  weather, 
a  suddenly  arising  snow-storm  early  the  following 
morning  covered  rocks,  mountains,  and  trees  with  a  veil 
of  white,  but  as  suddenly,  sunshine  succeeded  snow,  and 
in  the  afternoon  of  what  seemed  an  unfortunate  morning 
for  weather,  we  drove  around  the  whole  floor  of  the  valley, 
seeing  it  in  a  wholly  different  aspect,  and  that  one  of 
incredible  beauty.  From  hill  to  valley  and  thence  to  the 
Golden  Gate  brought  us  to  San  Francisco,  the  wonder 
centre  of  this  wonderful  State  of  California. 

The  original  San  Francisco  occupied  three  hills, 
known  as  Telegraph,  Russian,  and  Nob  Hills,  and  the 
city  gradually  spread  until,  like  Rome,  there  were 
seven  hills.  Now  both  places  have  exceeded  the 
classical  prototype,  and  their  space  on  which  to 
spread  is  unrestricted.  The  features  which  at  once 
impress  a  stranger  in  San  Francisco  are  the  excellent 
street  car  service  and  the  Golden  Gate  Park  of  over  one 
thousand  acres,  within  a  ten  minute  journey  of  most  of 
the  inhabitants.  Here  are  provided  recreations  and 
exercises  of  all  kinds,  art  and  curio  collections,  and  miles 
of  roads  suitable  for  all  means  of  locomotion — auto  roads, 
riding  roads,  and  walking  roads  arranged  independently, 
conveniently,  and  safely.  The  scheme  of  a  civic  centre 
bids  fair  to  surpass  any  other  city,  a  beginning  having 
been  made  with  the  city  hall,  public  library,  and 
auditorium,  each  worthy  of  its  position,  and  ample  vacant 
ground,  some  of  which  it  is  hoped  will  remain  open  space 
for  a  series  of  other  public  buildings,  one  of  which  is 
expected  to  be  a  civic  theatre.  Even  the  business 

22 


CJ 


Western   Seaboard  of  the   United  States 

portion  of  the  city  gives  an  impression  of  roominess,  as  it 
is  bounded  by  Market  Street,  the  main  artery  of  traffic, 
a  street  of  handsome  width,  mostly  with  four  street  car 
lines. 

The  reputation  of  the  hotels  of  San  Francisco  is  world- 
wide and  well  deserved.  Nowhere  else  were  we  better 
cared  for,  and  their  merits  induce  large  numbers  of  the 
inhabitants  to  reside  in  such  convenient  and  comfortable 
establishments.  Yet,  it  must  not  be  taken  that  this  is 
not  a  city  of  homes,  as  throughout  the  surroundings  of 
San  Francisco  and  neighbouring  cities  there  are  beautiful, 
large  and  small  detached  houses,  with  gardens  profuse 
with  vegetation  and  lovely  flowers.  Twin  Peaks,  a 
double  mountain  between  older  San  Francisco  and  the 
sea,  has  been  pierced  by  a  tunnel,  as  well  as  crossed  by  a 
scenic  drive,  and  the  slope  down  to  the  Pacific  has  become 
an  attractive  residential  quarter,  with  abundant  area  for 
growth. 

Throughout  California,  as  also  in  the  two  northern 
coast  States,  we  were  much  impressed  by  the  school 
accommodation.  Wherever  one  remarked  exceptionally 
large  premises,  with  ample  space  around,  it  was  always 
answered,  "  That  is  our  school."  Nothing  seems  too 
good  for  that  purpose. 

The  harbour  of  San  Francisco,  with  its  entrance  by  the 
Golden  Gate  from  the  Pacific,  is  the  largest  land-locked 
harbour  area  in  the  world,  being  four  hundred  and  fifty 
square  miles,  and  there  is  ample  room  for  docks,  shipbuild- 
ing, and  residential  accommodation.  While  we  were  there 
the  largest  United  States  battleship,  California,  was, 
without  serious  mishap,  launched  in  a  somewhat  needlessly 
restricted  water  space.  While  San  Francisco  proper  is 
confined  to  the  southern  bank  of  the  Golden  Gate  entrance, 
the  whole  residential  surroundings — Oakland,  Berkeley, 
Richmond,  and  Alameda,  on  the  east  side  of  the  bay,  and 
Sausilito,  on  the  north  side  of  the  Golden  Gate — make 
one  community  of  identical  interests  with  San  Francisco. 

23 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

Richmond  bids  fair  to  become  the  industrial  centre  of  the 
locality,  as  many  huge  works,  such  as  the  Pullman  Car 
Construction  and  the  Standard  Oil  Works,  are  located  there. 

California  University,  beautifully  situated  right 
opposite  the  Golden  Gate  in  Berkeley,  really  shares  in 
the  same  common  life.  The  pupils  are  drawn  from  the 
High  Schools  throughout  the  State,  and  in  all  depart- 
ments of  life,  commerce,  manufacture,  and  agriculture,  the 
University  has  a  place.  The  buildings,  especially  the 
library,  are  boldly  designed  and  impressive,  while  the 
unique  feature,  made  possible  by  the  climate,  the  Greek 
amphitheatre  for  large  gatherings  of  all  kinds,  gives  the 
University  quite  a  distinction.  Accidentally,  on  the  day 
of  our  visit,  the  students  were  addressed  by  a  Scottish 
M.P.,  and  the  chairman,  who  was  the  Professor  of  English 
Literature,  made  a  special  appeal  on  behalf  of  the  English- 
speaking  Union  as  a  strengthening  influence  in  the  good 
understanding  of  the  various  branches  of  the  English- 
speaking  race. 

One  of  the  most  attractive  features  of  our  visit  to 
San  Francisco  was  the  glorious  sunshine  and  the  still 
more  glorious  sunsets  visible  by  a  short  street  car  journey 
to  the  ocean,  where,  each  evening,  it  was  possible  to  see 
the  day  end  by  the  sun  slowly  dropping  into  the  Pacific 
Ocean.  San  Francisco  has  not  the  reputation  of  being  a 
church-going  city,  but  we  saw  two  well-filled  churches  on 
successive  Sundays,  the  First  Presbyterian  and  the  First 
Congregational.  We  noticed  a  stream  of  markedly 
expensively  attired  ladies  entering  a  hall  in  the  fashion- 
able quarter,  and  learned  that  it  was  a  Christian  Science 
Church.  Later,  in  Los  Angeles,  we  found  that  the 
denomination  owned  one  of  the  largest  and  handsomest 
churches  in  the  city. 

The  Dolores  Mission  in  San  Francisco  was  the  first 
we  had  seen  of  the  interesting  series  of  twenty-one 
scattered  throughout  the  State,  in  varied  conditions  of 
preservation,  mostly  founded  by  Father  Junipero  Serra, 

24 


Western  Seaboard  of  the   United  States 

on  his  pilgrimage  from  1769  to  1780.  An  active  move- 
ment had  been  started  for  restoration  of  all  these  missions. 

The  population  of  San  Francisco,  probably,  consists 
of  a  greater  variety  of  races  than  any  other  city  in  the 
world.  At  one  time  China  Town  had  to  be  visited  under 
police  protection,  but  now,  in  daylight  or  by  dark,  it  is  most 
orderly,  and  a  walk  through  it  is  extremely  interesting. 

In  visiting  the  Eastern  States  one  is  always  impressed 
by  the  absence  of  elderly  men,  either  in  business  houses 
or  public  service  departments.  In  the  west,  especially 
in  San  Francisco,  it  did  not  seem  a  crime  to  look  old,  and 
grey  hairs  were  not  concealed.  Business  men  all  down 
the  coast  did  not  appear  to  be  so  engrossed  as  in  the  east, 
and  a  week-end  at  golf  or  motoring  was  acknowledged 
without  hesitation. 

What  of  the  "  dry  "  condition  ?  There  are  some 
elderly  men  who  speak  of  the  deprivation  generally  to 
tell  that  they  have  amply  provided  for  their  own  needs, 
but,  as  in  Canada,  the  men  who  are  carrying  the  burden 
of  the  country's  affairs  look  on  the  question  as  deter- 
mined, and  waste  no  time  discussing  it. 

The  first  excursion  outside  the  city  is  to  Mount 
Tamalpais,  but  it  is  really  only  a  view-point  for  San 
Francisco,  her  bay,  and  her  affiliated  cities.  It  is  about 
2,700  feet  up,  reached  by  what  is  described  as  the 
crookedest  railway  in  the  world,  which  enables  one  also 
to  visit  the  Muir  Park  of  big  trees.  Our  friends  on  this 
side  like  to  do  their  sight-seeing  without  any  large 
expenditure  of  physical  energy.  They  lead  such  strenuous 
lives,  that  when  they  take  a  holiday  it  is  the  rest  they 
want.  In  such  luxurious  ease  we  get  a  bird's-eye  view 
of  all  that  has  been  described,  and  the  panorama  was 
wonderful.  Although  loath  to  do  so,  the  time  came  to 
leave  San  Francisco,  which  was  only  the  beginning  of  this 
well-favoured  State. 

A  slow  progress  southward,  mostly  by  the  coast 
route,  enabled  us  to  see  Palo  Alto  with  the  Leland 
c  25 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

Stanford  University  ;  Los  Gatos,  right  in  the  heart  of 
the  prune-growing  country,  and  the  famous  Lick 
Observatory  on  Mount  Hamilton ;  and  we  landed  for  a 
lovely  week-end  at  Del  Monte,  close  to  Monterey,  Robert 
Louis  Stevenson's  first  love  in  his  search  for  health,  and 
a  place  with  much  historic  interest  for  Calif  or  nians. 
Del  Monte  really  consists  of  a  hotel  with  extensive  garden 
grounds,  also  bathing,  tennis  courts,  golf  and  polo  fields  ; 
situated  in  what  is  by  comparison  an  extremely  flat 
area.  Monterey  lives  on  visitors  and  fishing.  We  saw 
one  morning  the  municipal  fish  market,  where  the  catch 
of  the  previous  night  was  on  sale,  and  there  were  many 
entirely  different  varieties  of  fish  from  those  to  which 
we  are  accustomed.  A  great  delicacy  is  the  abalone 
shell-fish,  with  which  we  are  only  familiar  by  seeing  the 
polished  shells  brought  home  by  sailors.  There  was  no 
evidence  of  great  care  to  preserve  either  the  Stevenson 
or  Californian  historical  points  of  interest,  and  it  rather 
seemed  that  Pacific  Grove  and  Carmel  City,  watering- 
places  where  the  scenic  features  are  more  marked,  had 
overshadowed  the  older  place.  Carmel  has  risen  in  very 
recent  years  to  be  a  resort  of  literary  and  artistic 
Calif ornians,  and  has  a  magnificent  bathing  beach  of  pure 
white  sand  and  most  wonderful  sunsets.  The  beach  is 
flanked  by  bold  rocky  headlands,  which  afford  endlessly 
varying  subjects  for  the  landscape  artists.  Point  Lobos, 
to  the  south,  is  one  of  the  finest  rocky  features  of  the 
Californian  coast.  There  is  also  a  forest  theatre,  wherein 
summer  plays  are  produced  entirely  in  the  open  air. 
Inland  from  it  is  the  Carmel  Mission,  where  he  the  bones 
of  Father  Junipero  Serra.  Passing  several  other 
missions — these  were  planted  as  resting-places  a  day's 
journey  apart — we  next  stopped  at  Santa  Barbara,  or 
rather  in  a  suburb  right  on  the  beach,  three  miles  beyond, 
called  Miramar.  The  hotel  here  gave  us  the  first  expe- 
rience of  bungalow  life,  as  it  consists  of  twenty  or  more 
bungalows,  varying  in  accommodation  to  suit  travellers. 

26 


Western   Seaboard  of  the   United  States 

We  had  a  sitting-room,  bathroom,  and  bedroom,  but  for 
meals  all  guests  found  their  way  to  a  large  dining-room, 
with  adjoining  sitting-rooms  for  social  intercourse. 
The  Santa  Barbara  Mission  is  in  a  most  perfect  state  of 
preservation,  and  the  town  itself  is  most  interesting, 
having  perfectly  modern  high-class  shops,  which  one 
never  expects  to  see  outside  of  a  large  city.  The 
explanation  is  that  all  around  are  residences  of  the 
wealthiest  people  in  the  west,  this  being  the  Mecca  of 
millionaires  from  far  east  of  California.  The  life  at  the 
seaside  was  most  enjoyable,  warm  during  the  day,  like 
the  English  watering  places  at  midsummer.  Inland,  in 
every  direction,  were  richly-laden  groves  of  oranges  and 
lemons.  Off  this  coast  lie  four  islands,  the  largest  of 
which  is  Santa  Cruz,  which  forms  a  natural  shelter  within 
which  yachting  can  be  enjoyed. 

There  are  several  large  hotels  of  the  usual  order,  but 
one  unique  place,  most  artistically  got  up,  with  distinctive 
bungalows  and  carefully  tended  gardens,  called  La 
Mirasol  (the  sunflower),  with  its  colours  running  through 
every  piece  of  furniture  and  decoration.  The  charges 
are  such  that  it  is  needless  to  say  the  place  is  known  as 
"  for  millionaires  only."  It  would  not  be  very  wrong  to 
say  that  Santa  Barbara  is  in  the  west  of  the  United 
States  the  equivalent  of  Newport  in  the  east,  but  possibly 
the  former  would  claim  to  be  the  more  refined  and 
exclusive. 

Again,  with  great  regret,  we  moved  southward  to  the 
wonderful  metropolis  of  Southern  California,  Los  Angeles. 
It  is  a  city,  a  great  city,  but  unique  in  that  its  business 
centre  of  high  buildings,  huge  hotels,  and  stores,  and 
places  of  amusement  only  occupy  about  seven  blocks 
long  by  four  blocks  across,  during  the  day  swarming  with 
people,  and  at  night  ablaze  with  lights,  but  surrounded 
in  all  directions  by  miles  and  miles  of  real  homes,  each 
with  its  plot  of  garden,  with  wealth  of  flowers  even  in  winter. 
It  is  a  model  garden  city  if  ever  there  was  one.  The  key 

27 


Zlg'Zagging  Round  the   World 

to  this  condition  in  a  land  which  claims  to  have  sunshine 
six  days  out  of  seven  in  the  year  is  a  huge  scheme  of  water 
supply,  covering  an  area  equal  to  the  whole  Clyde  Valley* 
The  water  has  to  be  carried  about  five  times  as  far  as  our 
Loch  Katrine  supply,  from  Owens  River  in  the  Sierra 
Nevada,  and  it  is  copiously  utilised  for  gardening  as  well 
as  for  domestic,  industrial,  and  agricultural  purposes, 
thus  making  the  whole  district  an  all-the-year-round 
Garden  of  Eden.  There  is  one  point  of  resemblance 
between  Glasgow  and  Los  Angeles,  often  rather  unkindly 
put,  "It  is  a  remarkably  good  place  to  get  out  of." 
The  facilities  for  so  doing  are  by  road,  street  car,  and 
railroad,  but  that  does  not  exhaust  the  subject,  as 
there  are  combination  journeys  by  land  and  steamer. 
One  of  these  is  to  Catalina  Island,  which  is  not  unlike  the 
journey  via  Ardrossan  to  Arran.  Here  one  goes  by 
electric  train  to  San  Pedro,  the  port  of  Los  Angeles,  as 
well  as  a  naval  station  ;  thence  the  journey  is  by  screw 
steamer,  making  the  twenty-six  miles  crossing  in  two 
hours.  When  we  started  the  island  was  invisible,  but 
as  we  drew  closer  the  atmosphere  cleared,  and  we  found 
Avalon,  where  we  landed,  a  seaside  resort  with  the  usual 
accompaniments,  as  at  Margate  or  Brighton.  The  clear 
blue  sea  water  and  the  growth  below  allowed  one  unusual 
experience.  On  board  small  steamers,  with  glass  bottoms, 
we  were  able  to  see  fish,  shell-fish,  and  particularly  most 
beautiful  sea  shrubs,  tree  and  flower  growths,  explained 
by  men  who  were  as  much  at  home  in  the  water  as  in  air. 
There  are  numerous  beach  resorts  within  an  hour's 
journey  by  electric  car.  One  of  these  is  known  as  Venice, 
which  has  canals  like  the  original.  Owing  to  the  good 
car  service,  many  of  the  suburbs  of  Los  Angeles  are  at 
distances  of  from  ten  to  fifteen  miles,  and  among  such 
are  what  is  known  as  Universal  City  at  Hollywood, 
Charlie  Chaplin's  home,  where  most  of  the  films  familiar 
to  "movie"  patrons  have  been  originally  produced. 
Pasadena  can  hardly  be  called  a  suburb  of  Los  Angeles, 

28 


Western  Seaboard  of  the   United  States 

though  it  also  is  quickly  reached  by  electric  cars.     Its 
peculiar  situation,  nestling  under  and  enclosed   by  hills 
of  about  6,000  feet  high,  make  it  warm  even  in  midwinter, 
and  a  favourite  resort  for  health  seekers  from  all  over 
the  States  and  Canada.    Here  there  are  costly  residences 
with  large  and  beautiful  gardens.     Originally  there  was  a 
"  Millionaires'    Row,"  but   these    have   now   become  so 
numerous  that  all  Pasadena  is  a  huge  millionaires'  park. 
One  of  the  overlooking  heights  is  Mount  Lowe,  which  has 
a  railroad  almost  to  its  summit,  with   the   usual  hotel. 
The  other  is  Mount  Wilson,  which  is  reached  by  a  concrete 
automobile  road,  with,  at  its  end,  an  observatory  provided 
by   Mr.  Carnegie,  including  a  one-hundred-inch  reflector 
telescope.     All  around  the  area  to  the  north  and  east  of 
Los  Angeles  is  orange-growing  country,  and  in  its  midst 
is  Riverside,  with  a  unique  hotel,  known  as  Glenwood 
Mission  Inn,  the  construction  and  apartments  of  which 
reproduce  and  embody  the  old  missions  already  referred 
to,   with,   of  course,   all   modern  comfort  added.     It  is 
claimed  by  its  proprietor,  who  himself  acts  as  Master  of 
the  Inn,  that  there  is  restfulness  for  the  hustlers  of  this 
age  in  the  simplicity  of  construction   and  in   the  old- 
world  surroundings  of  Spanish  ecclesiastical  architecture. 
The  decorations,  Spanish  in  style,  furniture,  hangings,  and 
pictures,  were  gathered  with  infinite  pains  from  Spain 
and  Mexico,  and  above  all  there  is  a  spirit  of  hospitality 
without  fussiness,  that  pervades  the  whole  place.     The 
two  parent  navel  orange  trees,  brought  from  Brazil  in 
1870,  still  grow  :    the  one  in  Magnolia  Avenue  and  the 
other  in  the  garden  of  the  mission  inn  just  described. 
From    these    the    vast    citrus    production    of  Southern 
California  has  been  propagated. 

In  a  drive  around  the  groves  about  the  end  of 
November,  we  found  on  the  higher  ground  the  remains 
of  a  snow-storm,  being  in  the  shape  of  snow  figures  made 
by  the  children,  a  very  unusual  pastime  here  at  any  time, 
but  especially  so  early  in  the  winter. 

29 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

From  Los  Angeles  we  went  by  auto  service,  as  it  is 
called,  to  San  Diego.  This  route  is  typical  of  others 
where  the  automobiles  run  in  competition  with  the  railway 
at  fares  hardly  any  higher.  With  well  equipped  motors, 
holding  seven  passengers,  there  are  announced  five  journeys 
in  each  direction  per  day  at  suitable  hours,  and  cars  are  ready 
for  dispatch  to  convey  as  many  passengers  as  may  present 
themselves.  The  early  part  of  the  journey  was  through 
orange  and  walnut  groves  to  Capistrano  or  the  San  Juan 
Mission.  After  that  our  road  lay  along  successive 
sandy  beaches  and  headlands,  where  the  good  folks  of 
San  Diego  enjoy  the  summer.  We  stopped  at  another 
unique  hotel,  Coronado  Beach,  right  on  the  water's  edge, 
with  all  bathing  and  recreation  facilities,  including  golf 
course  and  polo  grounds.  San  Diego  was  the  first  of  the 
series  of  missions  founded  by  Father  Junipera  Serra  on 
16th  July,  1769,  known  as  San  Diego  de  Alcala.  The 
Spanish  influence  increases  as  we  go  southward,  and  at 
San  Diego  only  a  few  miles  separate  us  from  the  Mexican 
border.  It  is  now  a  thriving  port  with  a  good  harbour  and 
a  large  naval  station,  and  as  it  is  the  outlet  from  a  most 
productive  hinterland,  promises  to  make  rapid  progress 
in  development.  From  San  Diego  we  made  another 
journey  by  automobile  stage  to  El  Centro,  the  capital  of 
Imperial  Valley,  which  has,  in  Chapter  III.,  been  made 
the  subject  of  a  special  article.  Here  is  another  remark- 
able hotel  for  a  country  which  twenty  years  ago 
was  a  carefully  avoided  barren  wilderness.  We  spent 
Thanksgiving  Day,  the  great  American  home  festival,  at 
this  hotel,  and  left  the  valley  by  rail,  passing  through  the 
Coachella  Valley,  another  creation  of  the  irrigation 
engineer,  and  after  surmounting  the  San  Gorgonio  Pass 
and  passing  San  Gabriel,  yet  another  famous  mission, 
reached  Los  Angeles  once  more,  concluding  our  visit  to 
Southern  California  by  passing  Needles,  its  frontier  town,, 
on  our  journey  to  the  Grand  Canyon  of  Arizona. 


III. 

The  Imperial  Valley,  California. 

MIRACLES   IRRIGATION   IS   WORKING. 

TILL  1st  December,  1919,  the  Imperial  Valley  only 
had  railway   communication  with   Los  Angeles, 
but  there  has  just  been  opened  a  direct  line  to 
San  Diego,  the  southernmost  port  in  California,  and  the 
natural  outlet  by  sea  to  the  larger  world  beyond  the 
Pacific.     We  entered  by  the  road  track  from  San  Diego, 
which  is  an  interesting  piece  of  engineering  accomplished 
about  ten  years  ago.     The  Imperial  Valley  has  been  made 
widely  known  in  the  States  as  one  of  the  latest  and  most 
fascinating  enterprises  of  the  irrigation  engineers.     The 
story  has  been  remarkably  well  told  in  a  novel  by  Harold 
Bell  Wright,  entitled,  "  The  Winning  of  Barbara  Worth,'' 
first  published  ten  years  ago.     Men  now  living  and  still 
actively  guiding  its  destinies  schemed   and  carried  out 
a  conduit  from  the  great  Colorado  River  to  be  used  for 
irrigating  the  large  area  lying  to  the  south-east  of  Salton 
Sea,  mostly  under  sea  level,  and  which  undoubtedly  at 
one  time  was  part  of  the  Gulf  of  California.     This  dream 
of  less  than  twenty  years  ago  has  so  materialised  that  a 
desert  has  become  a  fruitful  valley.     Anyone  who  goes 
there  expecting  to  see  a  "  green  and  flowering  valley," 
like  Kent  or  Surrey,  is  sure  to  be  disappointed,  but  if  he 
has   eyes   he    will    see    a    much    more    wonderful    and 
exceptional  place.     On  27th  November,   1919,  we  there 
saw    vegetables    well    grown,    particularly    lettuce    and 
asparagus,  intended  to  be  marketed  in  January,  1920  ; 
grape  fruit  and  dates  were  eaten  fully  ripe  from  the  trees  ; 
strawberries  will  be  ripe  in  February  ;   peas,  melons,  and 
apricots  will  be  ready  in  April ;    wheat   early  in  May  ; 
and  grapes  in  June.     Alfalfa,  closely  resembling  lucerne, 
grown  by  our  own  farmers,  was  ready  to  yield  its  seventh 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

crop  for  the  year,  and  it  was  a  delight  to  see  the  condition 
of  grazing,  as  well  as  of  milk  cattle,  also  sheep,  feeding 
upon  the  brown-looking  fields  of  alfalfa  stubble  with  its 
dried  hay  spread  over.  There  were  newly-born  lambs 
and  calves  running  in  the  fields,  intended  to  be  ready  for 
the  table  in  early  spring,  and  the  wool  fleece  is  so  heavy 
that  sheep  must  be  shorn  twice  each  year.  Sufficient 
has  been  told  to  show  that  this  wonderful  place  has  no 
limit  of  seasonal  production,  and  a  large  part  of  its  success 
lies  in  the  sale  of  off-season  growths  in  the  enormous  and 
ready  markets  of  the  United  States. 

It  has  been  demonstrated  that  not  only  can  cotton 
be  successfully  grown,  but  that  it  is  of  particularly  long 
staple  and  good  quality.  Already  there  are  markets 
conveniently  reached,  such  as  Japan,  but  a  local  textile 
industry  now  projected  will  be  still  more  desirable. 
There  are  many  splendid  dairy  farms,  and  these  have 
started  with  accumulated  experience,  using  modern 
central  creameries  and  large  scale  marketing.  Last  year, 
seven  million  pounds  of  high-class  butter  were  produced. 
Honey  yields  with  nominal  trouble  one  and  a  half 
million  pounds  ;  and  poultry,  including  turkeys  and  fowls, 
lay  eggs  and  hatch  chickens  all  the  year  round.  The 
reason  for  this  extraordinary  latent  fertility  of  the  valley 
is  the  rich  composition  of  the  soil,  which  is  the  accumu- 
lation of  centuries  of  gathering  on  its  long  course  by  the 
forceful  river,  now  brought  into  activity  by  irrigation. 

This  valley,  of  which  the  population  is  fully  stated  at 
sixty  thousand  people,  is  producing  from  the  soil  in  this 
present  year  twelve  millions  sterling.  Two  hundred 
pounds  per  head — man,  woman  and  child.  The  area  now 
irrigated  amounts  to  half  a  million  acres  :  that  gives 
twenty-four  pounds  per  acre  ;  and  some  of  the  half 
million  can  hardly  yet  be  doing  its  share.  The  valley 
certainly  benefits  by  modern  ideas.  The  water  supply, 
before  it  reaches  the  fields,  is  used  for  generating 
electricity,  supply  of  which  is  general,  not  only  for  lighting, 

32 


The  Imperial  Valley,   California 

but  for  power.  Telephones  are  at  every  steading,  and  the 
motor  car,  as  well  as  the  motor  truck,  in  general  use. 
The  main  roads  are  already  concrete,  but  every  farmer 
wishes  that  to  his  own  door,  and  is  willing  to  pay  for  it 
too,  as  he  recognises  the  value  of  rapid  marketing. 
Science  is  in  her  right  place  and  is  fully  appreciated. 
The  "  bug  doctor  "  is  every  farmer's  friend,  but  even 
more  acceptable  is  the  help  of  the  highly  qualified 
botanist,  under  whom  a  large  experimental  station  is 
conducted,  testing  not  only  orders  of  plants,  but  their 
individual  species  to  discover  the  most  suitable  for  the 
soil  and  for  food  requirements  of  man  and  beast.  As 
instances,  the  following  are  given  ;  but  no  list  can  be 
exhaustive.  This  shows  how  small  the  world  is  and  how 
far  the  scientist's  arm  can  reach,  as  he  has  emissaries  all 
over  the  globe  : — 

Tepary  bean  from  Arizona. 

Currants  and  pomegranates  from  Greece. 

Mulberries  from  Russia. 

Rhodes  and  Sudan  grasses  from  Africa. 

Haliawi  and  Khadrawi  dates  from  Persia. 

Hemp  from  Manchuria. 

Ramie  fibre  from  China. 

Alfalfas  from  Chile  and  Peru. 

Naturally  one  asks,  if  there  is  such  a  Paradise  in  the 
world,  why  only  sixty  thousand  people  are  there  ?  Of 
course,  this  is  only  a  story  of  recent  years  and  hardly  yet 
proven.  The  flaw  is  the  trying  climate  for  three  months 
of  the  year.  The  temperature  is  as  high  as  115  degrees 
in  the  shade  and  the  rainfall  only  averages  annually  a 
little  over  an  inch.  Well,  the  drawback  is  admitted  and 
has  to  be  endured,  but  there  are  compensations.  There 
are  in  this  favoured  community  seventy  schools,  and 
many  of  these  have  handsome,  roomy  buildings.  There 

33 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   Wbr/c/ 

are  already  libraries  in  each  town  or  city,  as  they  are 
called.  There  are  churches  in  plenty  and  much  social 
intercourse,  as  neighbours,  thanks  to  the  motor  car,  can 
foregather  all  over  the  valley.  One  could  not  but  be 
impressed  by  the  fact  that  it  is  a  place  for  the  young 
man  and  young  woman.  Their  vitality  was  obvious, 
and  they  also  looked  like  people  who  were  succeeding 
in  life. 


34 


IV. 

The  South- Western  States. 

SO  Louisiana,  Texas,  New  Mexico,  and  Arizona  are 
named.     Coming  from  the  west  and  crossing  the 
Colorado    River   at    Needles   we   entered  Arizona 
first.     From  Los  Angeles,  and  even  across  the  Mohave 
desert  with  home  summer  heat,  we  experienced  a  sudden 
drop  into  winter. 

There  was  an  equally  striking  change  from  the  gay 
dresses  of  whites  at  Pasadena  and  Glendale  to  the  depot 
at  Needles,  thronged  with  Indian  women,  picturesquely 
attired  in  clan  tartan  shawls,  selling  their  handiwork — 
blankets,  baskets,  and  bead  articles.  We  retired  to  the 
sleeper  from  a  lovely  starry  but  cold  night  to  awake  near 
the  Grand  Canyon  (see  8,  facing  p.  %3)  next  morning, 
with  everything  deeply  covered  by  snow.  There  was 
considerable  disturbance  in  railway  service,  and  we  were 
thankful  to  be  less  than  an  hour  behind  time. 

In  a  movement  which  had  been  fostered  during  the 
war  to  "  See  America  First,"  good  arrangements  are  made 
to  allow  sightseers  from  all  parts  to  be  brought  up  to 
the  Canyon  by  a  train  of  sleeping-cars.  Baggage  remains 
in  the  car  and  the  day  is  spent  in  seeing  the  Canyon. 
At  night  the  traveller  resumes  his  sleeper  and  proceeds 
on  his  way.  In  addition  to  the  well-known  El  Tovar 
Hotel,  a  less  pretentious  place  is  run  for  those  of  more 
moderate  means,  while  in  summer  there  is  tent  accom- 
modation and  general  catering,  mostly  for  young  people, 
who  walk  to  see  the  sights  and  live  the  simple  life. 

What  is  the  Grand  Canyon  and  how  can  it  be 
described  ?  Think  of  a  stream,  when  in  drought,  of 
volume  like  the  Clyde  above  Glasgow,  with  banks  of 
bare  rock  instead  of  green-covered  land  ;  of  these  banks 
being  not  two  to  three  hundred  feet  above  the  river, 

35 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

but  all  the  height  of  Ben  Nevis  (4,400  feet)  to  half  as  much 
more,  and  the  area  in  which  the  river  Colorado  has  its  waver- 
ing course  about  double  the  area  of  the  Clyde  above  Glasgow. 
Well,  can  an  unknown  thing  so  different  from  that  which 
is  known  be  realised  by  any  use  of  words,  and  when  to 
the  picture  is  added  that  these  towering  rocks  which 
bound  the  river  are  in  terrace  after  terrace  of  fantastic 
forms  and  different  colours,  and  that  the  aspects  of  these 
change  with  every  new  day  and  vary  incessantly  every 
hour  of  each  day,  it  leaves  the  most  vivid  imagination 
hopelessly  overtaxed  ?  What  is  the  colour  impression 
of  the  Canyon  ?  No  artist  can  convey  it,  as  it  varies  so 
rapidly  and  endlessly. 

How  has  this  vast  erosion  of  rocks  taken  place  ?  We 
don't  know.  Theorise  as  we  may,  it  only  increases  the 
wonder  and  bewilderment.  It  was  by  no  means  a 
misfortune  to  have  the  snow-covered  landscape  as  the 
framework  of  the  picture. 

Rapidly  all  snow  in  the  actual  Canyon  disappeared, 
as  there  the  temperature  in  winter  is  always  above  that 
of  the  surrounding  country,  but  on  the  trees  and  the 
plateau  beyond  the  rim,  the  snow  remained  during  the  four 
days  we  were  there.  About  ten  miles  of  the  rim  road 
was  available  for  seeing  into  the  Canyon  from  the  several 
points  of  view.  That  road  is  roughly  along  the  northern 
edge  of  the  plateau  which  lies  to  the  south  of  the  Canyon, 
and  in  the  section  accessible  to  us  there  were  five  or  six 
viewpoints,  all  showing  from  different  aspects  the 
magnificent  spectacle  which  fancy  has  arbitrarily  named 
and  mapped  out  as  altar,  amphitheatre,  buttle,  castle, 
crest,  peak,  pyramid,  ridge,  shrine,  temple  terrace, 
throne,  and  tower,  associating  these  with  the  names  of 
all  the  gods,  heroes  and  heroines  of  classical  and  Indian 
mythology.  Each  viewpoint  allows  the  eye  of  the  visitor 
to  explore  different  areas  of  the  Canyon,  but  however 
long  he  may  look  he  hasn't  been  able  to  exhaust  the 
desire  to  look  and  look  again,  and  to  return  and  return 

36 


The  South-Western  States 

again  to  really  try  if  he  can  manage  to  carry  away  a 
satisfying  impression  of  the  scene.  We  drove  and  walked 
backwards  and  forwards  during  four  days,  and  the 
spectacle  increased  in  wonder  all  the  time.  The  feeling 
of  reverence  grew  until  one  could  only  sum  up  all  the 
names  as  "  God's  Canyon."  We  left  it  unsatisfied  and 
wishing  that  yet  again  some  other  time  in  our  lives  we 
might  look  on  this,  the  greatest  of  nature's  wonders  it 
had  till  now  been  our  privilege  to  see. 

Still  within  Arizona  we  were  next  to  look  on  an 
entirely  different  scene.  The  Apache  (usually  pro- 
nounced Ahpatchy,  though  the  Indians  call  it  Appa-shay) 
trail  from  Phoenix  to  Globe,  in  the  middle  of  which  is  the 
vast  irrigation  project  known  as  the  Roosevelt  dam. 
This  involved  a  cross-country  journey,  with  difficult 
communications,  and  one  of  these  failing  cost  us  a  day, 
and  gave  us  some  experience  of  roadside  hotels,  which 
was  wholesome,  and  made  us  appreciate  the  accom- 
modation available  on  main  routes  of  travel. 

All  round  Phoenix  is  the  Salt  River  Valley,  which  has 
benefited  by  the  bold  project  of  the  irrigation  engineer, 
the  creation  of  a  great  lake  seventy-five  miles  away, 
arresting  the  flow  of  two  rivers  by  a  huge  barrier  of 
masonry  and  flooding  permanently  an  area  of  twenty- 
five  square  miles,  with  a  catchment  area  of  over  6,000 
square  miles.  This  work  was  completed  in  1911,  but 
the  lake  took  four  years  to  completely  fill,  and  now  amply 
supplies  the  whole  valley  and  makes  it  possible  to  tell 
of  it  the  usual  miracles  of  fruitfulness  ;  but  the  history 
of  the  Salt  River  Valley  differs  entirely  from  that  told 
elsewhere  of  the  Imperial  Valley  in  California.  Not 
only  was  the  valley  formerly  a  white  man's  home,  with  a 
certain  measure  of  irrigation  from  early  days  of  Arizona's 
history  as  a  State,  but  there  are  records  which  tell  that 
ancient  people,  before  the  advent  of  the  Spanish 
explorers,  had  canals  here  aggregating  one  hundred  and 
fifty  miles  in  length  and  sufficient  for  the  irrigation  of 

37 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

250,000  acres  of  land.  It  is,  however,  within  the  last 
decade,  particularly  its  later  years,  that  the  produce 
of  the  valley  has  so  enormously  increased  in  volume, 
variety,  quality,  and  value. 

The  fall  of  the  outflow  from  the  Roosevelt  dam  is 
such  that  it  can  be  frequently  used  for  generating  power, 
and  this  is  utilised  for  public  service  as  well  as  for  the 
farmers  and  for  various  mining  projects.  The  actual 
journey  from  Phoenix  to  Globe  was  by  auto-stage,  at 
first  through  the  fertile  valley  on  modern  concrete  roads, 
but  later  through  the  mountains  on  the  road  surveyed 
and  carried  out  in  connection  with  the  building  of  the 
dam.  It  rises  to  3,470  feet,  winding  through  weird 
canyons  among  the  boldly  outlined  rocky  hills,  until  the 
great  artificial  lake  is  reached,  thence  along  its  margin 
until  the  descent  begins  into  the  mining  valleys  where 
great  copper  ore  deposits  lie,  and  the  working  of  which 
is  the  principal  industry  of  Globe  and  Miami. 

Between  the  Roosevelt  dam  and  Globe,  on  the  hill 
to  the  right,  at  a  short  distance  from  the  former,  there  are 
remarkable  ruins  of  buildings  within  caves,  which 
antiquarians  tell  us  belong  to  a  forgotten  race  of  earlier 
days  than  either  Indians  or  whites.  Our  journey  just 
touched  New  Mexico  and  traversed  Texas,  beginning  at 
San  Antonio,  a  place  of  many  historical  associations. 
One  of  these  occurred  in  1836,  when,  in  the  Alamo, 
one  hundred  and  eighty-two  Texans,  for  eleven  days, 
withstood  a  siege  by  five  thousand  Mexicans,  none 
surviving.  The  Alamo  building  is  preserved  sacredly 
as  a  memorial. 

In  the  closing  light  of  a  winter  afternoon  we  entered 
Louisiana,  the  historic  State,  profoundly  interesting  as 
well  here  as  on  our  side  of  the  water.  Its  great  river 
and  port  were  seen  in  actual  existence  after  being  imagined 
again  and  again  throughout  the  years.  What  descrip- 
tions of  the  levees,  of  old  planters,  Creole  aristocrats, 
we  have  all  read  and  pictured  for  ourselves !  The  city  of 

38 


The  South-Western  States 

New  Orleans  is  a  curious  contrast  of  those  days  and  the 
modern  days  of  luxury  and  prosperity.  There  are  streets 
comparing  in  width  with  Washington,  D.C.,  and  others 
where  traffic  can  only  go  one  way.  There  are  old 
crumbling  houses  with  wonderful  forged  grilles  and 
balconies,  and  modern  millionaires'  mansions,  clumsy 
-and  tasteless.  Many  of  the  old  canals  have  been  put 
underground  as  surface  water  conduits  and  the  roofing 
used  for  street  car  lines.  Where  sufficiently  wide,  these 
have  grass  within  the  rails,  affording  a  delightful  relief 
to  the  eye  and  also  preventing  dust.  The  harbour  is 
entirely  a  thing  apart.  There  is  nothing  in  the  world 
comparable,  and  its  traffic  has  also  some  unique  features. 
We  left  its  shores  for  the  Island  of  Cuba  with  much 
regret  that  it  was  not  our  lot  to  see  the  winter  Capital  of 
America  with  less  of  the  winter  aspect  and  more  sunshine. 


39 


V. 

The  West  Indies. 

(a)    CUBA. 

A  FEW  hours'  sail  from  New  Orleans  on  the  broad 
waters  of  the  famous  Mississippi  river  brought 
us  to  the  still  more  famous  Caribbean  Sea  and  the 
innumerable  and  fascinating  islands  borne  on  its  waters. 
It  was  our  first  experience  of  a  United  States  owned 
steamer,  the  Saramacca,  belonging  to  the  United  Fruit 
Company  of  Boston.  The  sailing  for  a  six  hundred  mile 
passage  to  Havana  was  originally  fixed  for  a  Saturday 
morning,  which  should  have  landed  us  on  the  following 
Monday  morning.  On  Friday  we  were  warned  that  she 
might  sail  that  evening,  but  finally  the  departure  was  de- 
layed till  Sunday,  10  a.m.,  and  we  actually  cast  off  at  noon. 
As  soon  as  we  entered  the  ocean,  without  any  great  sea, 
she  started  to  roll,  and  consistently  did  so  till  we  entered 
Havana  harbour  three  days  later.  When  fully  at  sea, 
although  nothing  of  the  kind  had  been  mentioned  when 
our  passports  were  vised  by  the  Cuban  consul  at  New 
Orleans,  we  were  informed  that  all  passengers  who  did 
not  hold  certificates  of  recent  vaccination  must  submit 
to  that  operation  or  be  returned  to  port  of  sailing. 
Generally  the  travelling  conditions  were  not  comfortable, 
and  the  food,  especially  the  fruit  supplied,  left  much  to 
be  desired. 

From  the  sea,  Havana  looks  exceedingly  well,  and  the 
harbour  is  completely  land-locked,  with  Morro  Castle 
on  the  outer  arm.  It  and  Casa  Blanca,  old  Spanish 
buildings,  are  said  to  be  interesting,  but  the  roadway 
round  is  so  bad  that  no  motor  would  face  it.  We  had 
been  recommended  to  a  hotel  in  the  western  residential 
suburb  of  Havana,  the  Vedado.  From  the  harbour  there 
D  41 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the    World 

was  about  four  miles  drive,  at  first  through  narrow  and 
rather  unsavoury  streets,  where  the  traffic  could  only  go 
one  way  :  the  street  cars  are  so  arranged,  and  in  the 
denser  part,  close  to  the  harbour,  are  elevated  so  as  to 
permit  traffic  there  to  have  free  passage.  On  emerging 
from  the  older  part  of  the  city  there  are  the  remains  of 
what  was  an  esplanade,  but  last  autumn  a  severe  storm 
wrecked  it,  and  extensive  repairs  now  going  on,  along  with 
active  building  of  handsome  dwelling-houses  on  the  Vedado 
sea  front,  make  the  whole  place  look  as  if  an  earthquake 
had  occurred.  There  is,  however,  every  promise  that 
ultimately  there  will  be  a  very  handsome  and  wholesome 
addition  to  the  metropolis  of  Cuba. 

Our  hotel  looked  exceedingly  well,  and  no  doubt 
compared  favourably  with  others  in  the  island,  but  fell 
far  short  of  the  comforts  we  had  experienced  in 
California,  and  was  roughly  fifty  per  cent,  more  costly 
than  anything  there.  It  was  explained  to  us  that,  being 
anything  but  a  "  dry  "  country,  and  having  horse-racing, 
cock-fighting,  and  such  pastimes  fully  attended  to,  Cuba 
attracts  from  the  United  States  a  class  which  can  and 
does  spend  the  dollars  freely,  thus  running  up  prices, 
so  that  Havana  now  enjoys  the  reputation  of  being  the 
costliest  place  on  the  globe  to  live  in.  Unquestionably, 
the  island  is  exceedingly  prosperous  owing  to  war  prices. 
Sugar,  not  tobacco,  is  now  the  main  growth,  and  the 
price  current  is  such  that  large  fortunes  are  made  without 
effort.  There  have  been  already,  and  were  while  we  were 
on  the  island,  serious  labour  troubles,  and  the  people 
are  violent  and  lawless.  The  employers  can  afford,  and 
will  yet  be  compelled  to  pay,  largely  increased  wages  to 
attract  the  necessary  labour  from  their  own  and  adjacent 
islands.  It  is  clearly  recognised  that  there  is  large 
spending  power  on  the  island,  and  a  wise  appointment 
of  a  very  capable  commercial  secretary  to  the  British 
Embassy  has  just  been  made  by  the  Board  of  Trade 
and  Foreign  Office.  Although  the  island  has  only  a 

42 


The   West  Indies:    Cuba 

population  of  about  two  and  a  half  millions  of  all  racas, 
and  an  area  of  about  two-thirds  that  of  Great  Britain, 
the  spending  ability  per  capita  is  possibly  as  great  as  ia 
any  tropical  community  in  the  world. 

Of  the  landscape,  as  well  in  the   neighbourhood  of 
Havana  as  in  the  eastern  end  of  the  island,  which  we 
traversed  as  far  as  Santiago,  one  cannot   speak  in  too 
high  terms.     All  the  large  crops  grown — sugar,  tobacco 
and  bananas — lend  themselves  to  the  picturesque,  and  the 
country  is  all  undulating  with  numerous  fair-sized  hills, 
and  at  the  eastern   end    of    the    island    a     decidedly 
mountainous  country,  which  Mount  Tarquin  tops  with 
its  14,000  feet  rising  right  from  the  sea.     At  the  western 
end,  and  especially  between  Havana  and  Pinar  del  Rio, 
most  of  the  fine  tobacco  is  grown,  and  we  enjoyed  a  long 
motor  run  right  into  the  Vuelto  Abajo,  a  country  well 
known  by  name  to  cigar  lovers.     The  accommodation 
for  night  travelling  from  Havana  to  Santiago  is  so  limited 
and  so  much  in  demand  that  it  could  only  be  attained 
by  booking  a  week  ahead.     So  we  decided  to  divide  the 
journey,  which  is  by  time-table  twenty-eight  hours  and 
frequently  over  thirty  hours,  into  three  or  four  stages. 
We  spent  a  week-end  at  Matanzas,  an  old  Spanish  town 
and  seaport  on  the  northern  coast,  and  a  favourite  day 
excursion  from  Havana,  as  there  are  here  large  limestone 
caves,  such  as  those  in  Derbyshire,  covering  a  great  area 
and  lit  by  electricity.     Here  there  is  also  a  large  plantation 
of  a  cactus-like  plant,  known  as  henebique,  and  yielding 
a  fibre-like  hemp,  used  for  cables,  ropes,  and  twine.    There 
is  also  in  the  neighbourhood  the  picturesque  Yumuri 
valley,  mainly  now  in  grazing  farms,  but  just  about  to 
be  planted  with  sugar  cane.     This  place  has  only  recently 
reached  the  importance  of  a  street-car  system,    and  it 
was  found  to  be  more  practicable  and  less  costly  to  instal 
storage  batteries  on  the  cars  than  standards  and  trolley 
wires.     It  certainly  was  advantageous  to  the  picturesque 
old  Spanish  town  that  there  were  only  the  rails  in  the 

43 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

absence  of  the  cars  themselves  to  indicate  that  such  a 
system  existed. 

Our  next  stopping-place  was  at  Santa  Clara,  about 
the  middle  of  the  island,  and  the  centre  of  a  large  sugar- 
growing  area.  Here  the  accommodation  was  somewhat 
primitive,  but  nothing  like  so  much  so  as  the  roadway, 
which  could  only  be  compared  with  the  shell-pitted 
streets  of  towns  in  Flanders.  On  departure  our  heavy 
luggage,  though  duly  registered,  was  discovered  to  have 
gone  astray,  probably  the  work  of  a  "  non-dry  "  porter, 
and  we  were  assured  by  the  station-master  that  it  would 
overtake  us  at  Camaguey  (pronounced  Cammawhey), 
our  next  stop.  Here  is  the  headquarters  of  the  railway 
system,  and  the  hotel  belonging  to  the  railway  company 
is  said  to  be  the  best  on  the  island.  Though  only  three 
minutes'  walk  from  the  station,  the  roadway  there 
was  in  hopeless  disrepair,  and  the  hotel  looked  like,  what 
it  was  actually  built  for,  a  large  barrack.  There  were  no 
roadways  into  the  country  which  it  would  be  other  than 
an  endurance  to  attempt,  and  the  three  days  we  had  to 
spend  waiting  on  our  baggage — including  Christmas  Eve — 
were  rather  a  trial.  Thanks  to  a  courteous  Englishman 
connected  with  the  railway,  who  interested  himself  on  our 
behalf,  the  baggage  arrived  safely,  and  we  spent  Christmas 
en  route  from  Camaguey  to  Santiago — familiar  to  us  as 
having  been  bombarded  by  Admiral  Dewey  in  the  Spanish- 
American  war.  The  city  is  situated  on  a  steep  incline, 
with  tolerable  roadway  and  drainage  in  the  immediate 
neighbourhood  of  the  hotel,  which  is  on  the  principal  open 
space  beside  the  cathedral,  much  damaged  in  the  siege, 
but  now  being  restored  on  literally  a  commercial  basis — 
a  facade  of  shops  to  yield  a  handsome  revenue  being  in 
course  of  construction  on  a  lower  level  all  round  the  church. 

On  our  Christmas-day  journey,  where  a  stop  was  made 
for  lunch  about  four  o'clock  in  the  afternoon,  we  heard 
alongside  of  us  a  conversation  in  unmistakable  Scottish 
accents,  and  on  inquiring,  discovered  two  boys  who  had 

44 


The  West  Indies:    Cuba 

come  out  through  Jamaica  to  a  colonial  bank  after  dis- 
charge from  their  war  service,  and  we  were  the  first 
people  from  the  old  country  they  had  met.  They  took 
us  to  see  the  outskirts  of  the  city  and  its  general  appear- 
ance from  the  Boniato  drive  on  the  overlooking  hills, 
and  we  afterwards  spent  a  very  happy  evening  together. 
Incidentally,  when  later  we  were  in  Jamaica,  our  own 
island  at  Kingston,  on  Hogmanay,  we  asked  the  manager 
of  that  bank  if  he  had  any  more  Scottish  boys,  but  we 
had  been  lucky  enough  to  strike  the  only  two  of  whom 
he  had  any  knowledge.  The  lower  streets  of  Santiago, 
around  the  harbour,  are  in  a  disgraceful  and  filthy 
condition,  and,  instead  of  their  chronic  state  of  health- 
panic  being  remarkable,  it  is  a  wonder  that  they  are  ever 
free  of  epidemics.  In  Cuba  we  realised  that  we  were 
among  a  race  less  civilised  than  those  of  the  same  colour 
in  the  United  States,  and  one  most  significant  indication 
was  that  women  are  the  burden-bearers,  that  they  are 
put  to  such  unsuitable  work  as  road-mending  and  stone- 
breaking,  and  that  frequently  the  males  not  only  escape 
the  burden,  but  if  a  donkey  or  a  mule  is  available  the 
male  is  mounted  and  his  burdened  mate  walks  behind. 

There  is  no  established  steamer  service,  either  Cuban 
or  British,  from  Santiago  to  Kingston.  We  had  to  wait 
a  whole  day  for  a  vessel  which  was  said  to  be  en  route 
from  Kingston  on  the  sixteen-hour  journey  of  one  hundred 
and  sixty  miles,  and  when  she  did  arrive  were  told  that 
she  would  sail  at  9  a.m.  the  following  day — Sunday. 
We  actually  left  two  hours  later.  Here  we  had  our  first 
experience  of  a  Customs'  examination  on  leaving  a  country, 
and  were  glad  to  fee  the  hotel  porter  so  that  he  might  induce 
the  Customs  authorities  to  leave  our  baggage  unpillaged. 
We  were  four  first-class  passengers  on  the  dirtiest  "  tub  " 
any  of  us  had  ever  seen  and  at  the  dearest  passage  money 
for  the  distance  any  of  us  had  ever  paid.  The  only  safe 
place  from  dirt  and  worse  was  on  deck.  The  food  offered 
was  uneatable,  and  after  a  night  on  deck  we  were  thankful 

45 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

to  reach  Port  Royal  at  nine  the  following  morning.  After 
five  and  a  half  hours  delay  for  medical  examination  and 
for  disinfection  at  the  quarantine  station,  we  proceeded 
to  Kingston  harbour  and  Customs'  examination  there, 
escaping  the  fate  of  one  of  our  fellow-passengers,  who  was- 
detained  for  five  days  by  vaccination  at  a  very  insanitary 
quarantine  station.  Ultimately  we  reached  a  comfort- 
able hotel  on  the  sea  front  at  Kingston,  and  felt  that  by 
contrast  we  were  in  heaven. 


(b)    JAMAICA. 

IN  addition  to  national  calamities,  such  as  hurricanes 
and  the  earthquake  of  1907,  Jamaica  suffered  severely 
in  what  may  be  called  the  beet-sugar  crisis.  It  is  difficult 
to  say  whether  the  Mother  Country  could  have  mitigated 
that  crisis  by  a  preferential  tariff,  or  whether  a  less 
exhaustive  policy  and  more  adaptability,  with  pro- 
gressive measures  as  regards  machinery  on  the  estates, 
would  have  attained  the  same  end  on  a  sounder  basis. 

There  is  a  distinct  feeling  on  the  part  of  Jamaicans 
that  the  authorities  at  home  are  forgetting  and  neglecting 
their  oldest  colony,  and  as  certainly  Jamaica  is  now 
receiving  much  attention  from  the  United  States,  possibly 
more  than  is  to  her  advantage,  as,  wherever  in  steamer 
travelling  and  hotels  the  charges  are  outrageously  high, 
it  is  found  that  their  capital  is  exploiting  the  situation 
caused  by  the  deficiency  of  accommodation. 

One  strong  evidence  of  this  position  is  the  fact  that 
at  a  prominent  hotel  in  Kingston  the  bills  are  made  out 
in  United  States  currency  and  translated  into  sterling 
at  the  New  York  rate  of  exchange,  and  a  Bank  of  England 
note  is  only  accepted  for  a  sterling  payment  at  a  discount. 

Port  Royal,  geographically  the  sea  entrance  to  the 
island,  has  a  history  of  extraordinary  interest.  In  the 
early  days  of  English  tenure  it  was  the  capital,  and  the 
base  of  bold  and  lucrative  buccaneering  exploits,  which 

46 


The   West  Indies:    Jamaica 

made  it  the  richest  spot  of  its  size  in  the  world.  The 
inhabitants  lived  a  wild,  reckless  life,  and  until  that  was 
suddenly  ended  by  the  earthquake  of  1692,  it  was 
reputed  to  be  one  of  the  wickedest  places  on  the  earth. 
It  is  now  only  a  small  group  of  official  buildings,  though 
under  the  waters  are  the  remains  of  the  extensive  town 
which  was  overwhelmed. 

Kingston,  the  real  port  and  capital  of  the  island, 
situated  along  the  sea  beach  of  the  Liguanea  Plain,  has 
not  yet  recovered  from  the  earthquake  of  1907.  The 
Government  has  reconstructed  the  official  buildings  on 
handsome  lines,  and  some  business  institutions,  such  as 
banks,  have  reared  corresponding  buildings,  but  Kingston 
itself  is  not  able  to  face  the  large  expenditure  which  would 
be  required  to  put  her  streets  and  sidewalks  into  order 
and  to  erect  worthy  municipal  and  other  buildings. 
Really,  many  of  the  roadways  throughout  the  island  are 
in  better  condition  than  the  streets  of  the  capital,  and 
except  in  the  part  of  King  Street  reconstructed  and  a 
small  portion  of  Harbour  Street,  there  is  no  proper 
provision  of  sidewalks  for  foot  traffic.  As  the  city  has 
no  industries  to  speak  of,  its  assessable  value,  outside  of 
the  Government  and  other  central  properties  referred  to, 
gives  a  very  poor  yield  at  what  is  considered  the  maximum 
rate  the  occupants  can  bear. 

The  area  of  Jamaica  is  about  the  same  as  that  of 
Wales.  There  is  only  a  small  proportion  of  level  land, 
the  great  bulk  being  undulating  and  much  of  it  mountain- 
ous country.  Blue  Mountain  Peak  is  over  7,000  feet 
above  the  not  far  distant  sea.  From  end  to  end  of  the 
island  there  are  excellent  roads,  there  being  no  less  than 
2,000  miles  of  good  main  and  county  roads,  and  2,000 
miles  of  parochial  roads  almost  equally  good,  that  is 
4,000  miles  of  roads  to  the  area  of  4,200  square  miles. 
It  is  possible  to  visit  the  various  quarters  of  the  island, 
staying  at  small  hotels  where  the  charges  are  com- 
paratively reasonable  and  conditions  unpretentious  but 

47 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

endurable.  The  west  of  the  island  is  worse  off  in  this 
respect,  and  for  this  reason  we  failed  to  see  Montego  Bay 
and  its  neighbourhood.  The  railway  service  is  as  good 
as  can  be  expected  under  Government  control,  and  when 
unsuitable  it  is  always  possible  locally  to  hire  motor  cars. 

Our  first  Sunday  was  spent  at  Kingston,  and  we 
found  a  large  choice  of  even  Presbyterian  churches,  while 
the  denominations  of  all  the  home  countries  seemed  to  be 
fully  represented.  We  attended  the  Scottish  Presby- 
terian Church,  which  is  directly  connected  with  our  own 
Established  Church.  Generally  throughout  the  island 
Anglicans  and  Baptists  are  the  strong  denominations, 
but  the  darkies  favour  what  the  Highland  sergeant-major 
described  as  "  fancy  raeleedjins."  There  are  no  fewer 
than  1,000  places  of  worship  on  the  island,  and  while  one 
may  ask  what  would  be  the  state  without  these  and  their 
influence,  the  present  position  as  regards  morality  and 
crime  can  only  be  described  as  deplorable.  Of  the 
births,  nearly  seventy  per  cent,  are  illegitimate,  an  increase 
of  about  ten  per  cent,  since  1908,  and  theft  and  robbery 
are  so  common  that  there  is  an  outcry  against  the  cost 
of  punishing  the  offenders. 

There  are  two  Government  botanic  gardens,  one  about 
five  miles  from  Kingston,  known  as  Hope  Gardens,  and 
another  about  fifteen  miles  farther  inland,  called 
Castleton  Gardens.  They  present  an  interesting  and 
instructive  epitome  of  the  productive  power  of  the  island, 
but  seem  to  come  far  short  of  such  institutions  as  we  had 
seen  in  the  Western  States,  where  they  are  experimental 
stations  and  training-schools  for  agricultural  students. 

Spanish  Town,  the  old  seat  of  Government,  has  a 
cathedral  and  King's  House  in  a  somewhat  dilapidated 
condition,  as  are  the  houses  of  most  of  the  inhabitants. 
Generally  the  place  would  be  greatly  improved  were  it 
possible,  without  loss  of  life,  to  have  a  conflagration. 
The  most  interesting  monument  there  was  that  to  Admiral 
Rodney,  who  in  1782  saved  the  island  from  the  French. 


The   West  Indies:    Jamaica 

There  are  located  near  here  several  important  industries, 
affording  employment  to  comparatively  large  numbers, 
notably  the  Central  Sugar  Mill,  opened  in  February, 
1920,  and  chemical  works  dealing  with  the  extraction  of 
the  dye  products  from  logwood.  On  the  way  back  to 
Kingston  we  visited  the  extensive  sugar  plantation, 
Caymanas,  owned  by  an  old  Glasgow  family,  and  saw  a 
large  installation  of  machinery  from  Tradeston  work- 
shops, which  although  bearing  a  date  well  into  last 
century  was  still  in  excellent  condition. 

Our  first  visit  outside  the  capital  was  to  Moneague, 
a  pastoral  district  reached  by  rail  to  Ewarton,  and  a  ten 
mile  drive  over  Mount  Diablo,  comparing  favourably 
with  anything  either  in  America  or  in  the  south  of  Europe. 
Here  we  saw  the  beginning  of  efforts  to  rid  the  cattle  of 
the  "  tick  "  pest  by  frequent  dipping  in  a  suitable  wash. 
This  movement  is  exceedingly  desirable,  as  the  presence 
of  these  insects  in  the  fields  makes  walking  off  the  road- 
ways dangerous  to  visitors.  St.  Ann's  Bay  is  on  the  north 
coast,  about  midway  between  Port  Antonio  to  the  east 
and  Montego  Bay  to  the  west,  the  extreme  points  of  the 
railway  system.  Here  the  dominance  of  the  banana 
and  coco-nut  trade  by  United  States  concerns  became 
evident.  Sugar  is  still  mostly  in  Jamaican  hands,  but 
even  in  it,  transactions  are  now  taking  place  which  point 
to  the  beginning  of  the  octopus  grip. 

St.  Ann  is  known  as  the  garden  parish  of  the  island ; 
though  now  midwinter  the  title  was  justified.  Ferns  of 
all  kinds  grow  beautifully.  There  is  a  famous  fern  gully 
extending  for  four  miles  inland  from  Ocho  Rios.  The 
branched  maidenhair  on  walls  and  banks  by  the  road- 
sides was  easily  the  finest  display  we  saw  on  the  island. 
Poinsettias,  hibiscus,  bougainvillea,  and  eucharist  lilies 
were  in  great  profusion  in  gardens  as  well  as  growing 
wild.  On  this  coast  there  are  numerous  streams  and 
some  quite  substantial  rivers,  which  have  a  considerable 
volume  of  water  throughout  the  year.  This  may  account 

49 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

for  the  notable  profusion  of  vegetation  and  be  the  real 
reason  for  St.  Ann  being  considered  the  garden  of  a  garden 
island.  We  travelled  by  motor  right  along  the  coast  to 
the  north-eastern  corner  of  the  island,  Port  Antonio,  in 
Portland  parish,  which  statistics  show  has  the  largest 
rainfall  on  the  island.  It  is  the  main  port  of  shipment 
of  the  United  Fruit  Company,  and  the  whole  country 
round  is  devoted  to  banana  growing.  There  are  many 
interesting  excursions  from  this  point,  the  broken  coast 
affording  beautiful  views,  while  inland  the  well- watered 
valleys  leading  northwards  from  the  Blue  Mountain 
range  are  most  picturesque.  There  was  here  evidence  of 
coolie  labour  being  used.  Many  of  the  parties  seen  on 
the  roadways  and  at  the  markets  showed  strongly 
Oriental  features,  and  the  women  wore  their  distinctive 
dresses  and  metal  decorations. 

Our  next  visit  was  to  Mandeville,  an  inland  town  at 
an  altitude  of  over  2,000  feet,  the  most  popular  health 
resort  for  the  residents  of  Kingston.  The  town  is  a  real 
English  village,  being  openly  built  with  many  free  spaces 
and  a  characteristic  Anglican  Church,  such  as  is  seen  in 
the  Yorkshire  dales,  and  here,  as  the  neighbourhood  is 
well  populated,  the  Saturday  market  is  the  event  of  the 
week.  All  kinds  of  fruit,  vegetables,  and  poultry  are 
brought  in  for  sale.  Donkeys  are  indispensable,  and  are 
purchasable  as  well  as  ranged  up  waiting  for  their 
owner's  call  for  returning  laden  with  necessaries  for 
which  the  morning  burden  has  yielded  the  needful  funds. 
In  all  directions  there  are  good  roads  and  beautiful 
drives  :  that  to  Malvern,  at  a  greater  altitude  than 
Mandeville,  and  a  resort  for  tuberculous  patients,  afforded 
the  finest  view  we  saw  on  the  island.  In  Canada  and  the 
Western  States  we  were  greatly  impressed  by  the  school 
buildings.  Here  the  police  station  and  lock-up  building 
is  usually  the  best  in  the  village.  There  is  not  the  same 
need  here  for  substantial  and  durable  structures,  but  it 
would  be  very  desirable  that  the  children  should  have 

50 


The   West  Indies :    Jamaica 

an  object  lesson  in  airy  and  well-appointed  classrooms 
and  sanitary  accommodation.  The  great  bulk  of  the 
population  live  in  dilapidated  and  untidy  hovels,  although 
a  small  percentage  of  the  houses,  including  the  farms 
of  the  United  Fruit  Company,  do  show  the  way  by 
having  clean,  well-kept  houses  and  gardens.  The  rum 
shop  is  much  in  evidence — every  little  group  has  one, 
two,  or  more  of  these,  and  on  market  days  there  is  more 
consumed  than  is  good  for  these  excitable  and  not  very 
civilised  natures.  The  male  native  has  the  reputation 
of  not  being  keen  on  work,  and  he  has  yet  to  learn  how  to 
use  wisely  the  increased  wage  which  the  war  inflation 
has  given  him.  There  is  a  big  field  for  social  education. 
The  future  of  the  island  depends  on  this.  Anything 
like  self-government  is  out  of  the  question,  although  the 
Jamaican  has  a  good  case  when  he  demands  that  the 
appointments  of  Governor  downwards  should  be  made 
from  capable  men  specially  trained  for  the  duties. 

There  are  drawbacks  to  tourist  travel,  of  course. 
Most  of  the  hotels  are  primitive  as  regards  water  supply, 
especially  hot  bath  water,  which  is  an  indispensable  for 
travellers  in  a  tropical  climate  ;  mosquitoes  and  other 
insects  are  troublesome  though  not  dangerous.  Such 
arrangements  as  are  now  common  elsewhere  of  wire  gauze 
windows  and  doors  to  all  apartments  are  here  unknown. 
No  doubt  the  influx  of  visitors  this  season,  caused  by 
a  prevailing  impression  in  England  and  the  United  States, 
that  Jamaica  has  not,  like  everywhere  else,  gone  to  war 
prices  will  in  time  bring  better  conditions.  There  are 
possibilities  of  developing  an  ali-the-year-round  tourist 
centre,  with  accessibility  to  all  America — east  and  west 
coast  of  both  continents  as  well  as  Australasia  and  the 
Orient — but  the  provision  of  suitable  hotel  accom- 
modation would  need  to  be  handled  in  a  very  far- 
sighted  and  enterprising  spirit.  On  the  whole,  the 
visitor  cannot  leave  the  island  without  pleasant  memories 
of  its  hospitable  people  and  lovely  climate  and  scenery. 


VI. 

Jamaica   and  Federation  of  the 
British  West  Indies. 

THIS  question  had  been  much  discussed  for  years 
before  the  war,  and  it  is  felt  that  now  peace  has 
come  some  action  may  be  taken.      In  Britain 
there  is  a  want  of  definite  knowledge  as  to  what  the  term 
"  British  West  Indies  "  really  means,  and  generally  out 
here  the  people  think,  possibly  with  very  good  reason, 
that  we  at  home  know  and  care  very  little  about  them. 
The  colonies  comprising  the  British  West  Indies  are  : — 

ISLANDS Area— Sq.  Miles.       Population. 

Jamaica  and  Turks  and  Caicos,  4,619  902,811 

Bahamas, 4,403  58,484 

Barbadoes,  166  184,259 

Trinidad  and  Tobago,       -       -  1,868  371,876 

Windward  Islands   (Grenada, 

St.  Lucia,  and  St.  Vincent),  516  175,491 

Leeward  Islands  (Antigua, 
Dominica,  St.  Kitts,  Nevis, 
and  the  Virgin  Islands),  704  127,189 

MAINLAND — 
British  Guiana  (South  America),       89,480  313,859 

British     Honduras      (Central 

America),  8,598  42,323 

The   continued   disturbance   of   communication   pre- 
vented a  visit  to  Trinidad,  Barbadoes,  and  British  Guiana, 

53 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

but  a  stay  of  nearly  three  months  between  Cuba  and 
Jamaica  allowed  one  at  least  to  get  into  the  West  Indian 
atmosphere  and  absorb  a  little  of  the  point  of  view  of  the 
people. 

Invariably  the  consideration  of  the  opening  of  the 
Panama  Canal  is  put  forward,  but  it  is  difficult  to  see  why 
that  should  affect  federation.  Britain's  oldest  colony 
happens  to  be  right  in  the  course  of  every  stream  of 
traffic  caused  by  the  canal.  Jamaica  is  an  island  of 
extraordinarily  beautiful  scenery,  with  a  range  of  climate 
which  makes  it  an  ideal  stopping-place  for  health,  and  for 
rest-seekers  from  the  eastern  and  western  coast  of  both 
Americas,  as  well  as  from  Europe,  Africa,  Australasia,  and 
the  Orient.  There  are  hints  that  the  very  proximity  to  the 
canal  zone  makes  it  strategically  important  that  Jamaica 
should  be  controlled  by  the  same  power.  Elsewhere  the 
United  States  influence  in  the  island  has  been  pointed  out. 
While  we  were  there  an  extended  visit  was  paid  to 
Kingston  by  a  large  flotilla  of  their  torpedo-boats,  and 
officers  and  crew  made  a  good  impression  on  the 
Jamaicans.  United  States  learned  societies  take  more 
interest  in  the  natural  resources  and  history  of  Jamaica 
than  do  the  corresponding  societies  of  Britain.  There  is 
not  the  faintest  desire  for  such  a  change,  but  our  home 
authorities  should  be  awake  to  the  possibilities. 

The  canal  certainly  increases  the  importance  of 
Jamaica,  but  that  is  rather  an  argument  for  improving 
her  Government  and  condition,  and  increasing  her  pro- 
ductiveness, which  would  hardly  be  done  by  federating 
her  with  a  series  of  smaller  colonies  at  distances  up  to 
1,000  miles,  and  with  a  radius  of  nearly  double  that. 
Comparisons,  especially  in  such  a  question,  are  not 
convincing.  Circumstances  vary  so  much  that  there 
are  no  parallels,  but  it  may  be  helpful  to  think  of  Britain's 
difficulties  with  Ireland,  only  separated  from  her  by  a 
narrow  channel ;  and  the  best  wisdom  of  Parliament 
after  over  two  hundred  years  of  union  proposes  two 

54 


Jamaica   and  the   British    West  Indies 

separate  Parliaments  on  the  one  island.  It  is  not 
suggested  that  the  Jamaicans  are  such  hopeless  irrecon- 
cilables  as  are  the  Irish,  neither  is  it  suggested  that  they 
have  the  resource  and  enterprise  of  the  New  Zealanders, 
who  were  deliberately  left  out  of  the  Australian 
Commonwealth,  though  New  Zealand  has  only  a  small 
fraction  of  population  and  a  comparatively  insignificant 
area,  and  is  only  three  days'  sail  off  the  Australian  coast. 

The  desire  and  purpose  of  home  government  and 
colonial  legislature  alike  is  to  do  what  is  best  for  the 
future  of  the  island,  and  that  certainly  meantime  lies 
along  the  line  of  improving  in  every  way  possible  the 
Government  and  developing  more  and  more  fully  the 
resources  of  the  country. 

Our  Colonial  Civil  Service,  especially  the  higher 
officials,  needs  much  amendment,  as  these  are  largely 
men  whose  only  interest  is  income  for  a  few  years,  and 
then  they  pass  off  like  knotless  threads.  There  should  be 
a  special  training  for  such  service  that  would  secure  men 
capable  of  grasping  and  presenting  development  problems, 
men  with  minds  eager  to  do  the  utmost  to  benefit  the 
community  which  they  direct  or  aid  in  administering. 

There  are  good  and  strong  arguments  for  the 
federation  of  contiguous  groups  of  the  islands  and  even 
adjoining  mainland,  and  once  that  has  been  done  and  has 
proved  successful  there  would  be  a  solid  reason  for 
reconsideration  of  Jamaica's  position.  Meantime  there 
should  be  the  fullest  conference  and  co-operation  in  all 
matters  which  equally  affect  all  the  colonies,  such  as 
shipping,  postal,  telegraphic,  cable  facilities  ;  wireless 
'phone  and  message  service  ;  air  communications  ;  inter- 
change of  labour ;  removal  of  tariff  barriers.  Possibly 
more  satisfactory  results  in  such  matters  can  be  attained 
without  official  conjoining  of  the  Governments.  Earnest 
efforts  should  be  made  conjointly  really  to  inform  the 
moneyed  public  at  home  of  the  opportunities  for  invest- 
ment there  are  here.  The  colonies  may  well  do  some 

55 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

advertising,  but  every  shrewd  advertiser  makes  sure  that 
his  expenditure  is  on  an  article  which  has  intrinsic  merit, 
and  any  attempt  to  let  in  the  people  at  home  will  only 
have  disastrous  results.  Progress  all  round  on  well- 
considered  lines  should  be  Jamaica's  watchword. 


VII. 

South  America. 

EASTERN    SEABOARD. 

OUR  voyage  to  South  America  had  to  be  preceded 
by  rather  an  awkward  sail  of  five  days,  from  the 
Tropics  to  New  York  under  blizzard  conditions, 
as  we  had  by  cable  been  advised  that  our  steamer  for 
South  America  would  not  call  at  Barbados.  Until  the 
day  before  sailing  that  was  the  arrangement,  but  then  the 
exigencies  of  coal  supply  compelled  a  change  of  plan, 
and  our  journey  of  two  long  sides  of  a  triangle  was 
needless,  as  after  all  we  sailed  direct  for  Barbados. 

It  is  a  small  but  very  interesting  colony,  having  many 
points  of  difference  from  the  other  British  West  Indian 
islands,  particularly  a  greater  degree  of  self-government 
than  they  have,  also  a  greater  proportion  of  cultivation. 
Bridgetown,  the  capital,  has  large  areas  of  native  houses, 
each  with  its  little  patch,  and  generally  the  people  live 
simply  on  what  is  grown  there.  The  whole  place  is 
interlaced  by  tramway  lines,  on  which  tiny  horse-drawn 
cars  give  quite  a  frequent  service.  There  are  ample 
bathing  facilities,  and  the  natives,  women  as  well  as  men, 
all  the  time  our  steamer  was  in  the  bay,  demonstrated 
their  proficiency  in  swimming  and  diving.  Sugar, 
bananas,  and  tobacco  are  the  principal  crops.  The  former 
is  crushed  in  local  mills  and  marketed  unrefined.  There 
are  large  growings  of  fruit  of  all  kinds  and  some  export 
of  bananas  and  oranges. 

It  is  exceedingly  difficult  for  stay-at-home  Britons  to 
realise  the  enormous  area  of  South  America.  We  have 
managed  to  get  the  idea  into  our  heads  that  the  United 
States  of  North  America  include  a  vast  territory,  and  that 

E  57 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

the  area  of  Canada  exceeds  that  of  the  United  States, 
but  although  a  look  at  the  map  of  the  Western  hemisphere 
demonstrates  it,  we  do  not  realise  the  fact  that  Brazil 
alone  has  an  area  greater  than  that  of  the  United  States, 
that  South  America  has  one  other  large  State,  the 
Argentine,  of  about  half  the  area  of  Brazil,  and  that  the 
total  area  of  all  the  ten  republics  is  considerably  greater 
than  North  America.  There  are  in  the  latter  large  spaces 
of  waste  land,  but  in  Brazil  especially  there  is  no  large 
area  which  does  not  yield  good  pasturage  or  timber, 
and  there  are  enormous  areas  fit  to  add  to  the  compara- 
tively small  proportion  (less  than  one  per  cent.)  now  under 
cultivation.  Sailing  along  the  coast  of  Brazil,  from  two 
days  after  leaving  Barbados  until  a  day  before  arriving 
at  Montevideo,  about  3,300  miles,  one  is  all  the  time  on 
the  skirts  of  Brazil.  No  other  country  in  the  world  has 
such  a  length  of  seaboard. 

Again,  we  stay-at-home  Anglo-Saxons  do  not  realise 
to  what  a  large  extent  the  Latins,  especially  the  Spaniards 
and  Portuguese,  have  held  their  influence  in  South  and 
Central  America.  We  are  apt  to  think  that,  as  the 
parent  nations  have  long  lost  the  place  which  they  held 
among  Europeans  when  these  daughter  nations  in  the 
Americas  were  formed,  these  must  come  under  Anglo- 
Saxon  leadership.  This  is  no  more  true  of  the  Latin 
republics  of  the  Americas  than  it  would  be  of  Britain's 
Colonies  and  Dependencies  were  she  to  take  even  a 
second  place  in  the  councils  of  Europe.  Happily,  the  war 
has  made  the  beneficent  leadership  of  Britain  more 
pronounced  than  ever.  The  Republics  of  South  America, 
under  the  lead  of  Argentina  and  Brazil,  are  rapidly 
assimilating  the  inflowing  population,  and  the  various 
nationalities  have  each  pronounced  and  definite 
characteristics.  The  Brazilians  are  punctiliously  polite 
and  courteous  ;  abstemious,  their  most  customary  drink 
being  coffee — small  quantities  frequently.  They  love  a 
gamble  ;  indeed,  all  over  South  America  there  are  local 

58 


South   America:    Eastern   Seaboard 

and  State  lotteries,  and  betting  on  horse-racing  and  other 
sports  is  openly  encouraged.  Though  nominally 
Republican,  the  Latin  dearly  loves  personal  distinction, 
and  that  now  takes  the  form  of  a  weakness  for  display  of 
academic  titles  and  wearing  of  uniforms. 

The  sail  along  the  Brazilian  coast  is  monotonous 
until  Pernambuco  is  reached,  but  from  there  to  Cape 
Frio,  a  few  hours  from  Rio,  land  is  almost  always  in  sight. 
Our  passengers  were  very  anxious  that  the  vessel  should 
be  timed  to  enter  Rio  harbour  by  daylight.  However, 
we  passed  Cape  Frio  as  the  sun  set  behind  the  hills  which 
surround  Rio  harbour,  and  we  made  the  approach  under 
full  moonlight,  gradually  realising  the  outline  of  the  coast 
outside  the  harbour  marked  by  thousands  of  lamps 
like  a  special  illumination  to  receive  us,  and  about 
eleven  o'clock  we  anchored  inside  the  bay  under  the 
island  fort. 

The  following  morning  was  that  of  Easter  Sunday, 
and  it  is  hard  to  imagine  any  more  impressive  scene  in 
nature  than  that  which  we  witnessed  during  the  hour 
preceding  sunrise.  All  round,  but  speciaUy  to  the  east, 
were  these  curious  sugar-loaf  forms  of  mountain.  They 
were  at  first  in  dark  colours — purple,  green,  and  brown, 
with  pale  lemon  and  turquoise  in  the  sky.  Generally  the 
colours  of  the  sky,  though  ever  changing,  increased  in 
brilliancy,  while  the  rocky  foreground,  also  changing, 
became  always  lighter  in  the  body  of  colour  until,  when 
the  sun  rose,  red  and  gold  dominated  land  and  sky. 

We  had  as  fellow-passengers  two  prominent  members 
of  respectively  the  Uruguay  and  the  Argentine  Govern- 
ments, and  the  importance  of  these  gentlemen  was 
suitably  acknowledged  by  guns  from  the  fort.  Then 
deputations  to  receive  each  came  out  in  State  barges, 
resplendent  with  flags,  and  bearing  representatives  in 
highly  decorative  uniforms.  The  scene  on  deck  when 
these  figures  advanced  with  great  ceremony  and 
enthusiastically  embraced  their  returning  chiefs  made  one 

59 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

realise  the  difference  from  our  Anglo-Saxon  stolidity  in 
similar  circumstances. 

There  are  three  famous  harbours  in  the  world — 
San  Francisco,  Sydney,  and  this.  The  first  we  could  now 
compare,  and  certainly  Rio  excels.  The  whole  laying  out 
of  the  foreground  of  the  city  within  and  without  the  bay 
is  most  impressive.  The  Avenida  Beira  Mar  borders 
the  buildings  within  the  bay,  and  outside  to  the  south, 
Leme,  Capacabana,  and  Ipanema  form  a  continuous 
Atlantic  boulevard.  Within  the  city  is  the  Avenida 
Bio  Branca,  a  handsome  street  of  modern  public  and 
business  buildings,  which  may  in  time  become  the 
shopping  centre,  though  meantime  the  Regent  Street  of 
Rio  is  the  older  and  narrow  Rua  Ovidor.  The  Rua 
Primeiro  de  Marco  is  the  principal  business  street,  having 
the  post  office,  exchanges,  and  most  of  the  banks,  with 
the  market  close  by.  The  view  points  of  Rio  are  the 
Sugarloaf ,  with  an  aerial  railway  to  its  top,  from  which 
we  enjoyed  the  marvellous  sight  of  Rio  and  its  suburbs 
at  night,  all  lit  by  electric  lamps  ;  Corcovado,  much 
higher,  reached  by  a  rack  railway,  gives  a  beautiful  view 
of  the  city  and  its  surroundings  by  day  ;  while  Tijuca, 
with  a  drive  to  it  and  beyond,  including  Gavea  and  the 
remarkable  botanic  gardens,  famous  for  the  rows  of  royal 
palms,  gives  a  good  idea  of  the  tropical  vegetation  of 
this  part  of  Brazil. 

The  principal  exports  of  Brazil,  named  in  the  order 
of  magnitude,  are  coffee,  wild  rubber,  meat  and  hides, 
cotton,  yerba  matte,  sugar,  tobacco,  and  wheat.  There 
are  now  considerable  and  increasing  textile  industries 
for  clothing,  also  coffee-bags  of  aramina,  hammocks  of 
pitu,  and  lace  making.  Practically  the  mineral  and 
metal  resources  are  untouched,  the  great  bulk  of  the 
country  not  having  been  surveyed.  What  of  the  river 
which  gives  the  name  to  the  capital  of  Brazil,  and  the 
silver  which  gives  the  name  to  the  Argentine  and  the  La 
Plata  ?  It  is  a  curious  coincidence  of  the  early  Spanish 

60 


9 — Rio  DE  JANEIRO  BY  MOONLIGHT,  LOOKING  TO  THE  ATLANTIC. 


10— EL  CONGRESSO,  BUENOS  AYRES. 


South  America:    Eastern  Seaboard 

naming,  that  in  both  countries  the  name  was  given  with- 
out ground,  as  there  is  no  river  at  Rio  and  no  silver  in 
the  Argentine. 

Our  last  evening  in  Rio  was  marred  by  a  sharp  rain- 
storm, which  however  benefited  us  on  the  usually  very 
dusty  ride  of  eleven  and  a  half  hours  for  over  five  hundred 
kilometres  to  Sao  Paulo.  There  is  a  continuous  ascent  till 
at  our  destination  we  are  about  3,000  feet  above  the  sea, 
and  the  whole  journey  is  through  fertile  cultivated  country, 
coffee  and  sugar  being  the  principal  crops.  The  city  is 
not  only  very  modern,  but  it  grows  so  rapidly  that  before 
many  years  it  will  rival  Rio,  and  it  is  promising  both  as 
an  industrial  and  as  a  health  centre.  The  air  on  the 
upper  parts,  such  as  Hygienopolis  and  Avenida  Paulista, 
is  most  exhilarating,  and  even  in  summer  the  tem- 
perature is  moderate.  We  made  our  way  down  to 
Santos,  the  port  from  which  most  of  the  Brazilian  coffee 
is  shipped  to  all  quarters  of  the  world,  by  what  is  said 
to  be  the  costliest,  but  the  best-paying  railway  in  Brazil, 
the  drop  to  and  ascent  from  sea  level  being  made  with  a 
series  of  five  wire  ropes  operated  by  stationary  engines. 
Santos  now  has  the  reputation  of  being  one  of  the 
healthiest  ports  in  the  world  as  it  is — being  very  modern — 
one  of  the  best  appointed. 

We  were  fortunate  to  get.  without  delay,  a  United 
States  steamer  bound  for  Montevideo  and  Buenos 
Ayres.  The  former  we  were  able  to  see  during  the  day 
we  lay  in  the  port.  Then  the  following  morning  we  crossed 
the  La  Plata  to  the  largest  city  of  South  America.  The 
approach  by  a  dredged  channel  across  this  pale  brown 
water  to  the  flat  bank  covered  with  buildings  is  certainly, 
after  Rio,  not  impressive,  but  on  getting  ashore  we  found 
Buenos  Ayres  a  very  well  laid  out  city,  with  innumerable 
open  spaces  and  many  fine  buildings.  The  older  part  of 
the  city  has  narrow  streets  where  traffic  can  only  proceed 
one  way.  An  attempt  has  been  made,  as  in  Rio,  to  make 
the  wide  handsome  Avenida  del  Mayo  the  principal 

61 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the  World 

shopping  street,  but  as  yet  public  conservatism  prefers 
the  old  narrow  Calle  Florida,  in  which  all  the  best  shops 
and  stores  are  situated.  This  is  a  recognised  promenade, 
and  all  vehicular  traffic  is  stopped  during  the  afternoon. 
The  display  in  department  stores  rivals  New  York  and 
San  Francisco  in  good  taste.  The  car  service  is  very 
thorough  and  well  managed,  and  the  system  of  numbered 
routes,  with  a  publication  listing  these  and  the  whole 
route  covered,  is  extremely  helpful  to  visitors.  A  very 
practical  guide  gives  a  printed  plan,  with  the  streets 
named  east  and  west,  north  and  south,  radiating  from  a 
named  well-marked  centre,  and  the  numbering  of  each 
street,  for  which  one  hundred  is  used  in  each  block. 
There  are  eight  such  centres,  but  really  the  essential 
one  for  a  stranger  is  that  in  the  centre  of  the  city. 
Traffic  on  streets  and  railways  goes  to  the  left,  as  in 
Great  Britain.  There  is  an  investment  of  more  than 
150  millions  sterling  of  British  capital  in  the  Argentine 
railways,  and  the  stations  are  distinctly  British  in  plan, 
though  the  build  of  the  ordinary  coaches  follows  the 
European  continent  and  North  America.  Sleeping 
accommodation  is  on  the  lines  of  the  British  system — 
separate  compartments.  One  very  simple  improvement 
was  noticeable  on  the  Southern.  The  nameboards  are  set 
back  and  at  an  angle  to  face  the  approaching  train. 

There  is  a  curious  habit  of  commemorating  dates  in 
street  and  plaza  names.  One  of  the  large  railway 
stations  is  situated  on  Plaza  Once  de  Septembre 
eleventh  of  September),  but  practical  use  has  made  this 
"  Once  estacion  "  or  "  Once  "  (eleventh).  "  What's  in  a 
name  ?  "  All  over  South  America  our  Saturday  is 
Sabado  ("  Day  of  Rest  ")  and  our  Sunday  or  Sabbath 
is  Domingo  (The  Lord's  Day).  Surely  in  both  cases- 
better  names  than  ours  for  these  days. 

In  Buenos  Ayres  the  police  wear  a  distinctly  British 
type  of  uniform,  but  that  a  sword-bayonet  is  carried,  and 
their  most  obvious  duties  are  regulating  the  traffic  in  the 

62 


South   America :    Eastern   Seaboard 

older  narrow  streets.  The  navy  follows  entirely  British 
dress,  and  meantime  the  army  is  still  wearing  German 
models  of  uniform,  but  that  may  now  be  reconsidered  in 
the  Argentine  as  it  has  been  in  Chile. 

There  are  large  industries  carried  on  in  Buenos  Ayres. 
The  meat  freezing  establishments  called  Frigorificos  are 
quite  a  feature  in  the  city,  at  La  Plata,  and  on  the  river 
banks  for  convenience  of  shipping  ;  the  market  for  wool 
and  hides  is  about  the  largest  in  the  world.  A  beginning  has 
been  made  in  textiles,  especially  of  heavy  woollen  fabrics. 

Buenos  Ayres  is  a  good  place  to  get  away  from.  There 
are  large  and  fine  residential  suburbs  within  easy  reach. 
El  Tigre,  situated  among  the  delta  network  of  rivers,  is 
one  of  the  most  delightful  resorts,  where  many  of  the 
business  men  reside  throughout  the  year.  Mar  del  Plata, 
which  we  did  not  see,  as  the  season  was  over,  is  a 
distinctly  summer  seaside  fashionable  quarter,  at  too 
great  a  distance  for  daily  travelling. 

Buenos  Ayres  gives  its  name  to  a  large  province,  but 
instead  of  its  being  the  administrative  centre,  La  Plata, 
about  two  hours'  railway  journey  southwards,  is  the 
capital,  where  the  provincial  Council  meets  and  law 
courts  and  other  central  offices  are  centred.  The  city  has 
been  planned  with  a  long  look  ahead,  with  large  buildings 
and  wide  streets,  wholly  needless  as  regards  traffic  as  yet. 
There  is,  for  instance,  the  bones  of  an  extensive 
cathedral,  which  has  been  abandoned  meantime  for  want 
of  money.  Such  is  the  perversity  of  human  affairs,  that 
where  excessive  foresight  has  been  exercised,  the 
expansion  prepared  for  does  not  materialise. 

In  Brazil  and  the  Argentine  there  is  ample  room  for 
three  or  four  times  the  population,  and  when  that  comes 
all  the  spacious  planning  may  be  made  useful. 

Two  days  take  one  from  east  to  west  over  the  Andes, 
and  the  record  of  that  journey  may  be  the  introduction 
to  the  elder  Republics  yet  to  see. 

63 


VIII. 
A  Visit  to  the  Iguazu. 

THE   MOST    BEAUTIFUL  WATERFALLS   IN  THE   WORLD. 

THIS   example,    as   yet   little   known,    of   Nature's 
variety   and  profusion    is  situated  about    1,000 
miles    from    Buenos    Ayres,    and  though  rather 
nearer  as  the  crow  flies  from  Rio  de  Janeiro  is  much  less 
accessible.     The  Indians  gave  the  name,  which  is  pro- 
nounced   Eeg-wah-su,    and    it    means    simply    "  Great 
Waters." 

Normally,  it  is  possible  to  make  the  journey  by  river 
in  suitable  steamers,  taking,  of  course,  up-stream  a  longer 
time  than  by  the  railway,  but  owing  to  a  strike,  which 
had  lasted  already  three  months,  we  had  no  choice  but 
to  proceed  by  train  to  Posadas,  about  eight  hundred 
miles  in  thirty- six  hours.  For  about  three  hours  the 
line  was  on  the  south  bank  of  the  La  Plata,  then  the 
train  was  run  on  board  a  large  ferry  at  Zarate  and 
proceeded  for  about  one  hundred  miles  or  so  up 
the  Ibicuy  arm  of  the  river,  where  we  were  landed 
at  a  town  of  the  same  name.  The  ferry  had  been  built 
on  the  Clyde  in  1909,  and  was  named  the  Maria  Perera. 
Our  journey  was  through  the  province  of  Entre  Rios, 
with  fertile  lands  and  bearing  evidence  of  great  pro- 
ductiveness. Large  herds  of  cattle,  sheep,  and  horses 
were  visible  ;  ostriches,  which  had  been  allowed  to  die 
off  during  the  war,  were  again  being  raised. 

We  reached  Posadas  on  the  second  morning,  to  find 
the  steamer  for  Port  Aguirre  all  ready  to  sail,  and  at 
first  no  berths  to  be  had.  However,  with  a  little 
negotiation,  room  for  the  three  tourists  was  found.  The 
cause  of  the  pressure  we  found  to  be  that  a  considerable 
contingent  of  Britons  were  en  route  to  a  new  settlement 

65 


Zig-Zagging   Round  the  World 

called  El  Dorado,  well  up  towards  our  destination,  in  the 
province  of  Misiones,  at  the  north-east  corner  of  Argentina. 
For  four  days,  covering  a  farther  two  hundred  and  twenty 
miles,  we  sailed  upwards,  zig-zagging  slowly  against  the 
current  of  the  Alto  Parana  river,  which  drains  a  large 
part  of  Brazil,  and  the  upper  waters  of  which  we  had 
passed  en  route  from  Rio  to  Sao  Paulo  some  weeks  before. 

The  whole  journey  was  through  picturesque  scenery, 
the  well- wooded  river  banks  bearing  quite  useful  timber, 
which  was  being  freely  cut  and  floated  in  rafts  down  to 
Buenos  Ayres.  Our  steamer  was  a  stern- wheeler — heel- 
kickers,  the  Yankees  call  them — built  by  Yarrow,  at 
Poplar,  for  British  Government  use  at  the  time  of 
Tel-el-Kebir.  She  burned  wood  as  fuel,  and  picked  it  up 
from  prepared  piles  as  we  went  along.  In  addition  to 
cargo  in  her  hold,  she  had  a  barge  alongside  which  was 
used  for  live  stock,  of  which  there  was  great  variety. 
One  patriarch,  a  Brazilian,  was  moving  his  household, 
family,  servants,  furniture,  oxen,  and  horses  several 
days'  journey  up  the  river.  Our  cargo  upwards  was 
largely  gasoline  and  food,  and  returning  the  barge  was 
piled  to  its  utmost  with  thousands  of  bags  of  "  yerba 
matte,"  the  tea  of  the  Argentine,  which  they  use  in 
bombillas,  bowls  of  hard  wood,  with  a  silver  tube  through 
which  the  infusion  is  sucked  morning,  noon,  and  night, 
and  which,  it  is  claimed,  is  food  as  well  as  drink,  having 
extraordinary  sustaining  power  for  physical  exertion. 

We  landed  just  after  daybreak  at  Port  Aguirre, 
situated  where  the  Iguazu  river  joins  the  Alto  Parana. 
The  Iguazu  river  is  here  the  boundary  between  Brazil 
and  Misiones,  the  north-easterly  province  of  the  Argentine. 
It  drains  the  Parana  province  of  Brazil  between  Santos 
and  Porto  Alegre. 

We  were  prepared  for  a  rough  journey  of  eighteen 
kilometers  overland  to  the  hotel  beside  the  waterfalls. 
However,  after  coffee  while  our  baggage  was  being 
carried  up  the  steep  bank,  we  got  on  a  Ford  car,  and 

66 


A    Visit   to   the  Iguazu 

within  an  hour  were  looking  right  at  the  most  wonderful 
collection  of  waterfalls  in  the  world.  How  does  it  com- 
pare with  Niagara  and  Victoria  Falls  ?  The  latter ^  I 
have  seen  only  in  pictures,  but  comparison  of  either  with 
Iguazu  is  stupid.  Nature  does  not  repeat  herself  in 
waterfalls.  The  other  two  are  sheer  drops  at  a  change  of 
level ;  here  the  river,  while  on  a  wide  course,  has  struck 
a  blocking  obstacle  at  almost  a  right  angle,  and  has  been 
forced  to  turn  aside  and  find  its  way  over  a  broken, 
rocky  ledge,  which  has  caused  an  echelon  and  succession 
of  falls,  ending  by  the  river  continuing  its  original 
direction  in  a  much  confined  and  deeper  channel.  It  is 
not  one  waterfall,  but  over  a  dozen  spread  over  and 
intermittent.  From  the  Brazilian  to  the  Argentine  side 
are  nine  named  falls,  some  in  groups,  such  as  the  "  Tres 
Musqueteros  "  and  the  "  Dos  Hermanos,"  and  others, 
like  "  San  Martin "  and  "  Floriana  Peixoto,"  though 
bearing  one  name  in  several  streams,  while  the  main 
and  dominating  fall  of  the  whole  group,  the  "  Gargantua 
del  Diabolo,"  is  in  pot-hook  form,  so  varied  are  the 
angles  at  which  the  river  has  had  to  force  its  ways. 

Our  first  day  was  spent  in  walking  quietly  round  the 
near  footpaths  to  get  our  bearings.  We  saw  the  wing 
falls — Dos  Hermanos  (1),  Bosetti  (2),  and  San  Martin  (3) — 
in  accompanying  plan  (see  13,  facing  p.  64),  and  also  the 
gorge  where  the  river  has  concentrated  after  all  the  falls, 
which  gorge  affords  a  distant  vista  of  the  Gargantua.  The 
following  day,  as  soon  as  the  morning  mists  which  prevail  in 
autumn  had  lifted,  we  set  out  for  the  grand  tour  in  a  canoe, 
with  three  native  guides,  and  had  six  hours  of  great  interest. 
They  paddled  to  the  nearest  landing-place  for  each  view- 
point, and  then  two,  and  sometimes  all  three  if  the 
portage  was  heavy,  went  ahead  to  drag  the  canoe  up 
rapids  or  over  rocks  to  allow  us  to  reach  the  next  view- 
point. Thus  in  succession  we  were  able  to  command, 
sometimes  quite  at  close  range,  attractive  views  of  each 
fall  or  group  of  falls,  and  the  longer  and  more  thorough 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

inspection  only  increased  our  admiration  for  the  wonderful 
spectacle.  The  vegetation  was  profuse,  and  though  we 
were  in  late  autumn,  there  were  many  wild  flowers, 
dominant  among  which  were  the  passion  flower,  just  at 
its  fullest  bloom.  We  were  further  fortunate  enough  to 
have  on  both  evenings  a  lovely  sunset,  followed  by  a 
moon  almost  at  the  full. 

In  addition  to  the  three  falls  already  named,  in  order 
from  the  Argentine  side,  there  are  Tres  Musqueteros  (4), 
Comodore  Rivadavia  (5),  Senor  Belgrano  (6),  Salto 
Union  (7),  and  Floriana  Peixoto  (8),  and,  of  course,  the 
dominant  fall  of  all,  Gargantua  del  Diabolo.  At  present 
there  is  in  preparation  a  complete  survey  of  all  the  falls, 
and  a  record  of  the  volume  of  water  at  the  different 
seasons.  It  is  stated  that,  roughly,  the  total  volume  in 
November,  believed  to  be  the  maximum  period,  is  five 
times  that  of  Niagara. 

About  one  hundred  miles  farther  up  the  Alto  Parana 
there  is  the  La  Guayra  Cascades,  a  succession  of  twelve 
sloping  descents  of  the  river,  irregularly  echeloned  over 
several  miles,  and  giving  possibility  of  a  very  large  power, 
far  exceeding  anything  presently  utilised  anywhere.  There 
is  talk  of  such  a  use  of  Iguazu,  and  we  saw  plans  drawn 
for  an  Argentine  and  Brazilian  scheme  which,  let  us 
hope,  will  have  the  full  benefit  of  the  "  Manana " 
(to-morrow)  habit  prevalent  here. 

We  did  not  make  this  journey  to  La  Guayra,  as 
already  the  time  occupied  was  far  beyond  our  expectations. 
The  Captain  of  our  steamer  had  warned  us  to  be  back  at 
Port  Aguirre  two  days  after  our  landing,  but  we  had  to 
wait  patiently  for  other  three  days  before  she  came  for  us 
to  make  the  return  journey.  The  accommodation  on 
railway,  steamer,  and  in  hotels  was  of  the  simplest,  and 
not  always  so  clean  as  we  should  have  liked,  but  still  we 
did  not  regret  the  excursion,  which  was  amply  rewarded 
by  Iguazu. 

Our  return  to  Posadas  was  delayed  by  a  severe 
68 


A    Visit  to  the  Iguazu 

thunderstorm,  so  that  we  had  to  lie  up  for  several  hours, 
during  which  the  torrents  found  all  the  seams  in  our 
cabins,  and  we  were  glad  to  get  ashore  in  Posadas  before 
daybreak  on  the  third  day,  with  two  days  to  wait  for  the 
train.  The  situation  of  Posadas  is  favourable  to  sunsets, 
and  we  had  in  the  clear  atmosphere,  after  the  storm,  two 
most  brilliant  displays,  each  entirely  different  from  the 
other  in  character.  Our  journey  by  rail  was  slow,  and 
again  the  pleasantest  part  was  on  the  ferry,  which  rival 
railwaymen  describe  as  the  smoothest  track  of  that  line 
of  railway. 


IX. 

South  America. 

WESTERN    SEABOARD. 

THE  day  before  we  started  for  the  west  was  one  of 
pouring  rain,  a  condition  which  people  at  home 
can  hardly  realise  the  advantage  of,  as  otherwise 
the  long  run  over  the  pampas  for  twenty-two  hours 
would  have  been  unbearably  dusty. 

Our  first  experience  was  one  of  the  needless  dis- 
couragements to  travellers,  an  exit  examination  by  the 
Argentine  custom-house  of  the  baggage  we  were  carrying. 
No  explanation  could  be  had  of  its  object,  but  the  officer 
duly  collected  his  tip  for  allowing  some  pieces  to  escape 
disturbance  and  search.  Brazil  had  no  such  search,  but 
there  they  made  every  passenger  pay  a  tax  of  £6,  regard- 
less of  distance.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  these  war 
measures  will  soon  be  only  a  memory. 

The  Pacific  Railway  has  the  reputation  of  being  one 
of  the  best  laid  and  best  managed  roads  on  the  continent, 
and  it  is  essentially  a  British  concern.  At  daylight  of 
the  second  day  we  were  near  the  foot-hills  of  the  Andes 
at  Mendoza,  the  great  wine-producing  centre  of  the 
Argentine.  An  accident  had  been  avoided  by  the  timely 
discovery  of  a  broken  axle,  causing  a  delay  of  an  hour 
and  a  half,  but  that  did  not  prevent  our  arrival  at 
Santiago  practically  on  time. 

For  the  ascent  the  weather,  while  cold,  was  clear, 
and  excellent  views  were  had  on  this  our  first  acquaintance 
with  the  Andes  at  close  quarters.  From  near  Las  Cuevas 
a  distant  view  can  be  had  of  two  of  the  outstanding 
heights,  Aconcagua  (Aconcawa),  about  23,000  feet,  and 
Tupungato,  about  22,000  feet.  The  influence  of  this 
prodigious  mountain  range,  unparalleled  in  the  world, 
is  felt  all  over  the  eastern  republics  ;  but  it  is  not  until 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

actually  in  the  west  that  one  fully  realises  how  this 
geographical  feature  affects  every  part  of  South  America. 
It  is  impossible  to  over-estimate  the  enormous  resources 
consequent  on  that  bold  ridge  of  15,000  to  23,000  feet, 
and  all  that  is  contained  in  its  marvellous  geological 
formations — gold,  silver,  copper,  tin,  iron,  sulphur,  borax 
are  known  to  be  there  in  large  quantities.  Who  knows 
what  else  there  is  ? 

Chile  has  a  shape  unlike  any  other  country  in  the 
world,  a  narrow  strip  of  2,500  miles  long  and  100  to  150 
miles  broad,  with  an  extraordinary  variety  of  climate 
and  produce.  In  the  south  the  weather  is  not  unlike 
Britain's  :  three  months  of  summer,  spring  and  autumn 
temperate,  and  in  winter  a  good  deal  of  stormy  wet 
weather,  but  favourable  alike  for  stock  and  crop  raising. 
The  north  end  is  bare,  rocky  land,  but  with  an  even  more 
profitable  product,  this  being  the  great  nitrate  country, 
which  is  supplying,  and  likely  to  supply  to  the  whole 
world  for  many  generations,  valuable  stimulants  to 
agriculture. 

The  two  principal  cities  of  Chile,  Santiago  and 
Valparaiso,  are  situated  near  the  middle  of  the  republic — 
the  former  the  seat  of  Government  and  the  latter  the 
commercial  capital  and  largest  seaport.  Arriving  late 
at  night  in  Santiago,  we  had  snow  on  the  mountains  and 
rain  in  the  city,  the  first  for  seven  months,  and  within 
a  week  the  railway  was  impassable  because  of  heavy  snow. 
The  city  is  inland,  in  a  pastoral  country,  well  built  and 
laid  out,  with  the  dominating  feature  a  hill  like  Edinburgh 
Castle,  of  three  to  four  hundred  feet  in  height,  Santa 
Lucia  hill,  from  which  there  are  beautiful  views  of  the 
city  and  its  mountainous  surroundings,  and  especially 
it  gives  a  view-point  for  the  lovely  sunsets,  which  are  a 
feature  of  the  western  seaboard. 

Chile,  more  than  any  of  the  republics,  has  followed 
the  German  military  training  and  uniforms  ;  but  since 
the  war  the  cadets  are  all  being  clothed  and  trained  on 

72 


South   America:    Western   Seaboard 

British  lines,  and  gradually  that  will  spread  through  all 
branches  of  the  army.  The  navy,  now  and  always,  has 
followed  Britain  closely. 

There  are  in  Santiago  good  legislature  buildings,  and  also 
Government  department  buildings,  mostly  of  recent  con- 
struction ;  several  public  parks,  and  a  very  well  conducted 
agricultural  school  and  experimental  station.  The  journey 
down  to  the  sea  is  through  fertile  country,  stock  farms,  and 
fine  fruit-growing  land,  a  large  area  bearing  grapes  and 
making  the  vineyard  of  Chile,  where  wine,  quite  equal  in 
quality  though  not  in  quantity  to  the  Mendoza  product, 
is  made.  Before  arriving  at  Valparaiso  the  large 
suburb  of  Vina  del  Mar  is  reached.  The  name  still 
applies,  but,  while  largely  residential,  many  industries 
are  carried  on,  and  the  wine  producing  is  only  of  small 
proportions. 

Valparaiso  still  shows  the  effect  of  the  earthquake 
ten  years  ago,  and  also  shows  how  futile  are  man's  efforts 
to  cope  with  the  harbour  problem.  Millions  have  been 
spent  on  trying  to  make  a  sheltered  harbour,  but  as  yet 
it  remains  only  an  exposed  roadstead.  The  limited  area 
of  ground  available  has  forced  the  residential  part  up 
the  hills,  and  has  compelled  the  use  of  exceptional 
appliances ;  many  of  the  car  routes  involve  the  sheer 
lifting  of  the  passengers  up  a  mountain  side.  There 
are  well  laid  out  plazas  and  parks,  and  some  good  office 
and  warehouse  buildings  of  recent  construction. 

The  divisions  between  Chile,  Bolivia,  and  Peru  are  arbi- 
trary, and  indeed  they  can  hardly  be  called  stable,  as  there 
are  still  questions  of  boundary  between  Peru  and  Chile, 
and  Bolivia  has  an  admitted  claim  for  a  certain  limited 
seaboard.  Let  us  take  the  three  republics  as  a  whole. 
Roughly  the  combined  populations  are  under  ten  millions, 
a  figure  which  it  is  claimed  was,  in  Inca  days,  maintained 
in  remarkably  favourable  economic  circumstances  on, 
approximately,  only  the  area  of  Peru  and  Bolivia. 

As  well  for   agriculture  as  for  development   of  the 

*  73 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the    World 

mineral  resources,  what  is  absolutely  necessary  is  a  big 
influx  of  population,  and  there  is  no  evidence  of  even  the 
beginning  of  that.  Railways  are  now  under  con- 
struction, which  will  do  much  to  open  up  the  mountain 
region  for  mining,  and  for  agriculture  the  vast  area  of 
land  between  the  navigable  Amazon  and  the  Andes, 
known  as  the  Selvas.  Already  the  eastern  parts  of  Peru 
and  Bolivia  are  attracting  a  few  settlers,  but  that 
occupation  must  become  more  general. 

The  first  stage  of  an  effort  to  see  what  was  possible 
to  passing  tourists  of  upper  Chile,  Bolivia,  and  Peru  was 
a  steamer  journey  in  a  Clyde-built  boat  to  Antofagasta, 
beginning  with,  from  the  steamer,  the  most  impressive 
view  we  had  of  Valparaiso.  All  the  three  days'  journey 
was  along  the  nitrate  coast,  where  we  had  occasional 
glimpses  of  bare  rock  with  glistening  white,  as  if  snow 
had  just  fallen.  These  are  thin  unworkable  deposits 
of  the  nitrate.  About  two  hundred  miles  from 
Valparaiso  are  Coquimbo  and  La  Serena,  small  nitrate 
ports,  the  latter  with  an  interesting  history  as  the  scene 
of  fighting  in  old  Spanish  days. 

We  landed  on  the  third  day  at  Antofagasta,  not  by 
any  means  an  ideal  port,  but  it  has  become  the  recognised 
terminus  of  the  Bolivia  Railway,  though  Mejillones 
(Mehilyones),  fifty  miles  north,  is  a  much  better  harbour. 
Antofagasta  very  distinctly  owes  its  prosperity  to  the 
railway,  as  the  comfort  of  existence  there  would  be  much 
impaired  but  for  the  water  supply  brought  down  by  the 
railway  company,  a  British  concern,  from  the  Loa  River, 
one  hundred  and  ninety  miles  away,  which  not  only  is  in 
luse  for  domestic  purposes  and  the  nitrate  works,  but  is 
•used  at  Calama  and  other  villages  to  irrigate  the  land, 
producing  ^vegetables  and  fruit  for  the  barren  region  of 
Antofagasta.  The 'gauge  of  this  line  is  thirty  inches  as 
far  as  Uyuni,  but  it  is  in  course  of  being  altered  to  a 
metre  gauge  corresponding  to  the  other  railways  of 
Bolivia  and; Southern  Peru. 

74 


South  America:    Western  Seaboard 

The  journey  for  about  two  hundred  miles  is  right 
through  nitrate  country,  where  there  are  about  twenty- 
four  officinas  or  factories  preparing  the  valuable  material 
for  shipment.  The  first  big  copper  proposition  is  at 
Chuquimata,  where  30,000  tons  of  ore  are  soon  to  be 
handled  each  day.  Shortly  after,  the  famous  Loa 
Viaduct  carries  the  railway,  by  six  lattice  girder  spans 
of  eighty  feet  each,  over  the  river,  three  hundred  and 
thirty-six  feet  above  its  bed.  The  railway  has  now 
attained  an  altitude  of  10,000  feet  from  the  sea,  and 
there  are  constantly  changing  views  of  bold,  snow-capped 
heights,  many  of  which  are  volcanic.  San  Pedro  and  San 
Paulo  are  passed,  each  about  18,000  feet.  The  summit  of 
the  Antofagasta  line  is  at  Ascotan,  13,000  feet  up,  just 
after  which  the  extraordinary  Borax  Lake  of  Cebollar, 
twenty-four  miles  long,  is  reached.  This  is  entirely  worked 
by  a  British  company. 

There  now  comes  into  sight  the  enormous  Ollague 
(0-yah-way)  mountain,  over  20,000  feet  high,  perpetually 
heavily  snow-capped  and  its  volcano  always  smoking. 
On  the  mountain  side  there  is  a  practically  inexhaustible 
mine  of  pure  sulphur,  owned  by  a  Bolivian  of  Spanish 
birth,  whose  means  before  its  acquisition  were  very 
limited.  His  possessions  are  now  valued  at  over  five 
million  sterling.  The  Collahuasi  and  Potosi  (Potto-see) 
copper  mines  are  each  worked  by  branch  lines  from  this 
railway.  These  rise  to  over  15,800  feet  above  sea  level, 
and  are  the  highest  railways  in  the  world. 

Bolivia  is  entered  at  Uyuni,  12,000  feet  above  the 
sea,  and  as  the  gauge  is  altered  to  one  metre,  it  is  necessary 
to  change  carriages  under  rather  trying  conditions,  with 
the  temperature  a  good  deal  below  freezing  point.  There 
are  two  silver  mines  in  this  neighbourhood  at  Huanchaco 
and  Pulucayo.  There  is  hardly  any  gold  working  at 
present,  either  in  Bolivia  or  Peru,  but  it  is  believed  that 
the  eastern  spurs  of  the  Andes  in  both  countries  would, 
if  surveyed  and  railways  connected,  be  very  productive. 

75 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

After  passing  Poopo  Lake,  Oruro  is  reached,  a  modern 
mining  town,  which,  for  a  place  of  8,000  inhabitants, 
12,000  feet  above  the  sea,  is  a  wonderfully  well-run 
municipality.  Soon  after  leaving  Oruro,  the  country 
changes  from  barren  swamps  to  good  grazing  ground, 
with  herds  of  cattle  and  llamas.  Just  beyond  Viachi 
the  full  view  of  Illimani  is  suddenly  disclosed.  From  the 
majestic  snow-covered  height  of  21,181  feet  it  keeps 
guard  of  La  Paz,  apparently  lying  at  its  feet,  though 
forty  miles  away.  La  Paz  is  unique  ;  there  is  no  possible 
comparison  with  this  city  of  50,000  inhabitants,  nearly 
12,000  feet  above  the  sea,  lying  in  a  fertile  valley,  basking 
during  the  days  of  even  midwinter  in  strong  sunshine, 
but  the  moment  that  heat  is  withdrawn,  in  an  Arctic 
temperature.  We  had  felt  the  altitude  and  cold  at 
Uyuni,  and  did  not  resent  the  provision  in  our  bedroom 
at  La  Paz  of  an  electric  stove.  Really,  the  comforts  of 
both  railway  and  hotel  accommodation  were  quite 
unexpectedly  good. 

A  few  days  made  us  familiar  with  the  brilliant  colours- 
worn  by  the  Bolivians  ;  the  scene  at  the  Sunday  morning 
market  was  quite  the  gayest  we  have  yet  seen.  The 
picturesqueness  of  the  costumes  is  enhanced  by  the 
appearance  of  the  prevalent  beast  of  burden,  the  llama. 
Turning  a  corner,  one  comes  on  long  pack-trains  of  these 
graceful  animals  arriving  with  produce  from  the  lower 
valleys,  or  bearing  back  to  these  the  needed  supplies- 
from  the  city.  Robert  Burns  had  not  been  to  South 
America,  or  he  would  even  more  strongly  have 
emphasised  the  frequency  with  which  plans  of  "  mice 
and  men  gang  aft  agley."  Ours  were  for  going  on  to 
Cuzco,  the  old  Inca  capital  of  Peru,  but  a  telegram 
intimated  the  withdrawal  of  a  local  sailing,  and  that, 
unless  we  cut  out  Cu/co  and  travelled  right  down  to- 
Arequipa  and  Mollendo,  we  could  not  reach  Callao  in 
time  to  get  the  steamer  Anyo  Maru,  by  which  our  passages 
were  taken  to  Honolulu.  There  was  left  to  us  one  visit 


South   America:    Western   Seaboard 

which  had  been  since  school  days  a  dream,  now  about 
to  become  a  reality — Lake  Titicaca. 

We  left  La  Paz  in  the  early  afternoon,  about  half  an 
hour  after  we  were  looking  on  a  Bolivian  golf  course, 
and  an  hour  before  dusk  we  were  at  Tiahuanaca 
(Teeawanacca),  where  are  large  remains  of  the  founda- 
tions of  Inca  buildings,  now  carefully  roofed  over  and 
preserved.  A  few  minutes  later  we  were  at  Guaqui 
(Wakee),  on  the  borders  of  Lake  Titicaca.  We  boarded 
the  Inca,  a  vessel  of  1,500  tons,  built  by  Earle's,  at  Hull, 
about  a  dozen  years  ago,  and  brought  out  and  carried 
up  in  sections.  The  view  of  fifty  miles  of  snow  heights 
about  the  same  distance  away  to  the  north,  with  the  rosy 
tints  of  the  setting  sun  on  their  western  slopes,  was  most 
impressive  and  will  ever  remain  a  memorable  scene — 
Illimani,  Huayui  Potosi,  Milluni,  and  Illampu  were 
the  four  mountains,  and  the  grandeur  was  rather 
enhanced  by  the  distance  and  the  detachment. 

We  landed  on  the  Peruvian  side  at  Puno  in  the  early 
morning,  with  a  lovely  sunrise,  and  soon  reached  Juliaca 
(Hooley-acca),  where  the  railway  to  Cuzco  branches, 
and  our  line  for  the  coast  rose  over  the  Andes,  the  cumber 
or  saddle  being  at  Alto  Crucero,  14,666  feet  above  sea 
level.  En  route  we  passed  streams,  whose  course  to  the 
sea  was  5,000  miles  long,  finishing  when  the  Amazon 
enters  the  Atlantic.  Two  lakes,  Laginullas  and 
Sarococha,  are  passed  shortly  before  reaching  the  summit, 
from  which  there  is  a  rapid  descent  of  nearly  7,000  feet 
to  Arequipa.  On  the  way  down  the  dominating  heights 
are  Coropuno  and  Ampato,  each  well  over  20,000  feet, 
and  there  are  as  guards  over  Arequipa  to  the  south 
Pichu  Pichu,  in  the  middle  Al  Misti  (known  as  the  Fuji 
of  Peru),  and  to  the  north  Chachani. 

We  found  ourselves  most  comfortably  housed  in 
Arequipa,  in  a  lovely  garden  just  on  the  edge  of  the  town, 
with  home  food,  home  beds,  and  linen.  The  plaza  and 
cathedral  are  unusually  well  cared  for,  the  latter  filling 

77 


Zig'Zagging  Round  the   World 

one  side  of  the  surrounding  square,  and  the  piazza, 
which  fills  the  other  [three  sides,  has  hotels  and  the  best 
shops  in  the  city. 

,We  had  reluctantly  to  hurry  away  next  morning  to 
make  our  steamer  connection  at  Mollendo.  The  descent 
of  over  7,000  feet  in  about  four  hours  is  accomplished  by 
winding,  easy  grades.  Most  of  the  land  is  utterly  barren, 
but  at  Cachendo  there  is  a  small  branch  railway  to  the 
Tambo  Valley,  where  considerable  areas  are  under  sugar. 
There  is  practically  no  harbour  at  Mollendo,  and  the 
Pacific  Ocean  makes  shipment  without  rough  water  a 
rare  occurrence. 

The  third  day  we  landed  at  Callao,  where  there  is  a 
well-protected  harbour,  and  within  an  hour  were  at 
Lima,  the  capital  [of  Peru,  and  much  the  most  interesting 
city  of  the  west  coast.  There  are  many  quaint  old  houses 
with  elaborately  carved  wood  balconies  to  the  outer 
street,  and  galleries  of  similar  work  around  the  patios. 
The  cathedral  is  a  most  capacious  building  on  the  plaza, 
and  near  by  are  the  Hall  of  Inquisition,  now  used  as  the 
Senate  meeting-place,  and  a  modern  building  used  for 
meetings  of  Congress.  A  group  of  other  public  buildings 
is  around  the  Paseo  Colon,  a  recently  laid-out  drive  and 
promenade,  where  there  are  many  fine  residences.  The 
Exposition  building  and  Zoological  Gardens  are  here, 
as  also  a  small  but  interesting  museum  of  Peruvian 
antiquities.  Inca  mummies,  and  a  textile  collection, 
also  carved  woodwork  from  old  Peruvian  houses  in 
Lima  are  the  most  interesting  features. 

We  were  anxious  to  see  the  famous  Oroya  railway, 
and  went  up  to  Rio  Blanco  as  far  as  was  practicable  to 
go  and  return  the  same  day.  At  Matucano  we  met  the 
usual  Scot — the  locomotive  superintendent — originally 
from  Govan,  who  travelled  with  us  in  the  queer  little 
oil-burning  locomotive  and  carriage  combined,  stopping 
wherever  any  feature  made  it  desirable.  The  climb  to 
over  11,000  feet  is  accomplished  by  a  succession  of 


South   America:    Western   Seaboard 

V  turnings,  and  there  are  extraordinary  views  of  the  Inca 
intensive  agriculture  in  terrace-like  Continental  vine- 
yards, but  at  altitudes  of  10,000  to  12,000  feet. 

We  embarked  at  Callao  on  the  Anyo  Maru,  a  Japanese 
turbine  boat,  mainly  for  freight,  but  with  some  good 
passenger  accommodation,  and,  after  calling  at  Balboa, 
the  southern  terminus  of  the  Panama  Canal,  we  proceed 
by  San  Francisco  to  Honolulu. 


79 


19 — NEW  ZEALAND  SHIPPING  Co.'s  s.s.  Ruahane  APPROACHING  FROM  NORTH. 


20 — PEDRO  MIGUEL  LOCK,  s.s.  Ruahane  AND  GOLD  HILL. 


X. 

The  Panama  Canal,  Pacific  Trade,  and 
the  World  War. 

LIKE  many  great  works,  the  scheme  of  the  Canal, 
seen  not  on  paper  but  in  full  operation,  seems 
simplicity  itself.  The  approach  from  the  Pacific 
and  from  the  south  begins  near  Balboa,  and,  after  eight 
miles  of  entrance,  a  rise  of  fifty-five  feet  is  negotiated  by 
two  locks  at  Miraflores,  and  two  miles  farther  on,  at  Pedro 
Miguel,  in  what  is  almost  a  lake,  caused  by  the  dam  at 
Miraflores,  a  farther  rise  of  thirty  feet  is  made  by  one 
lock.  Then  comes  the  necessary  cut  of  about  three 
miles  at  Culebra,  where,  to  avoid  more  locks,  a  huge 
gash,  two  hundred  and  seventy-two  feet  deep,  had  to  be 
made  in  Gold  Hill,  and  there  follow  five  miles  of  compar- 
atively simple  canal  cutting,  making  eight  miles  in  all, 
reaching  to  Gilboa.  Here  the  artificial  Gatun  Lake 
begins,  caused  by  damming  the  Chagres  River  at  Gatun, 
and  a  deepened  channel,  twenty-four  miles  in  length,  with 
a  depth  of  from  forty  to  eighty  feet,  reaches  from  Gilboa 
to  Gatun,  where  three  contiguous  locks  lower  vessels 
eighty-five  feet  to  the  Atlantic  level,  and  a  straight 
canal  of  eight  miles  to  Colon  completes  the  work.  Very 
few  words  in  which  to  describe  a  magnificently-planned 
and  executed  work,  taking  about  ten  years  to  do,  and 
costing  about  eighty  millions  sterling. 

The  locks  are  in  duplicate  throughout,  and  can  take 
in  the  largest  vessels  afloat  or  building.  There  is  a  large 
generating  station  at  the  Gatun  spillway,  from  which 
current  is  supplied  for  operating  the  electric  engines  which 
tow  [the  vessels  through  the  locks  and  for  the  other 
machinery  of  the  canal. 

81 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the    World 

The  landscape,  especially  at  the  southern  end,  is 
picturesque,  and  there  is  not  only  profuse  vegetation, 
but  evidence  of  ample  fertility.  The  Gatun  Lake  is  still 
covered  with  rather  ungainly  stumps,  but  even  these 
Nature  is  utilising  for  an  abundance  of  orchids,  which  in 
time  wih1  hide  the  bareness  by  lovely  blossoms. 

What  is  to  be  the  effect  of  the  realisation  of  this  dream 
of  over  a  hundred  years  ?  Who  can  tell  ?  There  is 
one  sure  direction  of  development,  and  that  is  in  trans- 
Pacific  trade  from  the  Eastern  States  of  North  America 
and  Europe  to  the  populous  communities  whose  countries 
are  on  the  western  side  of  the  Pacific.  It  is  certain  that 
the  Japanese  will  secure  a  large  share  of  the  additional 
freight  and  passenger  traffic.  Before  the  war  they  were 
easily  the  largest  carriers  in  the  Pacific,  and  during  the 
war  have  been  steadily  extending.  Without  the  Canal, 
the  result  of  the  war  has  left  it  that  for  a  generation 
neither  Germany  nor  Austria  can  recover  the  large  place 
they  held  in  the  shipping  trade  of  the  Orient.  Possibly 
nations  which  were  neutral  may  fill  part  of  this  gap. 
British  owners  will  no  doubt  seek  their  share  of  both 
additional  trade  caused  by  the  Canal  and  the  trade  of 
the  routes  vacated  by  the  losing  nations.  Competition 
is,  in  the  interests  of  the  public,  desirable,  and  our 
powerful  old  British  concerns  would  do  well  to  remember 
that  their  ultimate  prosperity  is  measured  by  the 
thoroughness  of  their  public  service.  In  pre-war  days 
the  Germans  and  Austrians  had  demonstrated  that,  and 
they  deserve  credit  for  it.  There  is  much  talk  of  a 
United  States  Mercantile  Marine.  That  will  only  be  if 
they  give  a  service  equal  to  the  competitor.  When 
Uncle  Sam  and  his  wife,  especially  the  lady,  go  a-traveUing 
there  is  little  sentiment.  They  choose  the  line  which 
makes  them  comfortable  all  the  time. 

What  effect  will  the  increased  facilities  for  travelling 
and  intercourse  have  on  the  standard  of  living  of  the 
Asiatic  population  ?  Will  they  be  the  means  of  opening 

82 


The  Panama   Canal  and  Pacific   Trade. 

the  world  storehouse  of  mineral  wealth  in  the  Andes  ? 
Will  closer  knowledge  make  for  further  emigration  from 
China  and  Japan  to  South  America  ?  Only  time  can 
answer  such  questions,  and  the  development  of  the 
answers  will  be  watched  with  much  interest  on  both 
sides  of  the  Pacific. 


XL 
The  Hawaiian  Islands. 

WE  had  [left  South  America  in  midwinter,  and 
landing  at  San  Francisco  early  in  July,  when  it 
should  have  been  midsummer,  we  found  the 
temperature  much  lower  than  that  we  had  left  in  South 
America  and  than  it  had  been  in  California  in  the 
previous  November.  In  addition,  there  was  a  foggy 
atmosphere  most  of  the  days.  Having  about  a  week  to 
spend  while  our  steamer  discharged  and  reloaded,  we 
went  to  a  favourite  seaside  resort,  Inverness,  on  an  arm 
of  the  sea,  which  ran  out  to  Cape  Reyes,  near  to  Drake's 
Bay,  about  forty  miles  north  of  the  Golden  Gate.  Some 
Scottish  enthusiast  saw  a  likeness  in  this  place  to  our 
northern  capital,  but  really,  away  from  the  sea,  it  had 
much  more  resemblance  to  Deeside.  It  was  quite 
interesting  to  see  that  the  family  man  from  the  city 
spent  his  holiday  much  as  we  do  in  Scotland,  and  while 
he  used  his  motor  along  the  coast,  such  a  thing  as  a  ten 
or  fifteen  mile  family  walk  was  quite  frequently  under- 
taken, most  of  the  girls  being  suitably  dressed,  like  the 
boys,  in  breeches  and  strong  boots. 

After  a  week's  delay  we  continued  our  voyage  to 
Honolulu,  the  Charing  Cross  or  half-way  rest  house  of  the 
Pacific.  One  should  study  a  large  map  of  this  remarkable 
group  of  islands  so  placed  as  to  be  the  natural  stopping  place 
of  any  voyage  from  North  American  to  Orient  ports  or 
vice  versa.  The  eight  principal  islands  lie  in  a  rough 
diagonal  line,  the  largest  and  newest  island,  Hawaii, 
being  at  the  south-east  end,  and  the  oldest  island,  Kauai, 
being  at  the  north-west  end.  Each  island  has  bold 
mountainous  features,  and  all  are  volcanic,  with  rich 
valleys  between  the  mountains  and  coral  reefs  as  out- 

85 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

guards  to  the  coast.  The  combined  area  would  make  a 
good-sized  New  England  State  or  a  European  kingdom, 
and  no  doubt  in  due  course  the  present  Territory  of 
Hawaii  will  take  its  place  as  one  of  the  United  States. 

The  total  population  of  the  group  is  about  a  quarter 
of  a  million,  with  many  races,  of  which  the  decided 
preponderance  is  Japanese  and  the  Hawaiians  about 
one-fifth.  We  arrived  at  Honolulu  on  Oahu,  an  island 
in  the  middle  of  the  group,  at  sunrise,  and  were  at  once 
captivated  by  the  remarkably  beautiful  setting  of  this 
well-ordered  truly  garden  city.  A  bold  headland,  like 
Gibraltar,  guards  the  eastern  approach  to  the  bay,  and 
while  the  well-distributed  houses  are  embowered  in 
tropical  vegetation,  the  feature  of  which  is  the  number 
of  blossoming  trees,  the  background  is  filled  by  a  succession 
of  verdant  and  productive  valleys. 

Though  within  the  tropics,  the  islands  enjoy  a  remark- 
ably equal  temperature  throughout  the  year,  and  are 
blest  by  the  prevalence  of  south-east  winds,  giving  cool 
nights. 

It  is  claimed  that  the  range  of  temperature  during  the 
year  is  covered  by  thirty  degrees  Fahrenheit.  Bathing 
goes  on  all  the  year  round,  and  the  beach  at  Waikiki  is 
famed  the  world  over  for  this  as  well  as  for  the  sport  of 
surf-boarding  and  riding  the  surf  in  outrigger  canoes. 
There  is  a  series  of  beautifully  situated  hotels  on  this  beach, 
which  is  entirely  protected  by  a  coral  reef,  and  a  feature 
of  the  outlook  is  the  extraordinary  brilliancy  and  variety 
of  the  colouring  of  the  sea.  More  than  all  the  colours  of 
the  rainbow  are  there,  and  the  fishes  of  these  waters  are 
as  brilliantly  coloured  as  the  sea  in  which  they  swim. 
There  is  an  excellent  collection  of  these  fishes  in  a  well- 
equipped  aquarium  at  Waikiki. 

One  asks  why  these  islands  should  be  a  territory  of 
the  United  States.  The  answer  is  furnished  at  once  by 
a  visit  to  the  Mission  House  and  Native  Church  on  King 
Street.  The  former  is  the  oldest  frame  building  in  the 

86 


The  Hawaiian   Islands 

islands,  and  the  latter  a  substantial  stone  building  of 
more  recent  construction.  Inscriptions  on  their  walls 
tell  the  story  of  the  work  of  the  mission.  Just  one 
hundred  years  ago  this  year  the  first  party  from  New 
England  arrived  in  the  islands  and  was  followed  at 
short  intervals  by  other  parties  of  clergy  and  teachers. 
These  and  their  descendants  are  really  responsible  for  the 
development  and  administration  of  the  islands,  and  it 
was  only  a  natural  sequence  to  their  work  that  about 
twenty  years  ago  the  inhabitants  of  the  islands  asked 
the  Federal  Government  of  the  United  States  to  take 
them  under  its  protection.  There  are  now  established 
on  the  islands  important  naval  and  military  depots,  and 
much  has  been  done  to  encourage  industry  and  improve 
roadways  and  sea  communications,  also  generally  to 
develop  the  islands  as  a  holiday  resort  for  North 
Americans,  most  of  whom  are  within  ten  days'  travel 
of  this  gem  of  the  Pacific. 

Whatever  the  cause,  the  people  of  "  The  Islands," 
as  they  are  now  generally  called,  wear  an  aspect  of 
wholesome  cheerfulness,  which  it  is  a  delight  to  see. 
They  have  in  Honolulu  an  excellent  street-car  system, 
and  it  has  still  the  distinction  of  running  on  the 
pre-war  fare  of  five  cents  for  any  distance,  with  transfers . 
Children  are  much  in  evidence :  the  Japanese  go  in  for 
large  families,  but  the  Portuguese  more  so,  and  these  are 
certainly  Isles  of  the  Blest  in  that  respect.  Further, 
there  is  an  excellent  educational  system  co-ordinated 
from  day  school  to  high  schools,  technical  and  science 
colleges,  and  university.  All  classes  of  the  community 
are  well-to-do,  and  look  as  if  their  lives  were  set  in 
pleasant  places,  economically  as  well  as  physically. 

A  good  general  view  of  Honolulu  can  be  had  from  the 
Punch  Bowl,  or  higher  up  from  Mount  Tantalus,  and  an 
•exceedingly  good  set  of  dioramic  pictures  by  local  artists, 
of  which  this  is  one,  has  been  set  up  within  easy  reach 
of  the  Government  buildings ;  the  other  three  are  a 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

most  realistic  showing  of  Kilauea  the  active  volcano  on 
Hawaii  Island,  the  extinct  volcano  Haleakala  on  Maui 
Island,  and  the  Waimea  Canyon  on  Kauai  Island. 

It  is  possible  to  encircle  Oahu  by  motor  and  railway 
combined,  and  on  this  tour  most  of  the  features  of 
interest  outside  of  Honolulu  can  be  overtaken.  We  begin 
with  the  Nuuani  Valley,  long  a  favourite  suburb,  but 
now  being  a  little  displaced  by  Manoa  Valley  and  Kahala. 
Here  are  beautifully  situated  the  golf  course  and  county 
club.  At  the  head  of  the  valley  is  the  Pali,  a  precipice 
of  2,000  feet  drop,  which  was  the  scene  of  a  huge 
massacre  about  a  hundred  years  ago.  The  descent  leads- 
to  the  windward  side  of  the  island,  where  large  areas  are 
under  pine-apples  and  rice.  The  former  production  is- 
very  large  in  "  The  Islands,"  and  the  fruit  is  markedly 
superior  to  that  produced  elsewhere.  It  is  mostly  canned 
for  export  to  North  America.  The  rice  is  consumed  as 
food  by  the  Oriental  inhabitants.  Before  reaching  the 
north-east  corner  of  the  island  there  is  a  large  Mormon 
settlement,  non-polygamous,  having  a  handsome  temple 
as  the  centre  of  their  religious  and  social  life.  The 
influence  of  this  community  is  very  favourably  regarded 
by  the  inhabitants  generally. 

In  the  centre  of  the  north  side  of  the  islands  i& 
Haleiewa.  There  are  extensive  sugar  plantations  on 
this  side  and  along  the  railway  by  the  route  back  to- 
Honolulu.  Opposite  Haleiewa  the  sea  is  particularly 
clear,  and  its  bottom  is  covered  by  coral  rocks  of  very 
varied  colour.  There  are  glass -bottomed  boats  available, 
and  a  fascinating  time  can  be  spent  seeing  these  rock& 
and  the  highly-coloured  fish  whose  habitat  they  are. 
There  is  a  range  of  fairly  high  mountains  on  the  north- 
east face  as  well  as  on  the  north-west  face  of  the  island, 
and  an  extensive  plateau  between  these  ranges,  the  upper 
part  of  which  is  the  best  pine-apple  land.  Here  has  been 
set  down  the  Schofield  Barracks  for  military  forces,  and 
a  few  miles  nearer  Honolulu  is  the  naval  base  of  Pearl 
Harbour.  88 


The  Hawaiian  Islands 

Like  a  famous  "  suburb  "  of  Glasgow,  Honolulu  has 
benefited  much  by  the  liberality  of  those  who  have  been 
already  referred  to  as  the  real  makers  of  the  present 
territory  of  Hawaii,  the  descendants  of  the  original 
missionaries  and  teachers.  The  Bishop  Museum  has  a 
unique  collection  of  historical  articles,  the  principal  feature 
of  which  is  the  royal  robes  of  minute  feathers,  some  of  the 
garments  involving  the  lives  of  thousands  of  birds  so  as  to 
get  enough  of  the  colour  desired.  Many  of  the  educational 
institutions  already  referred  to  derive  large  revenues 
from  funds  or  lands  bequeathed  to  them.  The  present 
owner  of  Moanalua,  a  beautiful  place  just  on  the  western 
outskirts  of  Honolulu,  has  opened  the  unique  Japanese 
gardens  there  to  well-conducted  visitors,  and,  as  usual, 
we  found  the  man  in  charge  to  be  a  Scot,  who  had 
acquired  his  knowledge  at  a  well-known  garden  in 
Peeblesshire,  belonging  to  an  old  Glasgow  family. 

Oahu,  though  the  island  of  the  group  most  frequently 
visited  (indeed,  the  great  majority  of  tourists  see  only 
the  one  island),  is  by  no  means  the  most  interesting  and 
instructive  of  the  islands.  That  position  is  undoubtedly 
held  by  the  largest  and  youngest  of  the  islands,  Hawaii, 
where  Nature's  processes  in  the  formation  of  land  are 
made  evident.  Sailing  south-eastward  from  Oahu  on  the 
left,  Molokai  is  first  passed,  an  island  seldom  visited  by 
tourists,  and  an  area  of  which  is  set  apart  for  the 
isolation  of  lepers  from  all  the  islands,  and  where,  it  is 
said,  very  satisfactory  progress  has  been  made  with 
curative  treatment.  Next,  on  same  side,  comes  Maui 
Island,  with  its  port  Lahina,  where  usually  a  call  is  made 
to  land  tourists  who  desire  to  see  its  large  extinct 
volcano,  Haleakala.  To  the  right,  two  small  islands, 
Lanai  and  Kahoolawe,  are  passed  before  the  coast  of 
Hawaii  is  reached,  where  on  the  windward  side  of  the 
island  the  steamer  lands  her  passengers  at  Hilo. 

The  principal  town  of  Hawaii  does  not  begin  to  com- 
pare with  Honolulu,  though  there  are  a  few  blocks  in 
G  89 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the    World 

the  neighbourhood  of  the  hotel  and  public  buildings 
which  are  quite  impressive.  There  are  two  good  water- 
falls, the  Rainbow  and  Make  Falls,  quite  within  the 
town,  and  these  give  it  a  very  picturesque  appearance. 
What  is  known  as  the  Hamakua  Coast  Railway  lies  to 
the  north  of  Hilo,  and  from  there  to  the  terminus  at  Pauillo 
there  is  a  continuous  succession  of  sugar  plantations,  with 
the  villages  in  which  the  workers  live  as  stations.  These 
are  so  much  under  the  management  of  Scots  that  this  dis- 
trict is  often  referred  to  as  the ' '  Scottish ' '  Coast .  We  went 
and  came  by  rail,  interesting  because  of  the  construction, 
which  has  a  succession  of  bridges  over  the  gullies  and 
tunnels  through  the  bluffs  which  divide  these.  The 
railway  was  very  costly  to  build,  but,  as  it  carries  all  the 
sugar,  the  revenue  gives  a  good  return.  The  same 
afternoon  we  motored  to  the  south  of  Hilo,  through  more 
sugar,  and  up  about  4,000  feet  to  Volcano  House,  a  hotel 
overlooking  the  Kilauea  Volcano.  After  dark  had  fallen, 
we  proceeded  right  down  to  the  side  of  the  fire  pit,  and 
there  looked  at  the  most  impressive  sight  in  Nature 
which  has  yet  been  met  in  our  travels.  Right  at  our  feet 
was  a  huge  cauldron  of  fire.  We  were  on  the  lip,  about 
three  hundred  feet  above  the  pit,  which  looked  like  a  huge 
pot  of  molten  metal  crackling  and  surging  up,  the  contents 
contracting  and  changing  but  ever  renewing  and  repeating 
its  movements.  There  was  a  constant  output  of  steam 
and  fumes,  and  also  frequent  films  of  moisture  and  small 
passing  showers.  The  moon  was  two  days  past  the  full 
and  rose  as  we  looked,  and  we  were  lucky  enough  to  see 
a  lunar  rainbow  produced  by  these  showers.  It  can 
easily  be  understood  that  this  impressive  power  has  by 
the  superstitious  natives  been  exalted  into  a  dominating 
position  in  their  lives.  The  goddess  of  fire,  Pele  (pro- 
nounced Pelly),  ruled  their  lives  till  Christianity  reached 
them,  and  the  boldness  of  Princess  Kapiolani,  who 
disregarded  the  tabus,  specially  as  regards  women,  and 
declared  these  superstitions  as  idle  fables,  produced  an 

90 


The  Hawaiian   Islands 

•epoch  in  the  lives  of  the  natives.  Tennyson  has  pre- 
served this  story  in  the  poem  bearing  the  name 
"  Kapiolani."  By  daylight  we  walked  the  three  miles 
over  the  great  lava-crusted  pit,  the  successive  flows  being 
quite  discernible,  and  again  looked  over  on  the  boiling 
pot,  which  is  rarely  without  its  curtain  of  steam,  but 
just  for  a  few  minutes  a  turn  in  the  wind  let  us  look  down 
on  what  seemed  for  all  the  world  like  a  Titanic  porridge- 
pot  boiling  hard,  and  as  each  burst  took  place,  flames 
oame  through  from  the  mass  of  fire  below.  The  natives 
call  it  Halemanman — "  House  of  Eternal  Fire."  We  were 
looking  at  a  world  in  the  making,  as  every  few  years  miles 
of  this  island  are  overrun  by  the  molten  stream,  which 
after  a  varying  time  is  disintegrated  into  earth,  which 
becomes  valuable  soil  to  produce  earth's  choicest  fruits. 
In  the  two  succeeding  days  we  encircled  the  two  large 
mountains,  Mauna  Loa  and  Mauna  Kea,  each  over 
13,000  feet  high,  from  which  these  lava  flows  have  mostly 
come,  and  we  saw  at  various  points,  in  addition  to  sugar, 
crops  of  pine-apples,  tobacco,  and  coffee. 

We  visited  tree  moulds,  where  a  lava  flow  had  burnt 
out  the  tree  and  taken  its  place  ;  what  remains  of  a  city 
of  refuge,  Honaunou,  where  the  refugee  was  secure 
whatever  he  had  done  or  was  accused  of  doing  ;  and  at 
Napoopoo  the  monument  to  Captain  Cook,  set  up  where 
he  was  killed.  For  the  night  we  landed  at  a  hotel 
named  "  Mahealani,"  which  means  "  nearest  to  heaven," 
and  it  certainly  was  a  very  desirable  haven.  Next  day 
we  continued  to  cross  lava  flows,  then  came  to  a  large 
tract  of  pastoral  country,  getting  round  to  the  sugar 
plantations  which  we  had  passed  by  railway.  The  road 
skirts  the  coast  and  loops  round  the  bluffs,  giving  very 
picturesque  views  and  showing  many  waterfalls.  We 
landed  at  a  plantation  to  rest  and  see  sugar-cane  growing, 
and  specially  its  conveyance  by  water  shoots  to  the  mill, 
where  heavy  rollers  make  it  yield  the  sweet  juice  which 
becomes  sugar.  A  very  interesting  day  was  spent 

91 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

visiting  the  south-eastern  corner  of  the  island,  Kalapan* 
Beach,  and  a  small  forest  of  lava  trees,  as  well  as  a  tepid 
green  lake  near  Kapoho.  On  the  return  journey  to 
Honolulu  we  saw  by  daylight  the  north  portion  of  the 
island,  including  the  two  extraordinarily  steep  valleys, 
difficult  of  access,  Waipu  and  Waimanu,  and  round  past 
Kahala,  on  the  north-western  side,  the  steamer  called  at 
Malukone  and  Kawaihae. 

After  our  return  to  Oahu,  and  a  week  more  at 
Honolulu,  we  visited  Kauai,  the  north-western  island, 
known  as  the  Garden  Isle,  and  the  most  prolific  and 
beautiful  of  all  the  islands.  The  roads  are  said  to  be 
remarkably  good,  but  unfortunately  our  driver  began 
with  what  is  called  the  Grand  Canyon  of  the  islands, 
to  which  the  road  is  about  the  roughest  we  have  struck, 
The  Waimea  Canyon  has  a  good  deal  of  resemblance  to 
that  in  Arizona,  but  of  course  a  mere  miniature  in  size, 
and  with  much  more  vegetation.  The  drive  round  the 
western  shore  to  Barking  sands  by  the  sea  is  delightfully 
fresh,  and  the  sand  when  rubbed  in  the  hands,  emits 
a  sound  slightly  resembling  a  bark.  The  Spouting  Horn, 
caused  by  the  wave  motion  operating  on  shelving  rocks 
with  a  large  blow-hole,  is  an  interesting  phenomenon, 
but  the  feature  of  this  island  is  the  long  green  valleys 
running  up  to  the  high  mountains  and  the  magnificent 
crops  of  sugar  and  pines  on  the  broad  plains  between  the 
mountain  ranges.  Round  the  north  side  there  are 
successive  beautiful  bays  with  sandy  beaches.  Lihue, 
where  we  spent  a  night,  is  the  principal  town  on  the 
island.  We  also  visited,  by  the  kindness  of  yet  another 
Scot,  whose  parents  had  gone  out  from  a  popular  Clyde 
resort,  Kukiolono  Park,  a  most  extensive  garden  with  a 
Bougainvillea  hedge.  Quite  accidentally,  we  saw  copies 
of  two  privately  printed  books,  one  by  David  Douglas, 
botanist,  who  classified  the  flora  of  the  islands  and  lost 
his  life  while  occupied  on  that  work,  and  the  other  by 
Dr.  Archibald  Menzies,  who  was  the  medical  man  with 

92 


The  Hawaiian   Islands 

Vancouver  when  he  visited  the  islands  twenty-eight 
years  before  the  first  of  the  New  England  missionaries. 
These  two  Scots  did  much  good  service  to  the  inhabitants 
of  these  lovely  islands,  which  are  bound  to  become  more 
and  more  holiday  resorts  for  the  English-speaking  people 
of  the  world. 

On  the  voyage  to  New  Zealand  we  spent  a  day  at 
Suva,  in  the  Fiji  Islands,  and  had  the  novel  experience 
of  dropping  a  day  out  of  the  calendar,  the  only  effect  of 
which  seemed  to  be  that  instead  of  being  half  a  day 
behind  Great  Britain  we  became  half  a  day  ahead. 


XII. 

The  Dominion  of  New  Zealand. 

ON  a  journey  such  as  ours  one  realises  that  Britannia 
does  now,  but  did  not  always  rule  the  waves. 
Throughout  both  Americas  the  Spaniards  were 
undoubtedly  the  pioneers.  We  found  their  tracks  all 
over  the  western  seaboard,  from  British  Columbia  to 
Chile,  while  on  the  eastern  side,  right  round  the 
Caribbean  Sea  and  the  coast  of  South  America,  they  and 
the  Portuguese  led  the  way.  The  traces  of  Dutch 
navigators  are  only  slightly  in  evidence  on  the  most  of 
the  Atlantic,  though,  of  course,  they  occupied  South 
Africa  from  far  back  days.  They  had  voyaged  to  the 
neighbourhood  of  New  York  in  very  early  times,  but  it 
is  on  the  western  side  of  the  Pacific  that  their  enterprise 
resulted  in  the  acquisition  of  colonies,  and  there  a  few 
outposts,  such  as  New  Zealand  and  Tasmania,  which 
they  visited  and  named,  but  never  occupied.  Captain 
Tasman  called  at  but  did  not  land  on  the  islands  in  1642, 
and  it  was  one  hundred  and  twenty-seven  years  later 
that  they  were  explored  by  Captain  Cook,  and  seventy- 
one  years  later,  in  1840,  that  the  islands  of  New 
Zealand  were  by  treaty  formally  made  part  of  the 
British  Colonial  possessions.  The  North  and  South 
Islands  and  Stewart  Island  have  an  area  of  103,658 
square  miles,  a  little  less  than  that  of  Great  Britain. 
It  is  1,100  miles  from  the  extreme  points  north  to  south, 
and  the  coast  line  is  an  exceedingly  irregular  one, 
measuring  no  less  than  4,330  miles,  while  there  is  no  point 
in  the  interior  further  than  seventy-five  miles  from  the  sea. 
The  population,  occupying  an  area  closely  approaching 
that  of  Great  Britain,  is  roundly  stated  at  one  million, 
and  of  these  about  50,000  are  Maoris,  roughly  one  in 

95 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

twenty.  It  will  be  seen  that  the  distribution  of  population 
is  much  as  if  the  people  of  Glasgow,  Liverpool,  or  Bir- 
mingham occupied  the  whole  of  England  and  Scotland. 

While  essentially  an  agrarian  country,  there  are  four 
cities  distributed  equally  between  the  two  large  islands, 
and  though  they  are  alike  in  that  each  is  a  well  spread 
out  gathering  of  human  habitations,  yet  they  are 
curiously  dissimilar.  Auckland,  the  farthest  north,  and 
with  the  largest  population,  is  situated  on  the  narrowest 
part  of  the  North  Island,  with  a  harbour  on  each  seaboard, 
east  and  west,  on  gently  undulating  ground  and  with 
endless  arms  of  the  sea  for  suburbs.  There  is  ample 
room  for  expansion,  but  at  present  the  city  has  few 
impressive  buildings.  The  great  bulk  of  both  the  business 
and  residential  parts  is  built  of  timber,  conveying  to 
home  minds  an  impression  of  temporary  structure  and 
unfinishedness. 

Wellington  is  also  a  seaport,  situated  right  at  the 
south  end  of  the  North  Island  on  Cook  Straits,  which 
divide  the  two  islands.  There  is  only  a  small  area  of 
level  land,  so  that  already  the  residential  portion  of  the 
city  has  been  forced  to  high  overlooking  hills,  and  beyond 
them  to  other  bays  and  arms  of  the  sea.  Here  a  greater 
proportion  of  the  buildings  is  of  cement,  brick  or  stone, 
and  some  placed,  as  are  the  new  Houses  of  Parliament, 
on  really  good  sites. 

Christchurch  is  the  only  one  of  the  four  cities 
which  is  not  itself  a  seaport  ;  Lyttleton,  eight  miles 
away,  with  a  tunnelled  railway  as  link,  is  the  port.  All 
four  cities  have  colleges,  composing  together  New  Zealand 
University,  but  Christchurch  gives  more  than  any  of  the 
others  an  impression  of  an  atmosphere  of  learning.  It  is, 
with  the  winding  river  Avon  in  its  midst,  quite  like  an 
English  cathedral  city,  while  only  about  two  hundred 
miles  away,  Dunedin,  its  sister  city  of  the  South  Island,  is 
in  name  and  everything  else  strongly  Scottish.  Most  of  the 
public  buildings,  offices,  and  stores  there  are  of  good 


The  Dominion   of  New  Zealand 

dressed  stone,  while  even  the  residential  districts  are 
largely  stone,  brick,  and  cement.  Christchurch,  except  the 
Cashmir  hills,  is  on  level  ground,  while  Dunedin  is  even 
more  hilly  than  its  prototype  in  Scotland.  It  was  heart 
warming  to  walk  along  Princes  Street,  High  Street, 
Moray  Place,  and  other  places  with  familiar  names,  and 
to  find  as  suburbs  Musselburgh,  Portobello,  and  many 
places  recalling  the  names  on  the  Firth  of  Forth.  While 
in  1,100  miles  there  is  room  for  considerable  variety  of 
climate,  our  experience  was  that,  if  rapid  changes  of 
weather  make  the  immigrant  feel  at  home,  he  gets  them. 
Our  visit  was  in  what  should  have  been  spring  and  early 
summer,  but  these  were,  as  sometimes  at  home,  long 
delayed  and  difficult  to  recognise. 

The  whole  urban  population  is  about  one-third  of 
the  million,  and  even  of  these  there  is  only  a  small 
proportion  occupied  in  industry,  leaving  about  700,000 
whose  work  is  on  the  Island  producing  food  and  raw 
materials.  Broadly  the  South  Island  raises  sheep  for 
their  fleeces  and  mutton,  the  North  Island  cattle  for 
dairy  produce  and  for  beef,  and  undoubtedly  the  war  has 
greatly  benefited  the  whole  community. 

One  of  New  Zealand's  greatest  assets  is  the  attractive- 
ness and  the  variety  of  her  scenery,  and  her  greatest 
necessity  is  convenient  access  for  her  own  and  Australian 
tourists,  and  the  provision  of  good  roads  and  comfortable 
hotel  accommodation. 

There  is  room  for  more  attention  being  given  to  these 
matters,  especially  if  it  is  expected  to  attract  old  country 
and  American  tourists  in  large  numbers. 

We  began  with  the  so-called  Hot  Lakes  districts,  the 
best-known  centre  of  which  is  Rotorua,  though  since  the 
disaster  of  1886,  the  principal  interest  is  farther  south  at 
Wairakei.  The  Government  own  Rotorua,  but  a  private 
enterprise  has  acquired  the  other  more  attractive  centre. 

In  these  regions  the  Maori  is  first  met  with  in  any 
considerable  numbers.  There  are  three  native  settle- 

97 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the    World 

merits  in  this  neighbourhood,  Whakarewarewa,  Ohinematu 
and  Tikitere.  Men  and  women  are  of  good  physique  and 
intelligent,  but  the  occupation  provided  of  exploiting  the 
tourist  is  not  one  calculated  to  stimulate  industry  and 
independence,  while  the  locality,  with  its  constant  heat 
for  the  growth  of  a  few  necessary  vegetables  and  natural 
cooking  facilities  in  the  backyard,  makes  even  domestic 
labour  only  nominal.  The  whole  region  smells  of  sulphur, 
and  at  Rotorua  and  elsewhere  there  are  large  bathing 
establishments  for  the  suitable  treatment  of  rheumatism 
and  other  ailments. 

The  most  picturesque  feature  of  Rotorua  is  its  five 
beautiful  cold  lakes,  and  such  of  the  thermal  features  as- 
remain  may  be  visited.  These  last  do  not  begin  to 
compare  in  interest  with  Wairakei,  where  a  large  series 
of  hot-water  geysers  and  mud  springs  perform  at  definite 
and  named  intervals.  Here  also  there  is  beginning  to 
form  a  pink  terrace,  as  yet  on  a  smaller  scale  than  that 
destroyed  by  the  eruption  of  Tarawera  in  1886.  The  most 
impressive  sight  in  this  neighbourhood,  visited  at  night  r 
was  Karapiti  blow-hole,  where  a  head  of  high-pressure 
steam  is,  and  has  been  from  time  immemorial  in  constant 
action.  This  is  declared  by  Sir  James  Hector,  a 
geological  authority,  to  be  the  safety  valve  of  New 
Zealand.  On  the  Waikato  River,  between  Wairakei 
Valley  and  Lake  Taupo,  are  the  Huka  Falls  and  Aratiatia 
Rapids,  each  outstandingly  beautiful  among  much  similar 
scenery  in  New  Zealand.  Near  Taupo  one  of  the  hotels 
has  in  its  grounds  sulphur  as  well  as  iron  waters,  and  we 
found  that,  even  when  not  physically  required,  the 
experience  of  this  treatment  is  a  very  pleasant  one. 

After  crossing  Lake  Taupo,  one  of  the  best  trout 
fishing  waters  in  New  Zealand,  though  owing  to  its  being 
the  close  season,  we  did  not  have  any  opportunity  of 
testing  their  quality,  we,  by  a  short  railway  journey, 
found  ourselves  at  Taumananui,  the  starting-point  for 
going  down  the  famous  Wanganui  river. 


The  Dominion   of  New  Zealand 

This  is  described  as  the  "  Rhine  of  New  Zealand," 
but  the  term  really  has  no  meaning,  as  the  river  and  its 
scenery  have  not  the  least  resemblance.  The  down 
journey  occupies  the  early  half  of  three  days,  so  as  to 
correspond  with  the  up-river  service  against  the  current, 
which  can  only  make  half  the  speed  in  its  three  full  days' 
run.  The  beginning  is  in  open  country,  with  pastoral 
lands  on  the  banks  and  low  bush  on  the  hills,  but  soon  a 
continuous  series  of  gorges  begins,  and  these  last  through 
the  second  and  beginning  of  the  third  day,  at  noon  of 
which  the  journey  ends  in  scenery  not  unlike  the  Thames 
about  Henley,  at  a  thriving  town  named  from  the  River 
Wanganui.  Journeying  westward  and  then  northward, 
we  passed  through  the  best  dairy  land  in  New  Zealand,. 
Taranaki,  the  garden  province,  where  there  is  a  very 
large  production  for  export  of  butter  and  cheese. 

The  scenic  feature  here  is  Mount  Egmont,  a  beautiful- 
snow-capped  cone  like  Fuji  Yama,  the  sacred  mountain 
of  Japan,  with  which  it  closely  compares.  The  mountain 
is  singular  in  that  it  stands  up  from  the  great  plain  and 
is  visible  in  its  entirety  from  every  point  in  the  great 
surrounding  radius.  New  Plymouth,  the  chief  town  of 
Taranaki,  is  a  fairly  old  settlement,  and  was  a  consider- 
able theatre  of  the  Maori  war  sixty  years  ago.  Lately 
its  harbour  has  been  improved,  and  it  is  hoped  that  the 
prosperity  of  the  province  may  bring  an  increase  of 
shipping.  The  situation  to  the  north  of  Mount  Egmont 
on  the  sea  is  a  picturesque  one,  and  the  public  park 
would  do  credit  to  a  much  larger  town.  Hawera,  and 
other  towns  to  the  south,  have  grown  rapidly  in  the  dairy 
produce  boom,  and  these  are  literally  "  garden  "  towns, 
being  laid  out  on  ample  lines,  with  generous  open  spaces. 

From  Taranaki  we  made  a  daylight  journey  of  nearly 
twelve  hours  by  rail  right  to  the  capital,  Wellington,  on 
the  North  Island,  at  the  point  nearest  to  the  South  Island, 
Cook's  Straits,  and  across  the  narrow  passage,  only 
slightly  longer  than  that  of  the  English  Channel,  Dover 

99 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

to  Calais.  We  reached  Picton  on  the  South  Island  in 
pouring  rain  and  a  stormy  sea,  bound  for  the  Westland 
district,  where  there  is  more  mining  than  anywhere  else 
in  ]New  Zealand,  but  there  is  also  some  very  fine  scenery. 

First  we  had  a  short  railway  journey  to  Blenheim, 
then  a  beautiful  drive  through  bush  country,  partly 
cleared  to  Nelson,  the  principal  town  of  Westland,  and 
the  centre  of  a  great  fruit  district.  The  apple-blossom 
was  over,  but  the  roadsides  were  lined  by  hawthorns 
twenty  feet  high,  white  and  occasionally  pink,  just  a 
mass  of  blossom.  From  Nelson  we  had  two  days  by 
motor  in  the  Buller  gorge,  a  large  river  cut  deep  into 
rock  of  two  to  three  thousand  feet  high,  well  clad  by  bush. 
Later  in  the  year,  rata,  a  scarlet  blossom,  is  in  great 
profusion,  but  in  November,  the  white  clematis  was 
prominent,  very  lightly  screening  the  foliage.  Two 
nights  were  spent  on  the  sea  coast  in  mining  towns,  the 
main  feature  of  which  was  the  plentiful  opportunities  for 
ardent  liquid  refreshment,  but  these  towns  had  fallen  on 
«vil  days,  as  both  coal  and  metal  mining,  gold  and  copper 
mainly,  had  passed  their  zenith.  The  third  day  we  passed 
by  coach  through  the  Otira  gorge,  a  magnificent  drive 
over  the  ridges  to  the  eastern  side,  finishing  by  a  railway 
journey  across  the  Canterbury  Plains,  where  the  finest 
sheep  in  the  world  are  reared,  to  Christchurch. 

From  there  we  went  to  Timaru  and  Fairlie,  from  which 
motors  start  for  the  journey  to  Mount  Cook,  the  dominant 
height  of  New  Zealand,  on  which,  at  an  altitude  of  4,000 
ieet,  there  is  a  most  comfortable  Hermitage  Hotel.  It 
was  too  early  for  mountaineering,  but  we  saw  at  close 
quarters  the  Sefton  and  Hooker  glaciers,  and  but  for  bad 
weather  would  also  have  seen  the  great  Tasman  glacier. 
We  did  have  two  very  beautiful  glimpses  of  the  entire 
great  mountain,  but  most  of  the  four  days  we  spent  at 
its  feet  the  summit  was  invisible.  From  there  we 
travelled  to  Dunedin,  and  found  ourselves  very  much  at 
home.  The  Cold  Lake  district  is  well  towards  the  south 

100 


The  Dominion   of  New  Zealand 

end  of  the  South  Island,  and  in  early  November  was  still 
wintry  and  arrangements  incomplete  for  tourist-traffic, 
but  we  managed  to  visit  Wakatipu,  the  best  known  of 
these  lakes,  spending  Armistice  Day,  1920,  at  Queenstown, 
situated  at  the  angle  of  the  lake,  about  midway  between 
Kingstown,  the  railway  terminus,  and  Glenorchy,  at  the 
western  end.  Queenstown  is  an  extremely  popular 
holiday  resort,  and  has  a  golf  course  and  an  exceptionally 
fine  public  park,  with  facilities  for  the  playing  of  many 
other  games.  We  visited  the  west  end  of  the  lake,  where, 
about  ten  miles  from  Glenorchy,  is  situated  Paradise, 
one  of  the  gems  of  New  Zealand  scenery.  The  four  days 
spent  there  roughly  epitomised  the  four  seasons,  finishing 
in  glorious  summer.  Situated  on  Diamond  Lake,  the 
hotel  was  a  simple  but  comfortable  extended  farm-house, 
with  a  good  garden,  good  food,  including  rainbow  trout 
and  the  kindly  hospitality  of  a  Scottish  household 
originally  from  Fifeshire.  Just  under  Mount  Earnslaw 
and  lesser  snow-covered  heights,  and  with  pleasant  walks 
in  every  direction,  we  spent  some  very  enjoyable  and 
memorable  days.  The  name  Paradise  proved  warranted. 
Returning  right  down  the  long  lake,  we  travelled  by 
rail  to  Invercargill,  a  place  which,  like  some  in  South 
America,  had  been  planned  with  such  foresight  that  the 
traffic  could  hardly  be  seen  on  the  wide  streets.  From 
its  port,  Bluff,  at  the  south-east  corner  of  the  South 
Island,  we  sailed  to  Melbourne.  Had  the  season  been 
suitable  we  should  like  to  have  seen  Milford  Sound  and 
the  fjord-like  scenery  of  the  south-west  corner,  but  since 
the  withdrawal  of  steamers  by  the  war  that  can  only  be 
seen  by  six  or  seven  days'  walking,  for  which  dry  weather 
is  an  absolute  necessity.  We  did  not  see  everything,  but 
claim  to  have  seen  the  islands  more  thoroughly  than  any 
New  Zealander  whom  we  have  met,  and  every  hour 
spent  there  was  enjoyable  and  interesting. 


101 


XIII. 
The  Commonwealth  of  Australia. 

IT  was  with  great  interest  that  we  landed  in  Britain's 
great  outpost  in  the  Antipodes,  a  place  which  has 
day  while  we  have  night,  has  winter  while  we  have 
summer,  and  whose  sky  at  night  is  ruled  by  the  Southern 
Cross  as  ours  is  by  the  Plough.  Our  cousins  actually  eat 
a  heavy  Christmas  dinner  at  80°  to  100°  in  the  shade. 
There  was  an  added  interest  in  seeing  again  at  their 
homes  the  boys  who  had  so  magnificently  come  to  take 
their  places  alongside  the  home  forces,  not  only  in  the 
Great  War,  but  also  in  South  Africa  twenty  years  ago. 

This  continent,  only  a  little  less  in  area  than  the 
whole  of  Europe,  carries  a  population  much  less  than  that 
of  London.  It  is  not  realised  that  in  that  population 
{and  New  Zealand  may  be  included)  we  have  the  most 
purely  British  community  on  the  face  of  the  earth. 
The  old  country  has  a  much  greater  percentage  of  foreign 
blood.  Canada  has  French,  South  Africa  has  Dutch  and 
Huguenots.  The  United  States  is  an  agglomeration  of 
nationalities,  while  Australasia  is  ninety-seven  per  cent, 
of  United  Kingdom  births  or  descent. 

Until  twenty  years  ago  these  colonies  were  independent 
of  each  other,  and  there  were  many  disadvantages,  so 
the  Commonwealth  was  formed,  including,  with  the  five 
states  of  Australia,  Tasmania,  and  the  undeveloped  area 
at  the  north-west  corner  of  Australia,  now  called  the 
Northern  Territory,  as  well  as  a  small  area  at  Canberra, 
to  become  ultimately  the  capital,  on  much  the  same  lines 
as  the  United  States  of  America  and  Washington,  D.C. 

(*)     TASMANIA. 

ALTHOUGH  practically  the  smallest  unit,  it  is  undoubt- 
edly the  most  interesting  from  a  tourist's  point  of  view, 

103 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

and  is  described  as  the  "  playground  of  Australia,"  being 
only  distant  a  night's  journey  by  steamer  from  Melbourne 
to  Launceston,  which  lies  about  four  hours'  sail  up  the 
River  Tamar.  About  the  area  of  Wales,  there  is  hardly 
any  part  of  Tasmania  which  is  not  beautiful,  and  the 
great  charm  is  its  infinite  variety. 

Launceston  and  its  suburbs  have  about  30,000 
inhabitants.  It  lies  in  a  basin  with  surrounding  hills, 
and  is  skirted  by  the  north  and  south  Esk  rivers  before 
they  unite  to  form  the  Tamar.  There  are  good  public 
buildings  and  many  beautiful  suburbs.  The  distinctive 
feature  of  its  scenery  is  the  Cataract  Gorge,  by  which  the 
South  Esk,  used  for  electric  power,  makes  its  way  through 
a  rocky  and  picturesque  valley  laid  out  as  a  public  park. 
Northwards  there  is  a  beautiful  drive  to  the  Mole  Creek 
Caves,  which  are  the  usual  collection  of  fantastic  forms 
of  stalactite  and  stalagmites,  rather  poorly  shown. 
The  north-west  country  to  Davenport  and  Burnie  is  good 
agricultural  and  pastoral  land,  largely  raising  potatoes 
for  Australia  and  also  fruit.  There  is  choice  of  roads 
and  railway  for  the  journey  to  Hobart,  and  we  decided 
on  four  days  by  motor,  via  Springfield  Sideling,  Scottsdale, 
and  St.  Helen,  spending  the  first  night  at  Scamander. 
The  most  beautiful  part  of  the  drive  is  at  Weldborough 
Pass,  one  of  the  finest  bits  of  bush  scenery  we  had  seen. 
Next  day  by  St.  Mary's  and  Swansea  to  Triabunna, 
mostly  along  the  sea  coast,  with  a  succession  of 
picturesque  bays.  Here  was  passed  the  largest  and  best- 
kept  orchard  we  had  seen,  belonging  to  preserve  makers 
at  Hobart.  The  next  day's  run  brought  us  at  midday 
to  the  most  interesting  scenic  group  on  the  island, 
Eaglehawk  Neck,  right  on  the  rocky  eastern  coast,  with 
a  curious  basaltic  tesselated  pavement  and  several  fine 
breaks  in  the  rocky  parapet,  named  Tasman's  Arch,  the 
Devil's  Kitchen,  and  the  Blow-Hole.  For  the  night  we 
rested  at  Port  Arthur,  treasured  as  the  historic  spot  of 
Tasmania,  but  it  commemorates  an  unfortunate  episode 

104 


The   Commonwealth  of  Australia 

in  her  history,  when  it  was  used  as  a  convict  settlement 
conducted  on  anything  but  humane  lines.  The  drive 
from  Port  Arthur  retraced  part  of  the  previous  day's  road 
until  near  Bellerive,  from  which  a  very  beautiful  view 
of  Hobart  is  had,  and  the  actual  approach  to  it  is  by 
a  "  punt,"  the  Colonial  name  for  a  vehicular  ferry  landing 
right  in  the  city.  Though  the  amount  of  shipping  tonnage 
is  comparatively  small,  the  harbour  of  Hobart  compares 
favourably  with  many  we  have  seen.  There  is  ample 
deep  water  for  all  the  traffic  likely  to  require  it  for  many 
years  to  come.  The  whole  situation  at  the  head  of  what 
is  a  long  firth  of  many  arms,  with  bays  and  beaches  of 
beautiful  sand  from  Point  Pillar,  fifteen  miles  up  to 
Hobart,  is  wonderfully  picturesque.  Mount  Wellington 
and  many  other  considerable  mountains  give  a  back- 
ground to  the  scene,  and  outside  of  Hobart  proper,  as 
well  as  opposite  it,  there  are  many  beautiful  seaside 
suburbs.  The  Huon  Valley  has  the  best  timber  in  the 
island,  and  in  the  same  neighbourhood  there  are  many 
valleys  cleared  for  fruit  growing,  mostly  apples.  There 
are  also  many  orchards  in  the  Derwent  Valley,  and  New 
Norfolk  there  is  famed  as  the  place  where  Vincent 
Wallace  settled  temporarily  when  he  was  beginning  to 
write  the  opera  "  Maritana."  In  this  valley  there  are 
great  hop  gardens,  and  the  produce  is  said  to  compare 
favourably  with  the  home  growth  of  Kent.  In  the  same 
direction  are  the  Russell  river  and  a  new  National  Park 
containing  the  Russell  and  Lady  Barren  Falls,  as  well  as 
much  beautiful  bush.  Time  did  not  allow  us  to  visit 
the  west  side  of  the  island,  which  is  less  accessible  and  has 
not  such  good  roads,  but  it  is  reputed  to  be  fully  equal  in 
scenery  to  the  east  side,  and  has  the  Gordon  River,  which 
many  consider  rivals  the  Wanganui  in  New  Zealand. 
It  was  well  possible  to  understand  that  the  temperate 
climate  of  Tasmania  must  be  very  acceptable  to 
Australians  during  their  hot  and  trying  months  of 
summer. 

H  105 


Zig-Zagging   Round  the   World 

(b)    VICTORIA. 

OUR  approach  to  Melbourne  was  by  water,  and  as  we 
entered  the  Yarra-Yarra  river,  with  a  somewhat  smoky 
atmosphere  and  the  waters  not  so  pure  as  they  might  be, 
there  was  a  decidedly  home-like  feeling,  which  remained 
while  we  were  in  the  city.  The  whole  surroundings 
strongly  recalled  the  Clyde,  and  the  warm  kindly  recep- 
tion by  Scots  and  others  deepened  the  impression.  The 
city  has  ample,  wide  streets  and  handsome  buildings  well 
shown. 

It  was  most  interesting  to  see  what  had  been  a 
familiar  address  for  a  life  time — Flinders  Lane — where 
are  grouped  all  the  wholesale  dry  goods  stores,  not  in  the 
original  buildings,  but  in  handsome,  many-storied, 
solidly-built  structures.  As  in  all  great  cities,  there  is 
a  tendency  to  hotel  and  apartment  life  on  the  outskirts 
of  the  business  section,  but  it  is  a  trifling  proportion 
compared  with  London  and  the  United  States,  and  there 
are  widely  spread-out  beautiful  suburbs  inland  as  well 
as  by  the  sea.  The  larger  houses  are  of  brick,  concrete 
or  stone,  and  besides  the  handsome  public  gardens  and 
buildings  out  St.  Kilda  road  and  its  neighbourhood, 
there  are  many  beautiful  homes  with  extensive  and  well- 
kept  grounds.  There  are  efficient  railway,  electric,  and 
cable  cars,  as  well  as  steamer  services  to  collect  and 
distribute  the  residents  morning  and  evening.  Flinders 
Street  Station  compares  with  the  great  depots  of  the 
Eastern  States  of  America  and  with  London  in  the 
numbers  carried  and  the  general  handling  of  the  traffic. 

Victoria  has  the  smallest  area  of  any  of  the  great 
States,  and  has  a  density  of  seventeen  persons  per  square 
mile,  whereas  Western  Australia  has  only  one  person  to 
three  square  miles,  and  the  average  of  the  Common- 
wealth is  under  two  persons  per  square  mile.  Yet  there 
is  ample  room  for  good  settlers  even  in  Victoria.  A  few 
excursions  to  places  distant  from  fifty  to  seventy  miles 

106 


The    Commonwealth   of  Australia 

showed  a  small  proportion  of  arable  land  as  compared  with 
pastoral,  and  among  the  hills  much  uncleared  bush  country. 
The  beauty  spots  in  the  Dandenong  Mountains  are  in 
summer  peopled  by  Melbourne  citizens  seeking  coolness 
and  health.  The  Blacks  spur  between  Healesville  and 
Maryville  is  one  of  the  grandest  drives  we  have  seen  in 
Australia.  It  is  said  there  are  no  song-birds  in  Australia, 
but  there  was  interest  in  seeing  the  albatross,  that  model 
for  airmen,  as  we  traversed  southern  waters.  Outside 
Melbourne  we  first  saw  and  heard  the  kookooburra,  or 
laughing  jackass,  whose  cry  resounds  through  the  bush. 
Here  also  we  made  our  first  acquaintance  with  the 
kangaroo  and  the  wallaby,  graceful  though,  to  our  eyes, 
unusual  in  their  gait.  We  regretfully  ended  an  all-too- 
short  stay  in  the  most  home-like  of  the  Colonies. 

(c)    NEW   SOUTH    WALES. 

THE  mother  Colony  of  the  Commonwealth,  and  that 
which  carries  forty  per  cent,  of  its  population,  is  usually 
approached,  as  we  did,  by  Port  Philip  Heads.  This  had 
peculiar  interest  for  us,  as  we  had  already  seen  the  other 
two  harbours  usually  bracketed  with  it  as  the  three 
finest  in  the  world,  San  Francisco  and  Rio  de  Janeiro, 
and  now  we  were  to  see  the  third,  and  that  which  belongs 
to  our  Empire.  As  in  the  case  of  the  three  waterfalls 
referred  to  in  an  earlier  paper,  to  compare  the  three 
harbours  is  to  compare  things  which  are  different  in  kind. 
Rio  presents  a  scenic  aspect  grander  and  more  unusual 
than  either  of  the  other  two.  Sydney  has  a  wealth  of 
lovely  bays  and  creeks  which  neither  of  the  other  two 
approaches,  while  the  Golden  Gate,  the  opening  to  the 
west,  leading  to  the  greatest  ocean  on  earth,  has  a 
majesty  impossible  to  the  other  two.  All  three  cities, 
originally  communities  within  a  weather-protected  area 
of  water,  have  overflown  for  residential  purposes  towards 
the  oceans  from  which  they  are  refuges. 

107 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

From  the  Heads  up  to  Sydney  one  sees  the  great  bulk 
of  the  city's  outspreading,  and  the  approach  is  very  fine, 
and   all  of  the  great  harbour  is   of  easy  access  to  the 
very  heart  of  the  city.     The  streets  are  somewhat  narrow 
in  the  older  part,  but  a  gradual  rebuilding  is  going  on  and 
ampler  lines  are  being  followed.     As  regards  open  spaces 
and  parks,  especially  the  large-scale  national  spaces  in  a 
state  of  Nature  at  Loft  us  and  Kurang-gai,  each  over 
35,000  acres  in  extent,  over   1,000  square  miles  in  all, 
the  provision  is  not  equalled  even  by  the  Golden  Gate 
park,   though,    of     course,   that   is   contiguous     to   San 
Francisco  and  serves  a  different  purpose.     The  grounds  of 
Government  House,  the  Botanic  Gardens,  the  Domain, 
and  Hyde  Park  are  all  within  five  minutes'  walk  of  the 
business  area,  while  the  Centennial  Park,  Moore  Park, 
and  the  Common,  with  stadium,  show,  and  cricket-ground, 
are  only  a  little  farther  off.     The  distinctive  feature  of 
Sydney   is   its   innumerable   seaside   suburbs   and   surf- 
bathing    beaches.     Manly,    Bondi,    and    Cougee    are   as 
famous  in  Australia  as  Coney  Island  and  Margate  in  the 
Northern  Hemisphere,  and  these  are  only  three  among 
many.     The  endless  arms  and  bays  of  the  Paramatta 
river  and  lower  waters  take  more  than  a  day  merely  to 
sail  round.      For  yachting  these  waters  run  the  Firth  of 
Clyde  hard.     Botany  Bay  with  La  Perouse,  Sandringham, 
and   Brighton-le-Sands    lie   beyond   Port   Jackson,    and 
enter   directly     from   the   ocean,    but     they   are   easily 
accessible  from  Sydney  by  trolley-car  in  less  than  an  hour. 
Sydney  University  is  like  that  of  Glasgow,  a  some- 
what heterogeneous  cluster  of  buildings,  with  a  nucleus 
of  pure  Gothic,  set  down  with  great  foresight  over  sixty 
years  ago,  when  the  Colony  had  only  50,000  inhabitants, 
but,  unlike  the  condensed  home  conditions,  there  is  space 
available,  and  able  minds  are  now  planning  a  unification 
and  rearrangement  to  bring  cosmos  out  of  chaos.      At 
Clifton  Gardens  a  large  new  zoological   garden  is  open 
and   being    extended.     The    animals    are   in    as    nearly 

108 


The  Commonwealth   of  Australia 

natural  conditions  as  is  practicable.  At  two  to  three 
hours'  distance  by  rail  there  is  also  as  holiday  ground 
all  the  range  of  the  Blue  Mountains,  and  they  are  blue. 
These  are  from  two  to  four  thousand  feet  high,  undulating 
land,  with  deep  gorges  and  innumerable  waterfalls,  when 
there  is  water.  The  bush  is  uncleared,  and  there  are 
numerous  villages  and  towns  with  cottages,  bungalows, 
boarding-houses  and  hotels  scattered  over  the  forty  miles 
stretch,  where  Sydney  people  can  spend  the  hot  months 
of  summer. 

Accessible  to  these  places,  about  forty  miles  farther  by 
road,  are  the  world-famous  Jenolan  Caves,  where  Govern- 
ment owns  a  large  hotel,  and  has  also  organised  a  staff 
for  showing  and  developing  the  caves  as  a  resort.  These 
are  on  a  large  scale,  with  great  variety  grouped  for 
convenient  access,  all  laid  out  with  paths,  ladders,  boats, 
where  necessary,  and  electric  lights  suitably  placed. 

About  forty  miles  north  of  Sydney  is  the  Hawkesbury 
River,  down  which  one  can  go  by  steamer  through  some 
lovely  scenery  to  Newport-on-the-Sea,  and  return  by  a 
series  of  ocean  beaches  to  the  city.  A  visit  to  the  Bulli 
Pass,  about  forty  miles  to  the  south  of  Sydney,  along  the 
ocean,  on  a  high  terrace  through  fine  bush,  with  glimpses 
such  as  Sublime  Point,  overlooking  the  beaches  and  the 
sea,  is  another  unique  outing,  and  on  the  return  inland 
through  the  National  Park  by  Fresh  Water  River  there  is 
also  characteristic  scenery. 


(d)  QUEENSLAND  AND  THE  OTHER  STATES 
AND  TERRITORIES. 

QUEENSLAND  is  only  second  in  area  to  Western 
Australia,  and  has  670,500  square  miles,  just  a  trifle  less 
than  her  population,  so  she  has  roughly  one  person  to 
the  square  mile.  The  variety  of  climate  is  greater  than 
in  any  of  the  other  States,  about  half  being  within  the 

109 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

temperate  and  half  within  the  tropical  zone.  The 
Darling  Downs,  south  of  Brisbane,  have  great  stock- 
carrying  farms,  while  about  Cairns  there  is  sugar  produced 
for  this  and  all  the  other  States  of  the  Commonwealth. 

Brisbane,  the  capital,  situated  on  the  Brisbane  River, 
about  twenty-five  miles  from  the  sea,  has  a  population 
of  over  150,000.  The  situation  is  a  very  fine  one,  and 
there  are  many  handsome  public  buildings,  substantially 
built  of  stone  and  concrete.  The  residential  part  has 
good  sites,  as  the  surrounding  country  is  undulating,  but 
as  yet  the  buildings  themselves  are  mostly  timber.  Some 
pleasant  suburbs  extend  along  the  river  bank,  and  towards 
the  sea  there  are  attractive  watering-places. 

There  is  a  large  growth  of  sugar  in  the  tropical  part 
of  the  State,  as  well  as  tropical  fruits,  which  are  exported 
to  the  other  States.  The  forests  of  Queensland  yield 
many  beautiful  hard  woods,  which  are  used  for  furniture 
and  for  the  finer  work  of  wainscoting  and  fitments  in 
dwelling-houses.  These  are  in  demand,  not  only  within 
the  State,  but  are  exported  to  the  south.  The  sail  along 
this  coast,  within  the  Great  Barrier  Reef,  is  very 
picturesque.  In  succession,  the  Whitsunday  Passage 
and  Hinchinbrook  Channel  are  passed  on  the  way  to 
Cairns.  Inland  from  here  is  the  finest  waterfall  in 
Australia,  the  Barron  Falls,  and  further  inland  the 
Bellenden  Ker  Mountains  which,  while  we  were  in 
Australia,  the  retiring  Governor-General  referred  to  by 
saying  that  were  it  only  opened  up  by  suitable  labour 
it  would  be  found  the  most  prolific  area  in  Australia. 
Farther  north,  shortly  before  reaching  Thursday  Island, 
the  steamer  threads  another  most  beautiful  channel,  the 
Albany  Passage. 

Port  Darwin,  at  the  north-west  corner  of  Australia, 
the  capital  of  the  northern  territory,  is  the  last  port  of 
call  en  route  to  the  real  Orient.  If,  as  is  expected,  this 
territory,  at  present  administered  directly  by  the 
Commonwealth,  develops  into  a  great  mining  State, 

no 


The  Commonwealth  of   Australia 

then  the  access  to  it  is  already  arranged,  as  the  natural 
harbour  is  one  of  the  most  perfect  in  the  world. 

We  regretted  not  being  able  to  see  South  Australia 
and  its  beautiful  capital,  Adelaide,  as  well  as  Western 
Australia,  with  its  so  recent  history  of  gold  rushes  at 
Coolgardie  and  Kalgoorlie,  but  we  had  seen  the  best- 
known  States  and  cities  of  the  Commonwealth,  and  with 
that  had  to  be  content. 


in 


XIV. 
Australasia. 

ITS    SOCIAL    AND    INDUSTRIAL    CONDITIONS, 
RESOURCES,   AND     NEEDS. 

WHEREIN  do  the  lives  of  our  cousins  in  the 
Antipodes  differ  from  ours  who  have  stayed  at 
home  ?  Two-thirds  at  least  are  occupied  on  the 
land,  and  the  climate  also  encourages  it,  so  their  lives  are 
much  more  spent  in  the  open  air  than  ours.  Every 
little  community  has  its  racecourse,  and  both  men's  and 
women's  interest  in  sport  is  not  confined  to  looking  on. 
All  suitable  games  are  well  and  keenly  played,  and  the 
players  excel.  Women  have  their  hands  full,  and  the 
want  of  domestic  help  hits  them  hard — however,  they 
do  not  grouse,  but  just  adapt  themselves  to  it,  and  they 
manage  to  have  a  pretty  good  time.  Where  we  visited 
the  food  was  almost  always  prepared  by  the  hostess 
herself  beforehand,  and  so  arranged  as  to  dispense  with 
table- waiting.  The  health  record  of  cities,  as  well  as 
country  places,  is  a  very  satisfactory  one.  Education, 
especially  in  New  Zealand,  is  well  attended  to,  and  the 
higher  schools  and  universities  are  open  free  of  cost  to 
all.  As  everywhere  else  since  the  war,  the  cost  of  living 
is  constantly  rising,  and  greater  income  only  causes 
greater  expenditure.  The  strike  habit  is  difficult  to 
overcome.  Alien  agitators  have  a  harmful  grip  on  labour 
organisations.  Many  public  services  are  under  the  State 
and  Federal  Governments,  and  these  are  more  liable  to 
have  strikes  than  private  enterprises.  The  railways  are 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

a  case  in  point.  They  are  mostly  Government-owned 
and  operated.  There  are  more  miles  per  head  of 
population  than  in  any  other  country,  but  it  can  hardly 
be  said  that  an  efficient  service  is  given.  The  trains  are 
slow.  There  is  a  confusion  of  gauges  in  Australia  ;  but 
even  in  New  Zealand,  where  there  is  very  nearly 
uniformity,  they  are  far  behind  Canada,  the  Cape,  or 
the  home  railways,  and  do  not  progress. 

What  of  the  drink  question  ?  There  is  no  serious 
consideration  of  restriction,  let  alone  abolition.  The  bar 
is  everywhere,  and  "  shouting "  prevalent.  Have  the 
churches  and  other  religious  organisations  any  strong 
influence  ?  It  was  not  evident,  and  Sunday  seemed  to 
be  for  the  great  bulk  of  the  people  only  a  day  for  amuse- 
ment. It  was  disappointing  to  find  that  the  Roman 
Catholic  Church  here,  as  in  Ireland,  exercises  a  strong 
political  power,  which  is  not  favourable  to  the  community 
as  a  whole.  What  of  Government  and  politics  ?  They 
are  the  occupation  and  means  of  livelihood  for  a  large 
class,  but  there  are  few  statesmen  among  them,  and  many 
whose  sole  motive  is  to  serve  their  own  ends  and  increase 
their  power  to  do  so. 

A  favourite  slogan  is,  "  Australia  for  the  Australians  " 
and  "  A  White  Australia,"  yet  we  found  such  an  anomaly 
as  a  community  we  saw  in  the  northern  territory  at  Port 
Darwin  within  the  tropics,  where  the  trade  is  all  in 
Chinamen's  hands,  and  the  white  men  do  the  lumpers' 
work  at  the  wharf,  and  do  it  badly.  However,  these  are 
only  indications  ;  such  conditions  are  exceptional,  and 
affect  but  a  small  percentage  of  the  population,  the  great 
bulk  of  which  is  on  the  land. 

Home  folks  do  not  realise  the  time  it  takes  to  clear 
land.  We  saw  farms  which  the  present  holders  had  taken 
up  thirty  or  forty  years  back.  Field  after  field  had  been 
cleared  of  bush,  all  suitable  timber  had  been  cut  and 
marketed,  pasturage  and  cultivated  land  brought  into 
bearing,  and  the  gain  to  the  farmers  had  not  been 

114 


Australasia 

material.  Hard  work  and  a  healthy  life,  the  rearing  of  a 
vigorous  family  to  carry  on,  were  about  all  there  was  to 
the  credit  of  the  balance-sheet.  There  are  land  agents 
out  of  all  proportion  to  the  needs,  and  undoubtedly 
speculators  have  made  more  money  off  the  land  than 
have  farmers.  Their  influence  is  to  inflate  values,  and 
that  does  not  benefit  the  real  workers  on  the  land.  There 
has  been  much  using  up  of  timber  as  well  in  New  Zealand 
as  in  Australia,  and  we  heard  little  of  it  being  replaced 
for  the  generations  to  come  by  deliberate  replanting. 
A  serious  effort  is  being  made  by  irrigation  to  overcome 
the  droughts  which  have  been  such  a  serious  calamity 
in  some  districts  of  Australia.  A  great  scheme  is  in 
course  of  being  carried  out  in  the  south  of  New  South 
Wales  at  Murrumbidgee,  where  an  expenditure  of  three 
millions  sterling  is  intended. 

On  suitable  lands,  both  in  the  temperate  and  tropical 
parts,  fruit  is  being  profitably  grown,  and  it  is  hoped  to 
develop  an  export  trade  to  the  home  markets  as  well  as 
to  Northern  Hemisphere  lands,  where  a  fruit  supply 
during  their  winter  is  acceptable.  There  is  talk  of 
producing  woollen  manufactures  for  export,  but  a  much 
more  likely  field  for  Australasian  export  is  produce  'of 
all  kinds,  including  beef,  mutton,  butter,  and  condensed 
milk,  all  of  which  might  find  ready  markets  among  the 
great  population  of  our  own  and  other  communities  in 
Asia.  Especially  in  New  Zealand,  we  heard  much  of 
very  high  prices  being  given  for  land  based  on  what 
may  be  called  the  "  butter  boom."  While  we  were  there 
the  Government  agreed  to  give  a  bounty  of  £600,000 
(about  6d.  per  Ib.)  to  maintain  the  price  of  2s.  9d.  per  Ib. 
Such  foolish  class  legislation  can  only  lead  to  disaster, 
and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  in  1921  the  price  will  be  left 
subject  only  to  the  ordinary  action  of  supply  and  demand. 
We  heard  of  fourth  and  later  mortgages  being  granted 
on  land  sold  at  very  inflated  prices,  a  course  which  can 
only  have  one  ending. 

"5 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

All  over  the  States  there  are  large  mining  enterprises 
well  known  at  home,  such  as  Broken  Hill  in  New  South 
Wales,  Mount  Morgan  in  Queensland,  and  Mount  Lyell 
in  Tasmania  ;  but  they  are  only  a  few  of  the  sources  of 
Australasian  mineral  wealth. 

In  New  South  Wales  there  is  practically  unlimited 
coal  and  ironstone,  consequently  there  has  risen  at 
Newcastle,  in  addition  to  the  mining,  quite  a  large 
manufacturing  industry.  Steel  is  produced  on  the  most 
up-to-date  lines.  During  the  war,  Sydney  was  able  to 
turn  out  large  steamers  entirely  from  New  South  Wales 
materials. 

Even  the  older  States  have  not  been  fully  surveyed, 
but  the  possibilities  of  Western  Australia  are  very  great, 
as  all  the  indications  are  that  gold,  silver,  copper,  zinc, 
tin,  and  lead  are  there  in  quantity  for  the  working. 

The  use  of  water-power  is  subject,  of  course,  to  an 
all-the-year-round  supply  of  water.  This  is  receiving 
consideration  by  the  States  as  well  as  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment, but  already  Tasmania  is  beyond  the  experimental 
stage.  The  hydro-electric  department  is  generating 
power  on  a  large  scale  from  the  outflow  of  the  Great  Lake 
situated  nearly  in  the  centre  of  the  island,  and  available 
practically  at  any  point  desired.  Two  large  enterprises 
are  now  in  operation.  At  Risdon,  near  Hobart,  the 
Electrolytic  Zinc  Company  of  Australia  is,  from  zinc  ore, 
extracting  by  sulphuric  acid  and  electrically-charged  lead 
plates,  the  pure  zinc,  and  preparing  it  for  industry  in 
ingots  and  plates.  This  is  the  only  plant  of  the  kind 
in  the  British  Empire,  the  competitors  being  the  United 
States  and  Germany.  At  Electrona,  on  South- West  Bay, 
seventeen  miles  south  of  Hobart,  there  is  a  calcium- 
carbide  industry.  Very  pure  limestone  is  found  about 
twenty  miles  farther  south,  and  this  is  conveyed  by  water 
to  Electrona,  where,  at  extraordinary  heat,  6,000° 
Fahrenheit,  ,which  could  only  be  produced  by  electricity, 
it  is  converted  into  the  raw  material  for  acetylene  gas. 

116 


Australasia 

The  manufacture  of  electrodes  for  export  is  also  carried 
on  here.  A  large  preserve  industry  at  Hobart  also 
uses  largely  the  hydro-electric  department's  supply  of 
electricity,  and  is  in  course  of  rearranging  the  factory  to 
increase  its  use.  Ground  has  been  secured  near  Hobart 
for  a  large  cocoa  and  chocolate  factory,  to  be  run  by 
three  old-country  firms  in  co-operation.  The  possibilities 
of  electric-power  for  industries  in  Tasmania  are  really 
unlimited,  as  is  the  supply  of  water-power  to  generate  it. 

Naturally,  home  people  will  ask,  What  about  these 
labour  troubles  ?  Will  they  not  wreck  the  industries  of 
the  Colonies,  as  it  is  feared  similar  action  will  do  the  home 
industries  ? 

Strikes  are  undesirable.  They  do  no  good  to  either 
workers  or  employers,  but  what  has  been  made  evident 
during  the  few  months'  visit  here  is  that,  as  at  home, 
there  is  an  over-mastering  proportion  of  sound  common 
sense  working-men  who  may  need  to  be  roused  to  make 
their  wills  prevail,  but  they  certainly  will  in  the  long  run 
make  their  influence  felt. 

But  the  greatest  need  of  Australasia  has  not  been 
mentioned,  and  it  strikes  one  hard  all  the  time  in  every 
State. 

This  land  could  carry  in  comfort  ten  times  as  many 
people  as  are  there  now,  and  the  need  is  population — 
population — population. 


117 


XV. 

Japan. 

A  I  AHERE  is  an  extraordinary  interest  in  considering 
JL  the  Japanese  as  having,  until  about  fifty  years 
ago,  a  history  of  many  centuries  of  self-contained- 
ness,  not  an  unprogressive  people,  but  ambitious  rather 
to  excel  in  arts  and  sciences  than  to  accumulate  money. 
A  change  came,  the  land  was  thrown  wide  to  foreign 
influence,  the  people  were  naturally  responsive  and 
susceptible,  and  to-day  we  have  a  country  well  advanced 
in  the  transition  stage  of  assimilating  western  civilisation, 
with  all  its  handicaps.  The  constitution  of  the  country 
has  not  changed — Japan  remains  practically  an  absolute 
monarchy,  with  strong  military  predominancy.  Her 
policy  compares  more  nearly  with  Germany  before  the 
Great  War  than  with  that  of  any  other  European  State, 
yet  the  Japanese  are  undoubtedly  a  loyal,  united,  and 
patriotic  race.  Generally  it  may  be  taken  that  State 
and  people  are  no  more  popular  with  their  neighbours  in 
Asia  and  with  the  people  and  States  of  other  countries 
than  were  the  Germans  in  1914. 

We  landed  at  Kobe  and  saw  there  modern  commerce 
jostling  old  Japan  in  its  main,  busy  street,  Moto-machi ; 
passed  on  to  Osaka,  with  a  few  remnants  of  the  old,  but 
mainly  a  very  busy  up-to-date  textile  and  machinery 
manufacturing  city  of  greater  population  than  Manchester ; 
to  Yokohama,  the  greatest  port,  with  little  of  the  old 
about  it ;  and  we  landed  in  the  capital,  Tokio,  for  the 
first  real  meeting  with  Japan  of  the  present  day.  We 
arrived  there  just  as  the  much-hear d-of  cherry-blossom 
was  in  perfection.  The  large  public  park  of  Tokio,  where 

119 


Zig'Zagging  Round  the   World 

such  buildings  as  the  imperial  museum  and  public  library 
are  placed,  Ueno  Park,  was  for  acres  covered  by  cherry 
trees  in  full  blossom  of  just  the  faintest  tinge  of  pink. 
There  were  other  parts  of  the  city  in  which  the  blossom 
was  quite  as  fine,  but  no  area  so  large.  A  few  days' 
rain  in  the  ensuing  week  completely  spoiled  the  show, 
but  we  were  fortunate  in  overtaking  the  display  at 
Nikko,  further  north,  and  again  above  Myanoshita, 
where  the  altitude  made  the  flowering  two  weeks  later. 
Undoubtedly  the  claims  of  Japan  for  the  uniqueness  of 
the  display  are  well  founded.  Children  and  grown-ups 
unite  in  celebrating  the  occasion  of  the  spring.  In 
Hibiya  Park,  the  day  we  arrived  in  Tokio,  30,000 
Buddhist  children  celebrated  the  flower  festival  by  singing 
the  "  Kimigayo,"  a  Japanese  national  hymn,  and  made 
offerings  of  flowers  at  a  shrine  symbolising  the  garden  of 
Lumbini,  where  Buddha  was  born.  We  saw  many  such 
gatherings,  which  strike  the  western  mind  as  slow  and 
meaningless,  but  they  are  typically  Japanese.  The  curious 
regard  there  is  for  the  greater  minds  and  stronger  wills  of 
bygone  days,  takes  concrete  shape  in  processions  and 
pilgrimages  to  ancestral  shrines  at  the  cherry-blossom  time. 
Tokio,  a  rapidly-growing  city,  with  even  now  about 
two  million  people,  is  curiously  struggling  with  the 
traditional  isolation  and  exclusiveness  of  the  royal 
family  and  the  need  for  great  high  buildings  in  which  to 
conduct  the  vast  commerce  of  the  developing  nation. 
A  modern  railway  station  on  ample  lines,  and  with  large 
free  space,  has  been  provided,  and  now  an  extensive 
estate  is  being  covered  with  new  bank  and  insurance 
company  premises,  hotels  and  general  office  blocks, 
intersected  by  wide  avenues.  Some  of  the  high  structures 
may  overlook  the  palace,  but  tradition  will  go  before 
modern  needs.  The  Ginza,  or  great  shopping  street,  is 
rapidly  being  modernised,  and  there  are  in  that  quarter 
two  department  stores  quite  comparable  with  those  of 
London  or  Chicago.  Street  traffic  had  such  contrasts  as 

120 


Japan 

the  Rolls-Royce  car  and  a  palanquin  or  Sedan  chair 
carried  by  four  men.  The  Government  owns  and  runs 
all  the  railways  and  also  auxiliary  steamer  services. 
Officials  are  as  numerous  and  as  impressively  uniformed 
as  in  Germany.  In  many  respects  the  service  could  be 
improved,  and  no  doubt  will  be.  Two  points  impressed 
the  Westerns.  The  names  of  railway  stations  are  displayed 
prominently  on  elevated  boards,  angled  to  be  visible  to 
passengers  in  the  trains  ;  extensive  washing-places,  with 
many  basins,  are  open  on  the  platforms,  and  are  used 
by  the  passengers  to  refresh  themselves  on  a  dusty 
journey.  Such  provision  was  temporarily  made  for 
troops  at  home  during  the  war. 

The  western  influence  has  not  touched  the  dress  of 
children.  They  wear  gay  colours  ;  babies  move  about 
in  kimonos  of  brilliant  cardinal  hues ;  as  they  get  older 
the  tints  are  more  subdued ;  footwear  is  untouched 
until  one  comes  among  business  men,  when  western 
shoes  and  spring-side  boots  are  fairly  general.  Students 
all  wear  the  wooden  sole,  with  two  props  across,  said  to 
be  an  absolute  necessity  for  the  muddy  roads  of 
Tokio.  The  schools  generally  are  well-equipped  modern 
buildings.  It  impressed  us  that  much  of  the  education 
of  young  Japan  was  out  of  school ;  large  parties,  under 
masters  and  mistresses,  were  constantly  met  with  by 
road  or  rail  going  for  object-lessons  to  factories,  museums, 
historical  places,  and  public  buildings,  even  hotels.  We 
saw  the  children  of  a  school  being;  shown  all  over  the 
largest  hotel  in  Tokio.  Women's  dress  is  as  yet  little 
influenced  by  the  western  contact,  but  many  men  are  to 
be  seen  dressed  entirely  in  European  clothes.  In  the 
large  hotels  and  railway  dining-cars  European  meals  are 
served,  and  it  was  obvious  that  a  large  proportion  of 
Japanese  travellers,  men  and  women,  took  readily  to 
such  fare.  In  a  large  Japanese  steamer  by  which  we 
travelled  from  South  America  to  Honolulu  the  captain 
and  officers,  with  the  exception  of  two  evenings  per  week, 

I  121 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

when  they  had  a  purely  Japanese  dinner,  partook  of  the 
European  meals.  The  Japanese  use  much  less  meat 
than  we  do  ;  rice  and  fresh  vegetables  form  the  principal 
part  of  their  food  ;  among  the  latter,  egg  plant  and 
bamboo  shoots  were  new  to  us.  We  found  that  a  very 
prevalent  dress  for  men  in  broken  weather  was  a  Highland 
cloak  form  of  thin  waterproof  fabric,  and  this  was  a 
habit  of  quite  respectable  antiquity,  not  of  western  origin. 

The  imperial  museum  as  well  as  the  fine  Ugura 
private  collection,  brought  vividly  home  to  us  how 
much  of  Japanese  art  was  of  Chinese  and  Korean  origin. 
We  found  evidence  there  that  football  was  played  in 
China  a  thousand  years  ago,  and  that  almost  identical 
playing-cards  to  those  we  use  were  common  in  China 
seven  hundred  years  ago.  Later,  in  Pekin,  we  saw 
drawings  said  to  be  eight  hundred  years  old,  representing 
polo,  something  very  like  racquets,  and  a  lawn  game 
with  ball  and  holes,  the  player  carrying  an  old-fashioned 
spoon  driver  and  a  club  like  an  old  form  of  lady's  cue 
for  billiards  or  bagatelle.  A  peculiarly  interesting  article 
was  a  Chinese  bronze  bell,  three  thousand  years  old, 
studded  by  bosses,  which,  when  struck  by  hammer, 
produced  notes  varying  in  pitch  by  the  location  of  the 
boss.  This  ancient  civilisation  showed  that  while  our 
ancestresses  wore  dyes  and  skins  about  a  thousand  years 
ago  the  Chinese  and  Japanese  ladies  used  vanity-boxes, 
with  powder,  perfumes,  and  appliances  supposed  to 
beautify  the  countenance.  The  collections  of  old  costumes 
showed  that  men  as  well  as  women  wore  highly-coloured 
garments,  and  that  even  the  warriors  added  to  their 
armour  brilliantly  coloured  outer  garments. 

There  were  elaborate  stringed  musical  instruments, 
which  must  have  been  able  to  produce  more  attractive 
combinations  of  sound  than  the  monotonous  drum  and 
tinkly  sounds  which  now  do  duty  for  such  a  performance 
as  the  cherry-blossom  dances.  The  main  impression  of 
their  arts — painting,  sculpture,  ceramic,  and  metal  work 

122 


Japan 

— is  the  elaboration  and  slow  production,  the  extreme  of 
which  is  shown  by  the  saying  that  it  was  not  uncommon 
for  the  grandfather  to  conceive  and  begin  the  work, 
hand  it  on  to  his  son,  who  in  turn  passed  it  for  com- 
pletion to  the  grandson  of  its  originator. 

From  Tokio  we  passed  to  Nikko,  a  small  town  devoted 
to  the  culture  of  the  memory  of  the  great  ones  of  the 
nation.  In  a  situation  of  much  natural  picturesqueness, 
the  approach  to  which  in  pre-railway  times  was  an 
avenue  of  cryptomerias  over  twenty  miles  long,  are 
placed  a  group  of  shrines,  on  which  has  been  lavished 
the  most  incredible  amount  of  patient  work.  For  over 
a  thousand  years  Nikko  has  been  the  mausoleum  of 
shoguns,  but  leyasu,  the  first  shogun  of  the  Tokugawa 
dynasty,  was  buried  there  early  in  the  seventeenth 
century,  and  his  son  erected  a  shrine  which  to  this  day 
is  a  wonder  to  the  Japanese  and  Occidentals.  The  centre 
piece  is  the  Yomei-Men,  called  by  the  Japanese  the 
"  Sunrise  till  dark  gate,"  because  an  entire  day  is  needed 
to  even  look  at  its  wonderful  details.  From  here 
Chusenji  Lake  and  the  Kegon  Waterfall  are  reached, 
both  characteristic  bits  of  Japanese  scenery. 

Our  next  visit  was  to  Myanoshita,  a  beauty  spot,  where 
the  main  natural  features  are  Japan's  sacred  mountain 
Fuji  Yama,  and  Lake  Hakone  (see  23,  facing  p.  129),  and 
also  a  delightful  place  for  a  quiet  rest  from  sight-seeing. 

We  had  yet  to  visit  Kyoto,  the  real  old  city  of  Japan, 
where  there  is  less  of  the  western  influence,  and  yet  the 
place  is  a  busy  hive  of  industry.  Here  the  finest  of 
fabrics  are  woven  and  the  most  beautiful  embroideries 
produced.  The  best  work  of  old  days  in  Satsuma  and 
cloisonne  is  excelled,  and  a  beautiful  form  of  wholly 
metal  work,  damascene,  has  been  raised  to  a  high  degree 
of  perfection.  The  city  of  about  500,000  people  is  well 
laid  out  on  rectangular  lines,  and  with  wide  avenues 
occurring  at  given  intervals  among  the  narrower  streets, 
and  these  were  so  planned  about  1,100  years  ago  by 

123 


Zig'Zagging  Round  the   World 

Emperor  Kwammu,  who  then  moved  his  capital  from 
Nara  to  Kyoto.  Certain  districts  are  devoted  to 
particular  industries,  and  broadly  the  man's  workshop 
is  attached  to  his  home  very  much  like  the  weaver's 
loom-shop  in  Scottish  lowland  villages  fifty  years  ago. 
Right  in  the  centre  are  the  palaces  of  the  Mikado,  one  of 
which  is  of  extreme  simplicity,  and  the  other,  the  Nijo 
Palace,  a  smaller  but  highly  decorated  residence.  There 
are  also  in  this  neighbourhood  two  simple  summer 
lodges,  Shugaku-in  and  Katsura,  of  which  the  main 
feature  is  the  beautiful  grounds. 

Kyoto  is  also  a  place  of  many  beautiful  temples  or 
shrines,  mostly  with  very  fine  situations,  as  they  are 
placed  on  elevated  wooded  ground.  The  Awata  Palace 
is  one  of  these,  while  the  Chion-in  is  the  principal  Buddhist 
temple  in  Kyoto. 

We  found  the  actual  getting  beside  the  workman 
fashioning  the  clay,  and  patiently  applying  his  laborious 
decoration,  involving  numberless  firings,  the  repeated 
processes  which  cloisonne  work  involves,  likewise  the 
building  up  and  then  carving  lacquer  work,  which  some- 
times takes  years  to  complete,  most  fascinating,  and  we 
felt  great  respect  for  the  markedly  artistic  qualities  of 
the  craftsman. 

From  Kyoto  we  visited  Nara,  an  old  capital,  of  which 
the  main  feature  is  the  extensive  park  with  hundreds  of 
tame  deer,  in  none  the  better  condition  because  they 
live  on  food  got  from  visitors.  Here  there  are  several 
shrines  much  visited  by  the  Japanese. 

There  are  what  are  described  as  the  scenic  trio  of 
Japan :  Matsushima,  away  north  of  Nikko ;  Amno- 
hashidate,  on  the  Sea  of  Japan,  north  from  Kyoto ;  and 
Miyajima,  011  the  inland  sea.  We  could  not  manage  the 
other  two,  but  resolved  to  see  the  last-named  and  to 
spend  our  last  day  in  Japan  seeing  the  famous  Arch  or 
Torii  and  its  shrine,  with  lovely  wooded  surroundings ; 
and  our  last  impression  is  of  a  perfectly  beautiful 

124 


Japan 

afternoon  and  evening  running  along  the  lochs  and  bays 
of  the  inland  sea  to  Shimonoseki,  where  we  arrived  after 
dusk,  and  boarded  a  steamer,  which  next  morning  landed 
us  in  Korea.  So  ended  a  long-looked-forward-to  journey, 
which  left  pleasant  impressions  of  this  highly  interesting 
people  and  their  fascinatingly  beautiful  land,  especially 
their  rapid  changes  to  western  ways,  giving  them  the 
name  of  being  the  hustlers  of  the  Orient. 


125 


XVI. 

Through  Korea  and  Manchuria 
to   China, 

WE  entered  the  land  of  mystery  and  seclusion  by 
the  north,  through  two  countries  which  have 
long  exercised  an  important  influence  on  the  Far 
East — the   one  Korea,  backward  and  conservative,  and 
now  bearing  very  restively  the  dominance  of  their  new 
rulers,  whom  we  heard  over  there  described  as  the  Huns 
of  Asia  ;   and  the  other,  Manchuria,  now  part  of  China. 

We  landed  at  Fusan  from  Japan,  and  were  agreeably 
surprised  to  find,  not,  as  described  in  a  rather  unreliable 
guide-book,  a  land  of  brown  earth  and  poor  agriculture, 
but  of  pleasing  landscape,  green  and  cultivated, 
primitively,  it  is  true,  but  giving  every  indication  that 
there  would  be  ample  return  on  the  use  of  modern 
implements  and  manures.  The  Korean  in  the  fields 
wears  a  long,  loose  white  garment,  and  his  head-gear  is  a 
conical  hat,  with  a  wire  fly-catcher  on  the  top.  We 
spent  two  nights  in  great  comfort  at  Seoul,  beginning  to  be 
modernised,  the  South  Manchurian  Railway  being 
obviously  the  main  influence.  The  walls  and  gates  were 
almost  intact  and  extremely  picturesque.  Unfortunately 
for  our  getting  about,  there  was  a  whole  day  of  much- 
needed  rain.  We  saw  the  "  Shotoku-Kyu,"  or  Eastern 
Palace,  the  most  interesting  relic  of  royalist  times,  and 
now  inhabited  by  Prince  Li,  son  of  the  late  king.  The 
abandoned  palaces  of  Seoul  and  Pekin  are  each  the  refuge 
of  nominally  voluntarily  disinherited  princes,  main- 
tained by  the  people  over  whom  the  respective  imperial 

127 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

fathers  had  ruled,  while  that  of  the  third  Far-East  Power, 
Japan,  was  still  occupied  by  the  ruler.  Prince  Li  has  just 
married  a  Japanese  princess.  This  unchanging  land  has 
greatly  falsified  its  reputation  in  the  last  twenty  years.  It 
may  be  that  the  young  couple  occupying  the  palace  will 
see  yet  further  changes.  The  throne-room  and  reception- 
rooms  were  rather  gaudily  furnished  with  modern  wood- 
work and  upholstery.  A  large  garden-space  which  these 
buildings  surrounded  was  of  more  interest  to  us  than 
the  interiors,  as  it  was  covered  by  magnificent  peonies  of 
all  colours  and  in  perfect  bloom.  The  public  museum, 
in  grounds  adjoining,  contained  many  Buddhas  and 
collections  of  ancient  writings,  and  of  peculiarly  Korean 
products,  especially  ceramic  ware.  In  Japan  we  had  seen 
a  markedly  Korean  influence  at  work  in  earlier  days,  and 
certainly  there  was  here  much  original  and  distinctive 
work. 

Next  morning  we  stopped  for  some  hours  at 
Mukden,  double-walled,  but  now  with  many  gaps,  the 
capital  of  Manchuria,  and  were  able  to  see  round  a  most 
interesting  city.  Again,  the  railway  is  the  westernising 
power,  but  in  this  case  it  was  set  down  entirely  on  fresh 
ground  beyond  the  walls,  while  the  old  Manchuria  lay 
within.  Here  is  the  birthplace  of  the  dynasty  which 
ended  with  the  beginning  of  the  Republic.  The  principal 
building  of  interest  is  the  old  palace  of  the  Manchu 
emperors.  The  walls  are  at  many  places  broken  down 
and  the  gates  disused  and  ruinous.  The  largest  product 
of  the  country  is  coal,  largely  used  by  the  railway,  but 
now  beginning  to  be  exported. 

At  dusk  of  the  first  day  on  the  journey  from 
Mukden  to  Pekin,  we  passed  Shan-hai-kwan,  where  the 
great  wall  ends  at  the  sea.  This  wonder  of  the  world 
was  erected  200  B.C.  by  Emperor  Shih-Huang  of  the 
Chin  dynasty,  for  the  defence  of  his  country  against 
Mongolians  and  Manchurians,  1,400  miles  long,  much  of 
it  of  stone  and  bricks,  but  largely  of  hardened  earth. 

128 


Through  Korea  and  Manchuria  to  China 

We  saw  it  in  detail  about  thirty-five  miles  from  Pekin,  at 
Chinglungchiao,  possibly  the  most  interesting  spot  within 
reach,  as  there  it  climbs  hills  and  dips  into  the  valleys 
in  such  extraordinary  fashion  that  it  appears  to  crawl 
all  over  the  place.  This  emperor  must  have  been  a  giant 
in  ideas  as  well  as  in  their  execution,  as  another  of  his 
conceptions  was  to  suppress  and  destroy  all  earlier 
records  so  that  history  might  begin  with  his  achievements. 
Before  reaching  Pekin  we  passed  Tien-tsin,  one  of  the  great 
business  centres  of  China,  coming  next  in  importance  to 
Shanghai  and  Hankow.  It  has  a  European  interest, 
because  here  were  gathered,  during  the  Boxer  trouble,  the 
international  troops,  which  later  relieved  the  legations 
at  Pekin.  Li  Hung-Chang,  China's  grand  old  man,  lived 
and  ruled  here,  and  his  memory  is  green  as  is  that  of 
Chinese  Gordon,  who  after  the  Tai-ping  rebellion  drew 
plans  for  the  original  British  Settlement  at  Tien-tsin. 
We  soon  arrived  at  Pekin,  only  eighty-seven  miles  farther 
on,  and  were  thus  landed  right  in  the  outstanding  interest 
of  China,  its  wonderful  capital — far  surpassing  in  import- 
ance any  other  place  in  the  world  it  had  been  our 
privilege  to  visit.  This  unique  city  of  the  Far  East  has 
been  made  the  subject  of  a  separate  chapter. 

While  in  Japan  we  had  been  advised  not  to  go  by 
railway  to  Hankow  as  the  line  was  disorganised,  but  we 
made  the  journey  in  thirty-six  hours,  two  nights  and  one 
day  in  the  train,  more  comfortably  than  on  any  railway 
since  leaving  home.  The  organisation  of  this  line  is 
French — locomotives,  coaches,  and  personnel — and  the 
cleanliness  and  good  food  were  quite  unusual.  Hankow  is 
the  big  river  port  of  the  Yangtze,  and  is  much  westernised. 
It  is  often  referred  to  as  "  The  Triple  Cities,"  Hanyang 
and  Wu-chang,  the  one  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Han- 
Shui  River  facing  Hankow  and  the  other  on  the  opposite 
bank  of  the  Yangtze.  The  triple  cities  are  great  depots 
for  gathering  and  exporting  the  produce  of  the  interior 
and  importing  in  exchange  the  productions  of  foreign 

129 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

countries.  The  situation  of  Hankow  makes  it  hardly  a 
prophecy  to  say  that  the  future  holds  for  it  a  rapidly 
increasing  prosperity. 

For  the  three-day  passage  to  Shanghai  the  steamer 
accommodation  and  chow   (as  the  food  is  called)  were 
excellent.     We    landed    at    Kiu-kiang    and    Nankin    en 
route,  the  one  a  large  tea  port  and  the  other  a  real  Chinese- 
walled   city,   little   influenced     by   the   west.     In     this 
neighbourhood     there   is    a     large   production   of     fine 
porcelain,   also   of   rich   damask   silk.     Shanghai   is,    of 
course,  the  port  of  China,  so  far  preponderating  over  any 
other   that   her   position   is    unassailable.      Here   is     a 
population  of  one  and  a  half  millions,  with  every  modern 
public  service,  a  street-car  system  up-to-date,  even  to 
railless    extensions,   under   the   capable   guidance    of    a 
Scottish    born,    educated,    and    trained    man.      What 
impressed  us  most  was  that  the  Bund,  or  river  frontage, 
is  practically  being  rebuilt  on  handsome  lines,  and  that 
in  every  direction  extraordinary  prosperity  is  indicated. 
Shanghai,  being  a  treaty  port,  and  its  foreign  settlements 
under    a    local    self-government    of    land-renters    about 
two-thirds  British,  with  moderate  taxation,  has  attracted 
a  large  native  population,  who  are  mostly  hasting  to  be 
rich,  and  many    have  no    further  need    to  do    that. 
Luxurious  motor  cars  not  by  any  means  solely  owned  by 
foreigners,  throng  the  streets.     The  Nanking  Road  has 
huge  stores,  loaded  with  the  richest  materials.     Jewellers 
and  silversmiths  rival  those  of  the  Palais  Royal,  and 
there  is  a  scale  of  living  which  even  Havana  and  Buenos 
Ayres    did   not   reach   in    the    war-boom    years.       The 
uncertainty  and  apprehension  of  the  earlier  years  of  the 
Chinese  Republic  have  been  a  large  factor  in  the  abnormal 
prosperity  of  Shanghai  and  Hong-Kong.     While  we  were 
there,  Olympic  games  were  going  on,  in  which  China, 
Japan,    and     the    Philippines    met     British    and     U.S. 
Americans,  of  whom  there  are  many  in  Shanghai.     It  was 
a  revelation  to  see  how  keen  and  excited  the  passive 

130 


Through  Korea  and  Manchuria  to  China 

Oriental  could  become,  and  how  well  he  could  acquit 
himself  in  really  western  games. 

We  made  a  five  hours'  journey  to  Hangchow,  a  minor 
port,  which  is  almost  in  its  primitive  state,  and  found 
its  streets,  as  well  as  its  suburbs  on  the  West  Lake,  of 
fascinating  interest.  There  were  many  picturesque  spots 
on  the  banks  of  the  West  Lake,  where  we  lived  in  a 
comfortable  modern  hotel.  We  visited  many  dainty  tea- 
rooms, where  there  was  no  tariff,  but  visitors  were 
expected  to  recognise  in  their  gift  at  parting  the  value 
of  the  entertainment  received.  This  is  rapidly  becoming 
a  health  resort  for  Shanghai  people,  and  its  surroundings 
are  picturesque  and  mountainous,  with  a  delightful 
atmosphere. 

Hong-Kong  is  easily  the  most  attractive  residential 
place  of  China,  and,  of  course,  though  the  residents  are 
largely  Chinese,  the  island,  as  well  as  a  large  area  on  the 
mainland  opposite,  are  British  possessions.  It  is  a  free 
port,  and  the  Charing  Cross  of  the  Far  East,  as  well  for 
freight  as  for  passengers.  Here  we  first  met  the  Oriental 
form  of  universal  store.  These  places  each  bear  a  well- 
chosen  title,  which  must  in  no  way  reveal  the  identity 
of  the  owner  for  fear  of  evil  spirits  assailing  him.  The 
largest  of  these  was  "  Sincere,"  a  vast  place,  splendidly 
managed,  with  a  perfect  army  of  attendants.  Many 
of  these  places  in  the  east  were  equipped  with  cash- 
registers,  so  that  the  purchaser  did  not  have  the  irritating 
delay  of  waiting  for  change.  The  Peak  as  a  place  of 
residence  is  world-famed,  but  there  are  innumerable 
bays  and  arms  on  the  island  and  mainland,  and  the 
tendency  is  to  spread  out  by  the  sea.  From  here  we 
visited  Canton,  where  real  Chinese  life  is  to  be  seen  first 
on  the  river,  which  is  reputed  to  have  a  population  of 
150,000,  who  are  born  and  die  on  boats  and  hardly  ever 
find  their  way  ashore.  The  remainder  live  and  work  in 
the  densest  congestion.  We  were  carried  miles  in  Sedan 
chairs  through  passages  where  there  was  barely  room  to 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the    World 

pass.  It  is  a  place  of  many  industries,  and  the  work 
shops  are,  as  in  Pekin,  at  the  worker's  home.  Weaving 
of  silks  and  embroideries,  as  well  as  many  artistic  crafts, 
such  as  ivory  carving  and  lacquer  work,  are  extensively 
carried  on.  The  main  pursuit  of  the  district  is,  however, 
agriculture,  and  the  journey  by  water  back  to  Hong- 
Kong  gave  an  opportunity  of  seeing  what  a  fertile  and 
scenically  attractive  country  it  is.  The  drive  round 
Hong-Kong  Island  as  well  as  that  by  Castle  Peak  from 
Kowloon,  each  on  most  admirable  roads,  showed  a  well- 
cultivated  and  fertile  as  well  as  a  picturesque  country- 
There  is  an  extensive  building  and  repairing  shipyard  at 
Taikoo,  and  in  the  other  direction  a  model  dairy,  with 
well-bred  stock  and  the  last  word  in  appliances. 

The  Republic  of  China,  as  a  political  institution,  is 
an  anomaly  and  a  puzzle.  It  can  only  be  hoped  that  the 
present  is  a  transition  stage,  and  that  strong,  honest 
men  will  yet  come  to  the  front  and  guide  their  fine  country 
and  fine  people  to  freedom  and  prosperity. 


132 


27— THE  FORBIDDEN  CITY,  PEKIN. 


28 — MARBLE  BRIDGE,  WINTER  PALACE,  PEKIN. 


29 — GENERAL  VIEW  OF  THE  SUMMER  PALACE,  PEKIN. 


30— P'AILOU  IN  A  PEKIN  STREET. 

Copyright  by  D.  ME\\Il-:}  1920. 


1 


35 — GRAND  P'AILOU,  MING  TOMBS,  PEKIN. 


36— MARBLE  BRIDGE,  FORBIDDEN  CITY,  PEKIN. 


37 — TEMPLE  OF  HEAVEN,  PEKIN. 


38 — ALTAR  OF  HEAVEN,  PEKIN. 


39 — HA-TA-MEN  GATE,  PEKIN. 


40— THE  YELLOW  TEMPLE,  PEKIN. 


XVII. 
Pekin. 

THE    WONDER    CITY    OF    THE    FAR    EAST. 

ASIA  is  a  continent  of  anomalies.  From  Japan,  a 
more  absolute  monarchy  than  any  in  Europe,  we 
had  come  to  the  Republic  of  China,  where,  as  yet, 
the  people  have  little  voice  in  its  affairs,  the  Government 
being  in  the  hands  of  several  self-elected  despots,  each 
with  his  band  of  soldiery  to  enforce  his  decrees. 
Strangely,  the  mass  of  the  people  goes  on  its  way  heedless 
of  these  adventurers.  We  were  now  within  the  metropolis 
of  a  people  400,000,000  in  number,  with  a  history  of 
4,000  years,  and  here  were  concentrated  works  of  man 
conceived  with  an  originality  and  boldness,  and  executed 
with  a  determination  and  thoroughness  never  yet 
attained  by  any  other  race  of  men. 

Quite  apart  from  the  Great  Wall  of  China,  of  which 
the  nearest  part  to  Pekin  is  twenty-five  miles  away  at 
Nankow,  the  walls  of  Pekin  are  a  stupendous  piece  of 
construction.  The  Tartar  wall  alone  is  nearly  square,  and 
about  thirteen  miles  long,  forty  feet  high,  and  sixty-two 
feet  wide  at  its  base,  and  has  within  it  the  wall  of  the 
Imperial  City,  twenty  feet  high,  enclosing  about  two 
square  miles,  while  yet  again  within  that  there  is  the 
Purple  Forbidden  City  of  half  a  square  mile,  enclosed  by 
a  formidable  structure  thirty  feet  thick  at  its  base,  with 
a  surrounding  moat  one  hundred  and  twenty  feet  wide. 
In  addition  there  is  tacked  on  to  the  Tartar  wall,  at  its 
southern  base,  a  Chinese  wall  enclosing  a  space  wider 

133 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

by  two-thirds  of  a  mile,  and  extending  two  and  a  half 
miles  farther  south.  Roughly,  this  wall  is  three  miles 
long  on  its  eastern  and  western  side  and  six  miles  on  its 
southern  side,  while  the  north  side  is  filled  by  the  southern 
Tartar  wall.  There  are  thus  over  thirty  miles  of  walls 
in  the  Imperial  City,  all  of  great  massiveness,  but  com- 
pletely overshadowed  by  the  sixteen  enormous  structures 
used  as  gates  in  the  outer  wall.  Even  the  earliest  works 
in  China  are  placed  precisely  accurately  to  the  cardinal 
points  and  to  each  other,  and  many  of  these  demonstrate 
how  thorough  was  their  knowledge  of  mathematics  in 
days  much  earlier  than  any  western  records. 

Within  the  Tartar  walls,  but  outside  the  Imperial 
City,  at  its  south-east  corner,  there  is  a  small  but  to 
aliens  in  China  an  important  area,  known  as  the  Legation 
quarter,  which  since  the  Boxer  rising  of  1900  has  become 
historic.  The  term  Boxer  is  a  free  translation  into 
English  of  the  first  name  by  which  the  members  of  this 
secret  society  were  known,  which  is  literally  "  harmonious 
fists."  They  sought  to  overturn  the  Manchu  dynasty, 
and  the  movement  was  by  that  power  ingeniously 
diverted  into  a  crusade  against  all  foreigners,  and  was 
finally  suppressed  with  heavy  penalties  and  an  indemnity, 
which  the  Chinese  are  still  paying.  One  corner  of  the 
British  Legation  has  been  left  with  the  impact  of  the 
Boxer  missiles  visible  and  with  the  carved  inscription, 
"  Lest  we  forget."  This  Legation  Quarter  is  a  tiny  area 
and  contains  trifling  numbers,  and  the  millions  of  China 
go  their  own  ways  unheeding  the  "  foreign  devils." 
There  must  have  been  pretty  general  looting  during  the 
rising,  as  we  saw  in  Japan  an  important  private  collection, 
the  best  part  of  which  had  come  at  that  time  from 
the  palaces  in  Pekin,  no  doubt  by  purchase. 

Our  time  had  to  be  carefully  allotted  to  see  the  city 
in  eight  days.  In  a  large  park  directly  south  by  the 
Chien  Men  Road,  to  the  right,  is  the  Altar  of  Agriculture, 
and  to  the  left  the  Altar  and  Temple  of  Heaven,  the  last 

134 


Pekin 

two  easily  the  most  impressive  group  of  buildings  in 
Pekin.  They  are  enclosed  by  walls  three  and  a  half 
miles  long,  and  are  of  remarkably  durable  construction. 
The  Altar  of  Heaven  is  the  more  impressive,  being 
entirely  of  marble,  which,  although  the  earliest  part  is 
five  hundred  years  old,  looks  as  if  newly  built.  The 
central  altar  is  approached  by  three  tiers  of  balustrades, 
and  throughout  the  numeral  nine  and  its  multiples  are 
employed.  There  are  in  all  three  hundred  and  sixty 
balustrades,  that  being  the  number  of  days  in  the  Chinese 
lunar  year  and  the  number  of  degrees  in  the  Celestial 
Circle.  The  Temple  of  Heaven  has  a  similar  but  less 
imposing  substructure  of  marble  balustrades,  with  a  great 
three- tiers  building  visible  all  over  Pekin,  rising  from  its 
midst.  This  temple  was  used  by  the  ruling  emperor  for 
sacrifices  and  prayers  in  the  first  moon  of  the  year,  inter- 
ceding for  a  happy  and  prosperous  year,  while  the  Altar  of 
Heaven,  at  the  winter  solstice,  was  used  for  prayers  and 
sacrifices  by  the  emperor  representing  his  people,  imploring 
heaven's  forgiveness  for  the  misdeeds  of  the  past  year, 
followed  by  a  communion  service  of  a  kind,  implying 
heaven's  acceptance  of  the  sacrifices  and  granting  of 
blessings  for  the  future.  The  altar  represented  the  dome 
of  heaven,  where  the  supreme  deity,  called  by  the  Chinese 
"  Old  Grandfather  Heaven,"  was  approached.  While 
officiating  there  all  things  earthly  were  out  of  sight.  This 
ceremony  was  in  the  present  century  first  conducted  by 
the  then  President  of  the  Republic  of  China  in  the  fifth 
year  of  his  presidency. 

The  Purple  Forbidden  City  contains  the  imperial 
palaces,  parts  of  which  are  used  for  the  Imperial  Museum, 
the  residence  of  the  young  emperor  and  his  family, 
and  for  administrative  and  ceremonial  purposes  of 
the  Government.  The  Museum  contains  a  unique  col- 
lection of  artistic  works  of  all  ages  and  dynasties — 
pictures,  ceramics,  cloisonne,  lacquer,  ivory  and  wood- 
carvings,  metal  work  and  jewellery,  clothing  and  armour. 

135 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

The  value  of  these  contents  is  estimated  at  seven  millions 
sterling. 

The  Summer  Palace  lies  outside  by  the  Hai  Cheh 
Men  Gate,  about  seven  miles  from  the  city,  and  consists 
of  a  group  of  palaces.  Seen  in  detail,  though  there  is 
some  beautiful  marble  work,  they  seem  to  be  rather 
dilapidated,  but  the  general  view  from  the  K'un  Ming 
Lake  is  very  effective.  There  is  much  bright-coloured 
decoration,  which  distance  subdues  advantageously. 

The  Winter  Palace  lies  around  the  North  Lake  to  the 
north-west  of  the  Forbidden  City,  and  the  situation 
rather  than  the  buildings  is  attractive.  In  this  group 
is  the  temple  Lui  Tsu,  dedicated  to  the  Empress  Hsi 
Ling  Shih,  who  lived  4,500  years  ago,  and  introduced  the 
silk  industry  to  China.  As  it  was  the  emperor's  duty  to 
lead  his  subjects  in  agriculture,  so  it  was  the  duty  of  the 
empress  to  set  an  example  to  the  women  of  the  nation 
in  the  cultivation  and  manufacture  of  silk. 

The  Coal  or  Prospect  Hill  near  here  overlooks  the 
entire  city,  but  the  formalities  necessary  could  not  be 
gone  through  in  time  for  us  to  secure  the  permission 
required.  The  Lama  Temple  is  interesting  as  the  head- 
quarters of  the  Tibetan  Buddhist  Hierarchy.  The 
buildings  originally  formed  the  palace  of  the  heir-apparent 
to  the  throne,  but  about  two  hundred  years  ago  were 
presented  to  the  Lamas  by  Emperor  Ch'ien  Lung.  Since 
then  the  temple  has  virtually  been  an  embassy  for 
Tibet,  the  influence  of  which  has  been  looked  upon  by 
the  Manchu  dynasty  as  being  of  great  value  in  Chinese 
dealings  with  Mangolia  and  Tibet. 

In  close  proximity  are  the  Confucius  buildings,  entered 
by  an  elaborate  memorial  archway,  or  p'ailou,  one  of  the 
handsomest  in  Pekin.  The  temple  is  dedicated  to  the 
memory  of  K'ung  Fa  Tsu,  a  Chinese  philosopher  and 
teacher  of  two  thousand  years  ago,  whose  name  is 
westernised  to  Confucius.  There  are  tablets  epitomising 
the  essential  precepts  of  the  teacher,  and  these  express 

136 


Pekin 

an   ideal   which   is   equally    applicable   to    eastern   and 
western  life. 

The  Drum  Tower  is  really  a  watch-tower  from  which 
the  hours  were  at  one  time  announced,  while  the  Chung 
Lou  or  Bell  Tower  served  the  same  purpose  by  a  bell. 

Pekin  has  possessed  an  observatory  for  at  least  six 
hundred  years,  and  undoubtedly  from  very  early  times 
the  Chinese  have  had  a  wonderful  knowledge  of  the 
heavens.  Some  of  their  old  bronze  instruments  were 
carried  to  Potsdam  after  the  Boxer  rising,  but  these  have, 
since  the  European  war,  been  restored  to  Pekin. 

There  is  a  five-storied  pagoda  about  a  mile  north- 
west of  Hsi  Chih  Men  with  a  rather  interesting  history. 
It  was  designed  in  the  style  of  Indian  architecture  and 
erected  by  the  Chinese  over  five  hundred  years  ago,  to 
house  five  gilded  images  of  Buddha  brought  from  Bengal 
by  a  wealthy  and  pious  Indian  who  lived  in  Pekin. 

Such  is  hardly  more  than  a  catalogue  of  what  we  were 
able  to  see  in  Pekin,  but  there  are  many  other  sights  and 
much  on  which  more  time  could  advantageously  be  spent. 
There  are  innumerable  temples  and  pagodas,  many  well 
worth  an  examination.  The  p'ailous,  or  archways,  on 
the  streets  are  frequent  and  no  two  alike.  The  very 
traffic  is  so  different  from  any  other  city  that  one  can 
easily  absorb  hours  watching  the  pageant.  Dusty, 
scornful  camels,  vicious -looking  mules,  and  scrubby- 
looking  horses  wander  alongside  of  Fords  and  Packhards. 
The  real  living  interest  to  westerns  is  Pekin  itself  and  its 
people.  From  end  to  end  it  is  a  seiies  of  busy  workshops, 
and  the  workmen  to  a  great  extent  live  there.  Factories 
in  Pekin  are  as  yet  only  a  name.  The  occupations  are 
roughly  located,  the  more  skilled  within  the  Imperial 
City  and  the  less  skilled  in  the  Chinese  City.  Generally 
each  class  is  grouped  together,  and  it  is  well  possible  to 
see  the  craftsmen  at  work  on  such  work  as  cloisonne,  red 
carved  lacquer,  porcelain,  metal  work,  and  carpets. 
Even  such  work  as  kingfisher  feather  jewellery,  lanterns, 

K  137 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the  World 

fans,  and  artificial  flowers  have  streets  where  the  work- 
shops are  open  to  the  public.  Embroideries  on  mandarin 
coats  are  all  supposed  to  date  back  to  empire  days.  The 
merchants  are  practically  all  in  one  street,  with  queer  back 
passages  leading  to  more  and  more  living-places  and 
shops  combined.  The  whole  place  has  a  growing  fas- 
cination and  the  people  are  likeable  and  interesting.  We 
could  easily  have  spent  as  long  again,  and  went  on  our  way 
hoping  to  return  some  day,  but  hardly  confident  that  the 
place  will  be  the  same. 


138 


XVIII. 

Manila  and  Java. 

FROM  Shanghai  we  crossed  to  the  Philippines  by  a 
Japanese  steamer,  the  Tenyo  Maru.     Most  of  the 
third  day  out  we  sailed  along  the  coast  of  Luzon, 
with  bold  volcanic   mountains   and  tropical  vegetation 
visible,  and  early  the  following  morning  we  entered  the 
beautiful  and  well-sheltered  Manila  Bay  and  landed  in 
the  modern  city,   with  its  open  spaces  and  handsome 
buildings.     A  very  limited  area  is  within  what  remains 
of  the  old  walls,  but  these  are  rapidly  disappearing.     The 
names  of  streets,   of  course,   are  all    Spanish    and   the 
Roman    Catholic    religion   remains.     An    occupation    of 
nearly  four  hundred  years  leaves  its  impress,  although 
the  United  States  have,  since  1898,  done  much  for  the 
development  of  the  islands,   specially  the  education  of 
the   children   and  the  improvement   of   communication 
within    and    between    the    islands.     The    population    is 
largely    Filipinos,    a    much     mixed     race,    Malay     and 
Mongolian  prevailing,  but  European  is  there  also.     Their 
main  occupation  is  agriculture,  though  some  industries, 
such    as    hat-making    and    embroidery    of   locally-made 
fabrics,  are  steadily  increasing.     There  was  some  talk  of 
so-called  political  freedom  and  having  the  islands  for 
themselves,  but  they  are  a  long  way  from  being  able  to 
go   forward   without   the   stronger   and   abler   direction 
which  has  produced  the  progress  and  prosperity  of  the 
last  ten  years. 

The  well-known  hill  station,  Baguio,  is  entirely  the 
creation  of  these  years,  and  we  enjoyed  a  long  week-end 

139 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

there  of  delightful  temperature,  with  some  heavy  rain 
each  afternoon  but  perfect  mornings  and  forenoons. 
There  is  here  a  population  of  about  five  thousand,  largely 
United  States  troops  and  their  families.  In  this  suitable 
temperature  there  is  a  large  production  of  vegetables 
and  flowers  for  the  use  of  Manila.  There  are  two  good 
motor  roads  from  different  points  on  the  railway,  which 
serve  the  plains  below,  known  as  the  Benguet  and 
Naguilian  trails.  Both  are  attractive,  the  former 
penetrating  valleys  and  latterly  making  a  rapid  ascent 
to  the  high  level,  while  the  latter  rises  quickly  and  the 
latter  half  of  the  way  runs  on  ridges,  which  give  mag- 
nificent views  of  sea  and  land. 

We  regretted  not  seeing  any  other  of  the  ports,  and 
inland  only  the  part  of  Luzon  Island  between  Manila 
and  Baguio.  From  what  we  saw  there  is  no  reason  why 
the  trade  of  these  islands  with  the  outside  world  should 
not  expand  even  more  rapidly  in  the  future  than  it  has 
done  in  the  last  twenty  years,  during  which  it  has 
multiplied  over  six  times. 

From  Singapore  we  set  out  for  Java,  the  wonder 
island  of  the  east,  about  forty  hours'  sail  south-east. 
Batavia  is  the  first  place  of  call,  but  we  went  two  days 
farther  to  the  eastern  port,  Sourabaya,  during  these  days 
seeing  the  island,  with  its  background  of  volcanic 
mountains,  some  of  them  constantly  smoking,  and  its 
foreground  of  rich  vegetation,  prominent  among  which  is 
the  distinctive  green  of  sugar-cane,  with  the  great  white 
chimneys  of  the  factories  standing  out  like  lighthouses. 
On  this  island,  equalling  England  in  area,  live  40,000,000 
people,  practically  all  on  the  land  in  small  holdings. 
The  five  large  communities  called  cities  do  not,  all  told, 
account  for  more  than  1,000,000  of  the  people,  and  the 
number  employed  on  such  industries  as  there  are,  is  also 
negligible.  To  all  appearance  the  people  are  happy  and 
contented,  and  they  certainly  are  fruitful  and  replenish 
the  earth,  as  obviously  there  is  no  birth-rate  question 

140 


Manila  and  Java 

there.  Four-fifths  of  Java  are  said  to  be  under  culti- 
vation and  the  remaining  twenty  per  cent,  is  being  trenched 
upon.  The  ports  are,  even  in  the  coldest  time  of  the  year, 
extremely  hot  for  Europeans.  Our  steamer  called  at 
Semarang  as  well  as  Batavia.  On  landing  we  at  once 
made  for  the  mountains,  beginning  with  Tosari,  6,000  feet 
up,  to  which  we  motored  in  three  hours  from  Sourabaya. 
From  here  we  visited  the  Bromo  and  Sand  Sea.  Arriving 
at  the  head  of  the  Moengal  Pass  at  daybreak,  we  saw  the 
mountains  with  the  gradually  increasing  light  of  the 
morning  sun.  An  hour  took  us  over  the  Sand  Sea  and 
up  the  staircase,  but  the  Bromo  emitted  so  continuously 
heavy  volumes  of  smoke  that  the  actual  crater  was  never 
once  visible.  The  finest  part  of  this  excursion  was 
riding  through  the  tjamara  plantations,  a  feathery  form 
of  pine  tree,  giving  a  grateful  shade  in  the  tropical  sun. 

After  a  few  days  at  Tosari,  where  it  rained  heavily 
each  afternoon  but  was  lovely  in  the  early  morning  and 
forenoon,  we  rode  on  to  Nongkajadjar,  ten  miles  away, 
but  2,000  feet  lower,  and  later  motored  to  Poedjon, 
farther  west  at  about  the  same  altitude,  both  very 
pleasant  centres,  with  bracing  air.  Then  we  had  a  long 
motor  run  through  the  beautiful  valley  of  the  Kali 
Konto  to  Ngantang  and  Kediri,  from  which  we  joined 
the  railway  to  Djokja. 

At  the  eastern  end  of  the  island  we  passed  through 
many  villages  and  saw  the  life  there,  which  impressed  us 
as  being  well  ordered  with  good  sanitary  conditions. 
The  centre  of  each  village  was  the  kentron,  or  village  gong, 
which  was  a  hollowed  tree  trunk  slightly  open  along  one 
side,  like  a  C  in  outline,  beaten  by  a  wooden  club.  The 
variations  of  sound  are  used  to  convey  intimations  to  the 
people  or  to  call  them  to  assemble  under  the  head- 
man, who  represents  law  and  order. 

We  had  arrived  now  in  the  central  part  of  the  island, 
which  is  much  the  most  interesting  historically.  The 
Kingdom  of  Mataram  was  here,  with  Djokja  as  capital. 

141 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

Though  now  Mahommedan,  previous  to  the  thirteenth 
century  Buddhism  was  the  religion  of  Java,  and  the 
remains,  considerably  injured  by  neglect  and  earth- 
quakes, at  Boroboedoer,  Mendoet,  and  Prambannan  are 
all  extraordinary  examples  of  the  patience  and  elaborate- 
ness of  Indian  work.  There  are  still  a  Sultan  of  Djokja 
and  of  Solo,  but  their  position  is  purely  nominal  and  the 
power  is  entirely  in  Dutch  hands.  This  is  the  centre  of 
such  industries  as  batok — that  is  printing  hand-painted 
calico,  of  which  the  design  is  marked  off  in  wax  to  limit 
the  application  of  colour — and  brass  engraved  work. 

We  made  a  day's  railway  journey  to  Garoet,  the  east- 
most  scenic  centre  of  the  western  end  of  the  island  and 
here  visited  Tjipannas  (hot  springs)  (see  24,  facing  p.  129), 
Leles,  and  Bagendit  Lakes  and  the  Kawah  Mandoek  Crater, 
then  passed  on  to  Bandoeng,  where  we  stayed  at  Lembang. 
We  were  again  up  to  4,000  feet  in  lovely  scenery,  of  which 
the  Tangkoeban  Prahoe,  a  mountain  and  two  craters 
supposed  to  resemble  in  form  an  overturned  vessel,  is  the 
outstanding  feature,  and  from  there  we  went  on  to 
Sindanglaya,  a  hill  station  from  Batavia  and  Buitenzorg, 
where  there  is  a  mountain  section  of  the  Botanic  Gardens. 

We  drove  by  carriage  over  the  Poentjak  Pass  by 
Telaga  Warna,  a  small  crater  lake  situated  in  a  large  tea- 
garden,  down  to  Buitenzorg,  famous  for  the  well-known 
and  extensive  Botanic  Garden,  said  to  be  the  best  in  the 
east.  It  certainly  is  a  wonderful  forestry  collection,  and 
as  July  is  the  nearest  approach  they  can  have  here  to 
the  dead  of  winter  there  were  few  flowers  in  evidence. 
The  Victoria  Regia,  or  lotus  flower,  was  in  most  beautiful 
bloom,  and  that  really  is  so  most  of  the  year.  So  ended 
our  visit  to  the  garden  island  of  the  east,  a  vastly  inter- 
esting and  memorably  beautiful  spot. 


142 


XIX. 
Malaya. 

THANKS  to  rubber,  this  outlying  and  comparatively 
recent  acquisition  of  Britain  has  become  fairly 
well  known  even  to  the  man  on  the  street.  Our 
holding  of  a  considerable  part  can  hardly  be  called 
possession,  but,  in  actual  fact,  we  are  responsible  for  and 
control  the  administration  of  the  Straits  Settlements, 
the  Federated  Malay  States,  and  even  the  non-Federated 
Malay  States,  which  last  are  under  British  Protection. 
The  area  of  the  whole  peninsula,  generally  known  as 
Malaya,  is  equal  to  England,  and  the  population  is  under 
3,000,000,  of  whom  only  about  12,000,  less  than  half 
per  cent.,  are  Europeans. 

There  is  little  history,  except  the  usual  story  of 
internal  wars,  until  Britain  took  hold  one  hundred  years 
ago  and  gradually  introduced  a  settled  government. 
In  1819  Singapore  was  secured  for  Britain  by  agreement 
with  the  then  Sultan  of  Johore.  Like  many  other 
pioneers  and  statesmen  of  foresight  beyond  their  fellows, 
Sir  Stamford  Raffles,  who  carried  through  this  trans- 
action, was  not  in  his  lifetime  appreciated,  though  now 
he  is  amply  recognised  as  the  ideal  hero  and  creator  of 
this  Colony. 

Singapore,  the  gateway  of  Malaya  and  meeting-place 
of  east  and  west,  of  north  and  south,  is  the  most 
fascinating  city  in  the  Eastern  Hemisphere.  On  landing 
there  for  the  first  time  from  Australia,  early  in  1921,  we 
could  for  a  day  or  two  do  nothing  but  sit  on  the  hotel 
veranda  looking  at  the  endless  moving  picture  of  living 
people  of  every  Eastern  and  European  race.  It  is  said 

143 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

that  twenty-six  languages  are  daily  spoken  in  Singapore. 
On  our  drive  to  the  hotel  by  motor  from  Tanjong  Pagar 
Dock,  where  we  had  landed,  we  met  a  continuous  stream 
of  vehicles  with  passengers  of  all  sorts  and  conditions. 
Gharries,  electric  tramcars,  and,  above  all,  innumerable 
rickshaws  as  well  as  motors  fill  up  the  roadway,  and  sorely 
tax  the  efforts  of  the  handsome  Sikh  policemen,  who  do 
their  best  to  control  the  traffic. 

It  certainly  was  hot  in  the  sunshine,  but  considering 
that  we  were  only  eighty  miles  north  of  the  Equator  it 
was  wonderfully  bearable.  Europeans  are  all  the  year 
round  suitably  attired  in  white  ducks  and  topees  for  the 
men  and  the  airiest  of  muslins  for  the  women,  while  the 
Orientals  wear,  as  the  Irishman  put  it,  "As  little  as  they 
can  avoid."  The  sea-front  is  laid  out  with  plenty  of 
open  spaces,  cricket  and  football  grounds  are  provided, 
and  the  Government  buildings,  with  a  tall  clock  tower, 
occupy  the  southern  end  of  Raffles  Plain  and  Reclamation, 
as  the  open  spaces  are  called.  The  Raffles  Museum  and 
Library  are  on  the  way  to  the  residential  suburbs,  which 
lie  on  the  higher  ground  back  from  the  sea. 

There  are  numerous  markets  in  various  parts.  Along 
the  Beach  Road  the  Chinese  business  quarter  is  passed, 
the  odours  proclaiming  it  as  dealing  largely  in  dried  fish, 
after  which  a  pleasant  suburb  is  reached  at  Seaview. 
There  are  tennis-courts  everywhere  and  a  race-course, 
also  used  as  a  golf  course,  out  east  of  Government  House. 

The  railways  are  a  State  service  and  are  well 
organised.  A  main  line  runs  from  Singapore  to  Prai, 
opposite  the  Island  of  Penang,  which  may  be  called  the 
back  entrance  to  Malaya,  and  the  line  goes  on  northwards 
through  Kedah  to  Siam,  with  numerous  branches  to  the 
many  ports  and  inland  centres.  The  roads,  of  which 
there  are  about  2,500  miles,  form  a  network  in  all 
directions ;  they  are  well  constructed  and  maintained, 
and  extensions  are  constantly  being  made.  There  is  an 
excellent  service  of  steamers  to  State  ports  and  those  of 

144 


Malaya 

neighbouring  States  by  the  Straits  Steamship  Company, 
and  in  this  climate  no  one  would  choose  a  hot  and  dusty 
railway  journey  as  against  a  comfortable,  well-ordered 
steamer,  with  cool  sea  breezes  most  of  the  year. 

The  provincial  towns  are  quite  a  feature  of  Malaya. 
Kuala  Lumpur  is  a  real  garden  city.  The  largest  public 
buildings,  such  as  the  railway  station,  administration 
building,  and  the  hotel,  are  handsomely  planned,  with 
quite  a  distinctive  note  in  their  architecture.  Smaller 
towns,  such  as  Ipoh,  Taiping,  and  Kuala  Kangsar  also 
do  their  designers  credit,  while  Penang  town  and  suburbs 
form  one  of  the  most  attractive  pictures  we  have  seen. 

The  two  large  products  of  Malaya  are  tin  and  rubber. 
In  all  directions  are  open  mining  works,  of  which  the 
workers  are  almost  all  Chinese  ;  indeed,  the  smaller  mines 
are  worked  in  old-fashioned  methods  of  dredging  by 
Chinese  on  their  own  account,  while  larger  concerns  have 
modern  machinery,  with  Chinese  workers  under  European 
direction.  The  output  of  tin  makes  this  the  largest 
source  of  supply  of  this  metal  in  the  world.  Perak  is  the 
State  yielding  the  greatest  quantity,  and  it  has  done  so 
from  early  times.  The  name  means  silver,  and  it  is 
supposed  that  the  discoverers,  as  has  frequently  happened 
elsewhere  in  the  world,  gave  the  name  under  a  mis- 
apprehension that  the  metal  so  visible  was  really  silver. 

Rubber  plantations  are  everywhere.  The  profits 
made  from  the  early  plantings  were  so  great  that  every 
acre  possible  has  been  put  under  rubber,  and  at  the 
present  time  there  is  such  a  glut  in  the  supply  and  such 
a  slump  in  the  price,  that  the  whole  peninsula  is  in  helpless 
despair.  No  doubt  this  situation  will  right  itself.  Costs 
will  be  brought  down  and  demand  revive,  but  the  powers 
that  be  should  learn  the  lesson  and  guide  the  planters  to 
suitable  alternative  crops,  all  of  which  would  not  suffer 
simultaneous  depression.  The  Philippines  and  Java  have 
a  much  greater  range  of  output,  and  cannot  be  prostrated 
by  a  slump  on  any  one  article.  The  plantations  on  the 

145 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

flatter  ground  become  very  monotonous,  but  farther  north 
the  ground  is  undulating  and  has  some  really  big 
mountains  of  5,000  to  7,000  feet  high,  which  give  feature 
and  make  a  very  picturesque  country.  Some  of  these 
have  been  utilised  for  hill  stations,  with  footpaths  up 
to  the  bungalows,  and  no  doubt  motor  roads  will  follow 
and  make  it  possible,  as  in  Java,  for  Europeans  to  have 
frequent  changes  to  the  hills.  The  lower,  flatter  ground 
is  liable  to  cause  malaria ;  but,  again,  the  drainage  of 
swamps  and  construction  of  mosquito-proof  houses  will 
in  time,  as  in  other  parts  of  the  world,  eliminate  this 
danger. 

The  population  of  Malaya  is  made  up  of  Malays  about 
one  and  a  half,  Chinese  about  a  million,  and  Hindoos,  or 
Tamils  as  they  really  are,  about  a  quarter  of  a  million. 
The  real  workers  of  the  mines,  as  well  as  the  plantations, 
are  the  Chinese,  and  they  do  well.  There  are  many  very 
well-to-do  men  in  Singapore  as  well  as  in  the  country 
centres  ;  indeed,  the  Chinaman  generally  does  well  away 
from  his  own  land.  In  Java,  the  Philippines,  and  Burmah 
we  came  across  many  instances  in  which  they  were  in 
influential  positions,  wealthy  and  highly  respected.  The 
workman  is  like  some  nearer  home  ;  he  has  his  relaxation 
at  the  Chinese  New  Year  time,  about  February ;  it 
takes  the  form  of  fireworks,  and,  if  that  way  inclined, 
getting  too  much  drink.  The  Malays  and  Mohammedans 
do  not  dissipate  in  that  direction,  but  they  also  have  a 
weakness  for  fireworks.  The  Tamils  had  a  great  fire- 
walking  festival  while  we  were  in  Perak,  and  had  many 
quaint  religious  ceremonies.  The  fire- walking  was  long 
delayed — some  wit  said  that  they  had  got  cold  feet — 
but  eventually  a  space  of  about  ten  yards  square  was 
covered  with  hot,  charred  wood,  and  eight  or  ten  men 
ran  right  across  it.  They  are  reputed  to  be  gentle 
workers,  but  honest  and  reliable.  There  is  attachment  to 
their  employers,  and  in  general  they  are  orderly  and  law- 
abiding. 

146 


Malaya 

This  happy  land  used  to  be  free  of  taxation,  except  the 
export  duty  on  produce,  and  even  now  it  has  hardly  any 
debt,  as  all  the  public  works  have  been  paid  from  revenue  ; 
but  the  war  and  less  prosperous  times  have  made  an 
income-tax  necessary  in  the  Straits  Settlements,  as  well 
as  moderate  taxes  on  spirits,  tobacco,  and  petrol 
collected  throughout  the  peninsula.  It  is  a  well-governed 
country  and  has  had  its  good  times,  which  will  doubtless 
come  round  again  when  the  present  overshadowings 
have  passed  away. 


XX. 

Trade  in  the  Far  East. 

THIS  term  is  generally  applied  to  the  Malay 
Peninsula  and  all  lands  to  the  east  of  it,  and  there 
is  appropriateness  in  the  groupings,  as  there  is  a 
certain  homogeneity  between  China,  Japan,  the 
Philippines,  the  Dutch  East  Indies,  French  Indo-China, 
Siam,  and  Malaya.  The  population  of  these  countries 
is  about  one-third  of  that  of  the  whole  world,  and  over 
half  of  that  of  Asia,  while  China  herself,  the  country 
among  them  least  opened  to  outside  trade,  represents 
about  a  quarter  of  the  world's  population.  There  is 
large  intercourse  and  much  commerce  between  these 
lands,  and  as  manufactures  develop  that  will  inevitably 
grow.  Even  Australasia  has  a  place  not  fully  occupied 
in  the  supply  of  foods  which  the  northern  lands  are  not 
suited  to  produce,  as  well  as  fruits  grown  in  the  reverse 
seasons. 

At  any  time  notes  by  a  mere  visitor  on  such  a  large 
proposition  can  do  little  more  than  give  a  very  general 
impression,  and  in  the  present  circumstances  of  a  world- 
wide delayed  but  none  the  less  accentuated  slump,  these 
notes  must  be  read  with  that  reservation  clearly  in  view. 
The  markets  generally,  owing  to  the  large  populations, 
have  enormous  absorbing  powers  and  conditions  vary, 
but  there  is  a  resiliency  here  which  old  countries,  especially 
those  devastated  by  the  Great  War,  cannot  have. 

Japan  is  a  small  country  densely  populated — she  has 
roughly  the  same  area  and  population  as  Great  Britain, 

149 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

86,000  square  miles,  with  38,000,000  people.  Although 
a  military  monarchy,  it  is  the  country  most  widely  open 
to  western  influences.  Trading  has  been  large,  as  Japan 
secured  much  business  during  the  war  which  Europe  was 
unable  to  attend  to.  Native  merchants,  when  the 
slump  came,  were  heavily  committed  at  high  prices, 
but  there  will  be  a  rapid  recovery.  The  increasing 
momentum  of  the  tendency  towards  European  mode  of 
life  is  creating  demand.  Japan's  agriculture  is  almost 
wholly  absorbed  in  supplying  the  needs  of  her  people, 
but  much  attention  is  being  given  to  the  manufacture  of 
goods  for  export,  largely  silk  and  cotton  textures,  although 
other  products,  such  as  lacquer  ware,  pottery,  and  art 
fabrics,  are  becoming  important.  The  main  factor  for 
the  future  is  honest  delivery  to  sample.  If  Japan  amends 
her  ways  in  this  respect  she  will  become  a  great  manu- 
facturing nation. 

China,  nominally  a  republic,  but  really  dominated  by 
various  adventurers  with  troops  at  their  command,  is 
only  now  beginning  to  open  out  to  commerce.  Though 
the  population  of  the  country  is  large — the  latest  well- 
grounded  estimates  place  it  at  about  400,000,000 — so  is 
the  area  of  the  country,  which  is  about  2,000,000  square 
miles,  and  it  is  in  the  main  very  poorly  off  for  transport 
and  communications.  There  can  be  no  large  progress 
until  the  Government  is  under  one  control  and  has  the 
confidence  of  the  people.  The  collection  of  customs  is 
under  a  European  Commission.  The  income  from  this 
source  should  be  ample  for  all  but  large  capital  outlays. 
These  should  be  met  by  loans,  and  the  people  have  means, 
but  will  not  lend  these,  as  they  distrust  the  integrity  and 
ability  of  the  Governments.  Proportionately,  the  native 
traders  had  light  commitments  in  the  slump,  and  the 
extension  of  trade  by  better  internal  distributing 
facilities  is  what  home  manufacturers  should  keep  a 
watchful  eye  upon.  The  customs  figures  for  1920  show 
large  and  rapid  expansion,  hardly  checked  by  the  slump. 

150 


Trade  in  the  Far  East 

There  is  quite  a  steady  capital  outlay  in  machinery  for 
low-grade  cotton  manufacture,  the  product  of  which  will 
easily  be  absorbed  without  affecting  imports  of  the 
European  article.  Britain,  if  her  resources  and  facilities 
for  the  execution  of  large  machinery  installations  were 
better  known  to  the  Chinese,  would  be  in  a  more 
advantageous  position  for  securing  her  share  of  orders 
for  what  will  certainly  be  required  in  the  near  future. 
A  scheme  whereby  Chinese  students  would  be  induced  to 
study  in  British  technical  colleges  and  workshops  would 
amply  repay  itself  in  days  to  come.  The  U.S.A.  has  just 
arranged  that  their  share  of  the  Boxer  indemnity  will  be 
entirely  devoted  to  this  purpose,  and  it  will  prove  a 
splendid  investment. 

The  Philippine  Islands  brings  us  for  the  first  time  in 
contact  with  Spain's  early  enterprise  as  colonists,  so 
prominent  in  the  Western  Hemisphere,  and  here,  as  there, 
it  is  past  history.  Under  United  States  guidance  a  large 
export  of  produce  has  been  developed.  Sugar  is  probably 
produced  here  at  a  lower  cost  than  anywhere  in  the  world, 
but  these  islands  are  by  no  means  limited  to  one  or  two 
articles  of  produce.  Hemp  is  outstandingly,  over  a 
period  of  years,  the  big  article  of  export.  Coco-nut  oil 
runs  it  closely,  while  sugar  by  its  inflated  value  in  war 
years  has  taken  the  prominent  place.  Tobacco  and 
copra  are  large  items.  The  variety  of  produce  is  great, 
and  the  Government  of  the  country  has  wisely  guided 
the  introduction  of  suitable  new  growths.  In  twenty 
years  the  volume  of  trading  with  the  outside  world  has 
multiplied  over  six  times,  and  the  growth  of  imports  has 
closely  followed  exports.  The  spending  power  of  the 
population  shows  a  steady  growth,  and  there  is  here  a 
large  and  growing  market  for  machinery  and  textiles. 
The  total  area  of  these  islands  is  115,000  square  miles, 
and  the  latest  census  gives  a  population  of  9,000,000. 
Naturally,  the  United  States  have  a  predominant  position, 
but  Britain  has  always  held  and  retains  an  important 


Zig-Zagging  Round   the   World 

place.     Japan,  from  her  proximity,  is  taking  a  good  share 
in  both  export  and  import  trade. 

The  Dutch  East  Indies  are  the  islands  of  the  Malay 
Archipelago,  of  which  Java  is  the  most  valuable  possession, 
and  carries  the  bulk  of  the  population.  Although  the 
area  of  Java  is  practically  equal  to  England,  the 
population  is  about  40,000,000,  while  Sumatra,  Celebes, 
and  Borneo  have  about  440,000  square  miles,  and  a  total 
population  of  9,000,000.  The  minor  islands,  with 
242,000  square  miles,  have  3,000,000  of  a  population. 
The  Dutch  are  older  colonists  than  we  are,  and  preceded 
us  in  the  holding  of  Ceylon  and  the  Cape,  and  their  record 
is  a  good  one,  with  Java  as  the  most  advanced  example. 
At  the  present  time  she  is  hit  by  the  big  drop  in  the  value 
of  her  produce  much  more  than  by  excessive  purchases 
at  high  prices.  Her  cost  of  production  is  low  and  she 
will  rapidly  recover.  The  figures  for  1919,  which,  of 
course,  are  inflated  by  the  war  value  of  sugar,  show  an 
export  of  1,400,000,000  guilders — more  than  half  of 
which  is  sugar — but  coffee,  rubber,  vegetable  oils,  tobacco, 
tin,  tea,  copra,  quinine,  and  spices,  in  order  named,  show 
quite  important  amounts,  while  her  imports  are 
420,000,000  guilders,  of  which  the  large  items  are  textiles 
and  iron  and  machinery.  A  community  which  exports 
three  and  a  half  times  the  amount  of  its  imports  is  in  an 
enviable  position. 

French  Indo-China  was  not  visited,  but  may  be 
included  in  a  review.  Here  is  one  of  France's  oldest 
colonies,  a  country  of  280,000  square  miles  and 
18,000,000  people,  wholly  occupied  in  agriculture.  Her 
export  is  mainly  rice,  and  she  imports  textiles  largely, 
the  totals  following  each  other  closely  with  a  margin  of 
about  twelve  and  a  half  per  cent,  greater  exports  than 
imports. 

Siam  is  the  sole  instance  in  the  East  of  an  independent 
community  without  constitution  ruled  successfully  as  an 
absolute  monarchy.  It  has  an  area  of  200,000  square 

152 


Trade  in  the  Far  East 

miles  and  8,500,000  inhabitants,  and  is  also  occupied 
mainly  in  agriculture.  The  principal  exports  are  rice 
and  timber. 

Last,  we  come  to  Malaya,  including  the  Federated 
and  non-Federated  as  well  as  the  independent  States, 
altogether  an  area  of  52,500  square  miles,  with  2,700,000 
of  population. 

Being  a  free  port,  Singapore  ranks  high  in  the  world's 
records  for  its  outward  and  inward  tonnage.  Its  figures 
of  purely  peninsular  exports  and  imports  it  is  rather 
difficult  to  obtain,  but  undoubtedly  tin  and  rubber  are 
far  and  away  the  large  articles  of  produce,  while  textiles, 
beverages,  oil,  coal,  and  iron  utensils  and  machinery  are 
the  main  imports.  The  trade  for  the  population  normally 
is  very  large,  being  in  1918  about  170,000,000  sterling. 

The  simultaneous  slump  in  the  two  main  articles  has 
hit  Malaya  hard.  Tin  shows  signs  of  recovery,  but  in 
rubber  it  will  be  necessary  to  so  control  production  that 
the  output  may  be  sold  without  actual  loss,  and  in 
the  long  run  to  so  reduce  the  cost  of  production  as 
to  compete  with  any  other  country  growing  rubber. 
There  must  also  be  a  greater  variety  of  suitable  produce 
introduced  by  planters.  The  success  with  rubber  came 
too  easily,  and  the  best  result  the  present  depression 
can  have  will  be  compelling  attention  to  economy  of 
production. 

Trade  in  the  Far  East  is  only  at  its  beginning,  and 
generations  of  Britons  yet  to  come  may,  if  they  wish  it, 
develop  what  will  make  the  progress  of  the  last  fifty 
years  look  small  by  comparison. 


153 


XXI. 
Burma  and   Ceylon. 

(a)  BURMA. 

THESE  are  really,  as  regards  situation  and  population, 
outlying  parts  of  India,  but  from  the  different 
circumstances  of  their  coming  under  British  power, 
Burma  is  administered  as  a  province  of  India  under  that 
department,  and  Ceylon  as  Crown  Colony  under  the 
Colonial  Office.  Both  countries  impress  a  visitor  as  being 
more  prosperous  and  contented  than  India  proper,  and 
the  people,  especially  in  Burma,  have  a  buoyancy  and 
cheerfulness  which  are  not  evident  in  the  larger  and 
older  possession.  We  visited  Burma  in  February,  a 
good  time  of  the  year  for  weather.  The  approach  to  the 
Delta-land  of  the  Irrawaddy  and  to  Rangoon  naturally 
is  very  featureless,  but  a  long  way  down  the  river  the  huge 
gilded  cone  of  the  Shwe  Dagon  (pronounced  Shway 
Dag-own)  Pagoda  comes  into  view  and  remains  the 
dominant  feature,  and  is  constantly  so  in  Rangoon,  the 
bright  and  crowded  present  capital  of  Burma.  It  is  an 
outstanding  instance  of  a  rapidly-formed  port,  entirely 
the  outcome  of  the  opening  to  trading  of  a  conservative 
and  isolated  country,  having  been  seventy  years  ago 
only  a  small  fishing  village  ;  and  now,  with  a  population 
of  over  300,000,  it  has  become  the  third  Indian  port  in 
point  of  volume  of  trade. 

Burma  has  had  many  capitals,  mostly  inland,  and  well 
up  in  the  fertile  and  closely  populated  part  of  the  land, 
and  her  history  was,  like  most  Eastern  countries,  one  of 
feuds,  raids,  and  general  unsett lenient  until  Britain  took 

155 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

hold.  Communications  are  more  by  water  than  rail, 
there  being  in  addition  to  the  Irrawaddy  other  four  large 
rivers.  There  are  also  now  several  main  lines  of  railway 
within  Burma,  but  not  having  any  external  connections. 
Rangoon,  Moulmein,  and  Bassein  are  linked,  and  there 
is  a  trunk  line  from  Rangoon  almost  to  the  northern 
boundary. 

There  is  a  population  of  over  12,000,000  to  an  area 
of  262,000  square  miles,  so  the  country  is  far  from  being 
over  populated.  The  large  exports  are  rice,  timber,  and 
oil,  while  the  imports  are  generally  textiles  and  iron  work, 
and  the  country  is  in  the  prosperous  position  of  usually 
exporting  a  value  much  in  excess  of  that  of  the  imports. 

There  is  much  that  is  novel  to  the  visitor  in  Rangoon. 
The  brilliant  colours  of  the  garments  worn  by  both  sexes 
make  the  streets  a  perfect  kaleidoscope.  There  are  tram- 
cars  used  almost  entirely  by  natives.  The  customs  as 
regards  public  conveyances  of  the  various  eastern 
communities  of  Europeans  are  curious.  In  Singapore 
rickshaws  are  used  by  all  classes.  In  Rangoon  tram- 
cars  and  rickshaws  are  unusual.  It  is  infra  dig.  to  use  a 
clean  rickshaw  or  tikka  gharry,  while  any  dirty  thing 
propelled  by  petrol  is  quite  all  right. 

A  most  interesting  visit  can  be  paid  to  the  teak  yards, 
where  the  handling  is  mostly  done  by  teams  of  elephants 
working  in  concert.  A  beginning  has  been  made  in  the 
timber  yards  of  doing  this  work  by  power,  the  logs  being 
taken  from  the  river  by  running  platforms  driven  by 
electricity  and  brought  right  up  to  the  saws. 

The  other  big  industries  of  Rangoon  are  rice  milling, 
there  being  over  one  hundred  and  fifty  factories,  and  at 
Syriam,  across  the  river,  the  earliest  European  settlement 
in  Burma  made  by  the  Portuguese,  large  oil  works  owned 
like  the  Irrawaddy  Flotilla  in  Scotland. 

Throughout  Burma  the  Scottish  element  is  prominent 
in  industry  and  commerce,  the  legend  "  Incorporated  in 
Scotland  "  being  of  frequent  occurrence  in  Rangoon. 

156 


Burma  and  Ceylon 

In  the  neighbourhood  there  are  many  good  drives, 
that  round  the  Royal  Lake  being  the  fashionable  outing 
after  the  hottest  of  the  day  is  over.  In  the  good  resi- 
dential quarter  there  are  palatial  mansions  owned  by 
Chinamen,  who  take  a  good  share  in  the  commerce  of  the 
city.  Burma  abounds  in  pagodas,  and  a  good  Scottish 
Presbyterian  assured  us  that  the  expenditure  on  their 
religion  far  exceeds  relatively  that  of  any  white  race  on 
Christianity.  At  the  time  of  our  visit  an  edict  had  come 
from  India  forbidding  the  admission  to  the  Shwe  Dagon 
of  Europeans  wearing  coverings  to  their  feet,  the  practice 
having  previously  been  that  Europeans  should  show 
respect  for  the  sacred  place  in  their  usual  fashion  of 
uncovering  the  head.  We  were  content  to  see  the  exterior, 
having  ample  opportunity  of  seeing  the  interior  of  other 
large  pagodas  in  the  upper  country.  Usually  the  pagodas 
have  no  interior ;  the  thousands  which  one  sees  in 
journeying  by  railway  and  steamer  are  of  solid  masonry. 
It  is  only  the  large  and  historic  buildings,  kept  up  by 
visitors  from  Burma  and  beyond,  at  Pegu  the  Shweh- 
mandau,  at  Prome  the  Shwesandau,  and  at  Mandalay  the 
Arakan,  which  have  large  surroundings  for  the  sale  of 
merchandise  of  all  kinds  to  the  pilgrims,  and  small  shrines 
right  in  the  innermost  parts,  generally  with  reputed 
fragments  of  Buddha's  body. 

We  took  a  railway  journey  by  night  to  Katha,  the 
point  farthest  north  where  one  can  get  steamer  to 
Bhamo,  the  highest  navigable  point  on  the  Irrawaddy, 
and  were  able  to  see  the  most  picturesque  second  defile 
late  in  the  afternoon  before  landing.  Comfortable 
sleeping  accommodation  and  good  food  are  available  on 
the  steamers  in  port  as  well  as  while  steaming.  The 
banks  and  beyond  are  densely  covered  by  good  timber, 
and  we  were  constantly  meeting  huge  rafts,  on  which  the 
lumbermen  had  quite  good  houses  for  the  long  journey 
down  to  the  ports.  Brightness  was  given  to  this  land- 
scape by  frequent  isolated  trees  or  groups  of  what  is  here 

157 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

called  "  Flame  of  the  Forest,"  very  much  like  an  acacia 
we  had  seen  largely  in  Honolulu,  there  called  Ponciana 
Regia. 

On  landing  in  Bhamo  one  instantly  realised  how  close 
we  were  to  China,  the  people,  called  Kachins  and  Shans, 
having  flat  features,  and  indeed  many  are  genuine 
Chinese,  the  frontier  of  their  land  being  only  thirty  miles 
away.  There  is  a  regular  caravan  route  to  the  Chinese 
province  of  Yunnan,  silk  and  fruit  being  large  articles 
of  import,  while  in  return  Burmese  produce  is  carried  to 
China.  The  most  interesting  building  in  the  town  is  a 
Chinese  joss-house,  and  there  are  also  cantonments  and 
clubs  in  an  old  Burman  fort  for  the  British  troops  holding 
the  frontier.  We  returned  to  Katha  by  steamer,  but  had 
from  there  to  go  on  by  rail  to  Mandalay  as  the  river  was 
too  low  for  navigation. 

Mandalay  we  found  exceedingly  interesting,  as  King 
Thibau's  forts  and  palaces  were  all  in  good  preservation , 
although  constructed  mainly  of  teak,  plentifully  gilded. 
The  front  wall  is  of  red  brick,  and  on  the  outside  of  it 
there  is  a  moat  seventy-five  yards  in  width,  constantly 
filled.  The  Queen's  Golden  Monastery  is  a  most  elabor- 
ately carved  and  decorated  building,  occupied  by  Burmese 
priests,  called  pongyi.  There  is  an  extensive  market 
in  Mandalay,  the  Zegyo  bazaar,  where  all  kinds  of 
goods  and  foods  are  sold,  and  where  one  can  see  that 
women  take  the  leading  place  in  the  conduct  of  commerce. 

The  silk-weaving  industry  of  Burma,  with  materials 
brought  over  the  hills  from  China,  is  largely  carried  on 
near  Mandalay  at  Amarapura.  There  are  said  to  be 
five  thousand  weavers,  and  it  was  interesting  to  see  many 
houses  with  looms  accommodated  in  outhouses  open  to 
the  air,  with  that  exception  much  like  Scottish  lowland 
villages  in  the  hand-loom  weaving  days  of  last  century. 
They  had  also  a  weaving  school  under  Government 
where  power  looms  are  set  up,  and  their  operation  is 
being  taught  with  a  view  to  the  construction  later  of  a 

158 


Burma  and  Ceylon 

factory.  The  other  industry  of  this  place  is  the  manu- 
facture of  stone  and  marble  images  of  Buddha,  which 
are  turned  out  by  the  hundred  and  shipped  to  all  over 
the  Far  East. 

On  the  road  back  to  Mandalay  we  visited  the  great 
Arakan  Pagoda,  and  were  able  to  see  it  completely.  It 
covers  as  great  an  area  as  the  Shwe  Dagon,  and  has  many 
thousands  of  visitors  throughout  the  year,  being  regarded 
by  Upper  Burmans  as  not  inferior  in  sanctity  to  the  great 
Rangoon  building.  Three  days  sailing  by  day  only,  the 
steamer  tying-up  at  suitable  places  as  night  comes,  took 
us  back  to  Prome.  The  various  growths,  rice  easily  the 
largest  product,  but  cotton  and  ground  nuts  are  quite 
considerable,  can  be  well  seen  from  the  upper  deck  of  the 
steamer.  The  officers  and  crew  are  on  a  lower  deck, 
leaving  a  well-elevated  space  and  uninterrupted  view  for 
the  passengers. 

At  Pagan  (pronounced  pah-gan),  an  early  capital, 
there  are  about  twenty  miles  of  ruins,  mainly  pagodos. 
The  oil  deposits  are  in  the  neighbourhood  of  a  place 
rejoicing  in  the  unharmonious  name  of  Yenangyaung, 
from  which  over  200,000,000  gallons  are  annually  raised 
and  sent  down  by  pipe  line  to  Rangoon.  There  are  many 
factories  for  pressing  the  oil  from  ground  nuts,  and  much 
of  this  product  finds  its  way  to  Italy,  the  largest 
producer  of  olive  oil.  There  is  a  special  lacquer  ware 
produced  here,  the  lac  basis  of  which  is  found  in  the 
forests  bordering  on  the  river.  The  rail  journey  from 
Prome  to  Rangoon  we  made  by  night.  The  accom- 
modation is  not  very  luxurious  and  the  line  very  rough. 
In  Burma  we  had  our  first  experience  of  a  "  bearer  "  as 
servant  to  attend  to  us,  make  up  our  beds,  and  look  after 
our  baggage,  an  arrangement  which  is  general  all  over 
India  and  is  quite  a  necessity. 

As  we  sailed  down  the  river,  clouds  gathered  for  the 
first  time  in  our  five  weeks'  sojourn  in  Burma,  and  we  saw, 
but  escaped,  the  much-needed  rain.  We  enjoyed  every 

159 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

hour  in  this  fascinating  land,  where  there  is  equality  of  the 
sexes  even  as  regards  the  large  cigars  consumed  by  man, 
woman,  and  child. 

(b)    CEYLON. 

CEYLON  is  remarkable  even  among  tropical  lands  for  its 
great  physical  beauty,  caused  by  its  bold  mountainous 
formation  and  well-conserved  rainfall.  The  southern 
half  of  the  island  rises  steadily  from  the  sea  to  over 
8,000  feet,  and  the  principal  mountain  resort,  Nuwara 
Eliya  (pronounced  as  one  word,  Newraylia),  stands  at  6,200 
feet  above  the  sea.  There  is  a  constant  supply  of  water 
in  most  of  the  rivers  and  streams  which  rise  in  these 
mountains,  and  the  country  is  well-wooded,  besides  being 
now  largely  planted  by  tea  on  the  higher  and  rubber  on 
the  lower  land. 

We  arrived  at  Colombo  from  Penang,  whence  we  had 
come  very  comfortably  and  remarkably  steadily  by  motor 
steamer  of  the  Glen  Line,  owned  in  Glasgow.  We  were 
at  once  impressed  by  the  elaborate  breakwaters,  which 
were  of  heavy  masonry  and  must  have  involved  large 
outlay.  On  landing  in  the  city  one  gets  a  first  impression 
of  a  densely-populated  place,  as  the  buildings  are  high 
and  concentrated,  but  that  congestion  applies  only  to  a 
limited  area,  as  the  suburbs  are  widely  spread  out  and 
interspersed  with  many  open  spaces.  The  Galle  Face 
Hotel  is  about  a  mile  out,  right  on  the  sea,  and  looks  on 
the  Galle  Face  esplanade,  practically  park  ground  all  the 
way  from  the  city  proper.  Several  public  buildings, 
including  the  Colombo  Club,  face  this  open  space. 

In  going  round  the  city  one  is  promptly  reminded  that 
we  are  comparatively  late-comers  to  Ceylon,  as  the 
Portuguese  held  the  coast  parts  of  the  island  over  four 
hundred  years  ago  for  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  years ; 
the  Dutch  thereafter  till  about  the  end  of  the  eighteenth 
century,  when  the  British  took  over  from  them,  adding 

160 


Burma  and  Ceylon 

twenty  years  later  the  mountainous  district  of  the  island, 
including  the  Kandyan  kingdom,  thus  bringing  the  entire 
island  under  British  rule.  In  the  Pettah  or  native  town 
district  there  is  an  old  Dutch  belfry  near  the  market- 
place, and  also  Wolfendahl  Street,  leading  to  a  large 
old  church  of  the  same  name,  where  there  are  many 
monuments  and  tablets  recording  the  services  of  Dutch 
officials. 

A  favourite  afternoon  drive  of  Colombo  residents  is 
to  Mount  Lavinia,  a  slightly  elevated  rocky  point  on  the 
beach  about  seven  miles  south.  The  ideal  way  to  see 
the  interior  of  Ceylon  is  by  motor  ;  the  roads  are  good 
and  every  mile  of  the  way  is  picturesque.  We  began  by 
visiting  some  rubber  and  tea-plantations  on  the  southern 
and  lower  slopes  of  the  mountainous  country.  The 
whole  road  was  through  beautiful,  wooded  landscape, 
Kaduwella  and  Avisawella  were  choice  spots  on  the  way 
to  Ratnapura,  which  means  "  gem  town,"  that  being 
the  centre  of  a  district  the  gravel  beds  of  which,  on 
washing,  yield  sapphires,  topazes,  and  cats-eyes ; 
plumbago  is  also  mined  in  this  neighbourhood.  Here  we 
visited  a  tea  and  rubber  estate  interplanted,  and  already 
the  growth  of  the  rubber  seriously  overshadowed  the  tea, 
and  to  an  ignorant  layman  that  seemed  only  to  indicate 
how  much  more  serious  was  the  underground  interference 
of  the  big  and  dominant  trees  with  the  small  and  delicate 
tea  shrubs. 

We  passed  on,  and  spent  the  night  at  another  rubber 
and  tea-plantation  where  the  growths  are  separated, 
and  if  all  plantation  bungalows  are  equally  comfortable, 
the  planter's  life  has  extremely  pleasant  conditions. 
Here  were  beautiful  surroundings,  lovely  flower  and  rock 
gardens,  and  every  possible  comfort ;  a  good  water 
supply  and  electric  light.  The  growths  seemed  much 
more  satisfactory  ;  each  was  planted  on  an  aspect  of 
land  considered  most  suitable,  and  in  the  factory  we  were 
initiated  into  the  mysteries  of  the  many  different 

161 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

qualities  of  tea  being  produced  from  one  plant  and  from 
one  picking  of  that  plant.  The  road  proceeds  by 
Heldummula  and  Haputale,  rising  steadily  to  about 
5,000  feet,  with  magnificent  views  southwards  over  the 
broad  plain,  which  extends  right  to  the  sea,  and 
traversing  a  small  plateau  of  lower  level  than  the  ridge, 
Bandarawella,  about  4,000  feet  above  the  sea,  is  reached. 
This  is  claimed  to  be  the  most  equable  climate  in  Ceylon, 
and  is  really  a  favourite  mountain  resort  for  Colombo 
residents,  with  a  hill  station  for  European  troops. 

We  proceeded  next  day  by  Welimada,  rising  rapidly 
to  Nuwara  Eliya,  passing  on  the  way  the  small  Hakgala 
Botanic  Garden,  a  subsidiary  of  the  large  Peradeniya 
Gardens  near  Kandy.  The  reputation  of  Nuwara  Eliya 
is  well  deserved.  It  is  well  spread  out,  with  no  idea  of 
crowding,  as  every  house  has  extensive  grounds  and  there 
are  many  good  roads,  well-planned  drives,  and  a  golf 
course  of  eighteen  holes,  kept  in  good  condition  and  much 
played  upon.  On  leaving  for  Kandy,  we  passed  right 
through  Dimbula  Valley,  a  great  tract  of  beautiful  land 
almost  wholly  covered  by  tea,  the  finest  of  which  is 
produced  on  these  high  lands  between  4,000  and  6,000 
feet  above  the  sea.  We  stopped  at  one  garden  for  tiffin 
in  a  delightful  bungalow,  and  at  another  for  tea,  where 
the  bungalow  had  surroundings  of  beautiful  lawns, 
garden,  and  orchards,  and  continued  our  way  right  on 
to  Kandy  by  Nawalpitiya  and  Gampola. 

Here  we  were  right  back  to  crowded  humanity,  a 
teeming  population  in  closely-set  houses.  We  visited 
yet  another  garden  a  few  miles  from  Kandy,  where  very 
high-class  tea  is  produced,  and  the  manager  was  good 
enough  to  pass  us  on  to  the  curator  of  Peradeniya  Botanic 
Gardens,  who  made  our  visit  there  extremely  interesting. 
He  demonstrated  that  the  reputation  of  Ceylon  in  our 
children's  missionary  hymn  was  well  founded,  as  we  there 
saw  and  smelt  every  spicy  growth  we  had  ever  heard  of 
and  many  others  which  were  unknown  to  us.  The 

162 


Burma  and  Ceylon 

Temple  of  the  Tooth,  said  to  be  Buddha's,  is  a  show-place 
in  Kandy,  but  the  tooth  has  to  be  imagined,  as  it  is  not 
on  view.  It  is  described  as  two  inches  long  and  under 
one  in  diameter,  hardly  a  likely  article  ever  to  have  been 
in  the  mouth  of  a  human  being. 

In  the  Mahaweli  gunga,  about  two  miles  out  of  Kandy, 
we  saw  the  sacred  elephants  bathing,  and  here  also,  as 
well  as  between  Kandy  and  Matale,  we  saw  many  cacao 
plantations,  the  large  red  pods  of  which  make  a  beautiful 
show  by  the  roadsides.  The  beans  from  these  afford 
cocoa  and  chocolate,  also  largely  grown  in  the  West 
Indies.  This  finished  our  visiting  of  modern  Ceylon,  and 
our  next  experience  of  seeing,  in  these  days,  what  Ceylon 
of  two  thousand  years  ago  was  like  proved  extraordinarily 
interesting,  and  has  been  dealt  with  in  a  separate 
chapter. 

We  returned  to  Colombo  by  Puttalam  and  from  there, 
along  the  west  coast  of  the  island,  which  is  almost  wholly 
in  coco  palm  plantations,  the  produce  of  which  is  prepared 
into  copra  and  cocoanut-oil  and  shipped  largely  to 
Britain. 

Ceylon  has  learnt  the  lesson  of  fifty  years  ago,  at 
which  time  the  main  product  of  the  island  was  coffee, 
but  a  new  fungus  then  attacked  the  plants,  and  within 
ten  years  their  main  industry  was  gone  and  ruin  faced 
the  planters.  Now  there  are  produced  tea,  rubber, 
coco-nuts,  cacao,  and  spices,  and  no  danger  of  the 
recurrence  of  a  similar  calamity,  as  insect  and  vegetable 
enemies  are  eagerly  watched  by  a  capable  scientific 
staff. 

This  junction-place  of  eastern  and  southern  passage 
has  much  to  interest  travellers  and  to  benefit  health- 
seekers,  and  the  facilities  and  accommodation  provided 
compare  very  favourably  with  that  of  any  other  part 
of  the  Orient. 


XXII. 

The  Buried  Cities  of  Ceylon. 

ONE  of  the  many  extraneous  services  rendered  from 
time  to  time  by  the  Indian  and  Colonial  Civil 
Services  was,  nearly  a  hundred  years  ago,  per- 
formed by  George  Turnour,  who  translated  into  English 
a  record  of  Cingalese  history  from  about  500  B.C.,  written 
in  the  fifth  century  A.D.  by  a  Buddhist  priest,  and  called 
the  Mahanama.  This  history  is  curiously  confirmed  and 
amplified  by  the  ^wonderful  remains  at  Anaradhapura 
Sigiriya  and  Polonnaruwa,  which  have  during  recent 
years  been  gradually  freed  from  the  coverings  which 
have  kept  them  in  such  marvellous  preservation.  There 
is  yet  much  to  do  in  this  way. 

In  our  three  days'  stay  we  saw  in  succession 
Polonnaruwa,  Mihintale,  and  Anaradhapura,  the  two  last 
parts  of  one  large  capital  city,  sixteen  miles  square,  of 
2,300  years  back,  the  first  a  capital  of  much  later  date, 
probably  about  eight  hundred  years  ago.  These,  along 
with  some  smaller  places  which  we  did  not  visit,  are 
known  as  the  "  Buried  Cities  of  Ceylon,"  and  there  is 
quite  an  extensive  literature  on  the  subject.  Most  of 
the  ruins,  reached  by  a  paved  stairway,  at  Mihintale  are 
on  the  hill  around  Mahinda's  bed  and  tomb  in  the 
Ambasthale  Dagoba  adjoining.  He  lived  about  300  B.C., 
and  was  the  son  of  King  Asoka,  Emperor  of  India.  He 
became  the  apostle  of  Buddhism  from  India  to  Ceylon, 
where  Dewanampia  Tissa  was  king.  They  were  great 
builders  in  those  days,  and  much  of  their  bunding  remains 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

though  the  lapse  of  unheeding  centuries  had  put  them 
many  feet  under  the  present  surface.  Under  skilled 
guidance,  before  the  war,  work  was  proceeding  in  removing 
this  covering,  and,  though  then  interrupted,  has  now  been 
resumed,  so  each  year  progress  is  being  made  in  clearing 
the  outlines  of  this  great  city  of  pre-Christian  times. 
Brick  and  wood  parts  have  all  gone,  but  granite  remains, 
and  of  this  many  of  the  important  parts,  and  especially 
the  decorative  parts,  of  the  structures  were  made.  The 
term  "  moonstones  "  is  applied  to  the  large  semi-circular 
base  steps  of  stairways,  and  there  are  many  of  these 
exposed  now,  with  beautiful  concentric  rings  of  carving 
of  animals  in  succession,  usually  elephant,  horse,  bullock, 
and  lion ;  of  geese  in  flight,  of  acanthus  or  lotus  flower, 
with  a  centre  of  lotus  leaf.  The  condition  of  these  and 
the  other  sculptured  parts  is  wonderful,  and  the  per- 
fection of  forms  and  workmanship  is  still  more  so. 

There  are  at  Anaradhapura  three  great  dagobas — 
Kuanweli,  Abhayagiri,  and  Jetawanarama — enormous 
mounds  of  brick  and  earth  now  overgrown  by  vegetation, 
which  form  prominent  features  in  the  wooded  landscape. 
There  are  also  two  tanks  or  reservoirs,  which  enhance  the 
beauty  of  the  scene.  The  main  interest  centres  round  the 
Sacred  Bo  Tree  (see  73,  facing  p.  186),  believed  to  be  2,200 
years  old,  and  the  Lohopasada  or  Brazen  Palace,  of  which 
only  sixteen  hundred  upholding  granite  pillars  remain. 
Thupurama  is  a  masonry  pagoda  with  many  elaborately- 
carved  structures  around  it.  The  king's  palace  and 
elephant  stables  are  near  this.  All  the  names  given  are 
arbitrary  and  tentative,  as  only  a  fraction  of  the  area 
of  a  city  like  the  present  London  has  been  unearthed, 
and  the  walls  of  most  of  the  prominent  buildings  are 
yet  to  discover. 

At  Polonnaruwa  there  are  some  large  structures  which 
need  no  excavation,  particularly  the  Thupurama  Temple. 
From  the  underground  parts  a  sitting  and  a  sleeping 
Buddha,  with  guardian,  have  been  cleared,  but  on  the 

166 


The  Buried  Cities  of  Ceylon 

day  of  our  visit  the  light  was  difficult  and  only  dim 
pictures  were  possible. 

What  is  already  visible  is  of  extraordinary  interest, 
but  successive  years  will  steadily  increase  the  attraction 
of  this  chapter  of  long  past  history. 


iby 


XXIII. 
India. 

WE  entered  India  by  the  unusual  route  for  tourists 
from  Talai  Manaar  at  the  north  end  of  Ceylon 
to  Dharushkodi,  where  the  land  connection  with 
India  is  so  nearly  continuous  that  it  is  planned,  and  no 
doubt  will  be  carried  out,  to  have  a  causeway  with  a 
railway  from  the  island  to  the  mainland.     The  journey 
is   mostly  through  featureless   country  with   occasional 
hills,  but  it  is  a  land  teeming  with  historical  associations 
and  old  Hindu  temples. 

There  are  many  indications  that  here,  as  more  or 
less  throughout  India,  the  air  is  filled  by  the  spirits  of  the 
millions  whose  lives  have  made  the  present  India.  We 
were  now  passing  through  the  region  where  Britain 
unconsciously  began  her  contact  with  the  land,  the  story 
of  her  influence  on  which  was  to  form  one  of  the  most 
fascinating  pages  of  human  history. 

Madura,  Trichinopoly,  and  Tan j ore  are  full  of  interest 
to  the  archaeological  student.  We  passed  right  on  to 
Madras,  the  earliest  municipal  corporation  in  India,  and 
a  city  of  wide  roadways  and  large  open  spaces,  with  a 
fine  harbour.  There  is  a  population  of  over  half  a  million, 
mostly  Hindus,  a  considerable  amount  of  industry,  and 
a  steadily  increasing  commerce  by  sea.  Proceeding  by 
rail  to  Calcutta,  we  made  our  first  journey  on  wide- 
gauge  railway,  over  one  thousand  miles  in  about  forty 
hours.  At  Godavari,  over  a  river  of  the  same  name, 
there  was  a  bridge  about  one  and  a  half  miles  long  in 
fifty-six  spans.  On  this  journey  there  was  a  pleasing 

M  169 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

and  wholly  unexpected  greenness  over  the  landscape, 
largely  from  paddy-fields.  In  the  neighbourhood  of 
Vizianagram  we  first  saw  what  is  a  familiar  sight  nearer 
Calcutta,  fields  of  ripe  jute,  which  13  an  attractive  feature 
in  the  landscape,  the  stems  being  of  a  red-brown  colour 
with  small  white  flowers.  The  spinning  and  weaving  of 
this  product,  on  a  small  scale  in  this  quarter,  is  the  large 
industry  of  Bengal. 

Landing  in  Calcutta  at  Howrah  on  the  right  bank  of 
the  Hooghly,  the  first  impression  of  the  late  capital,  and 
the  newest  of  India's  large  cities,  is  not  favourable,  but, 
on  crossing  the  pontoon  bridge  to  the  left  bank  and  getting 
through  the  maze  of  narrow  streets  to  Dalhousie  Square, 
the  impression  of  handsome  structures  and  open  spaces 
is  received,  and  on  reaching  the  Maidan,  with  its  surround- 
ing public  and  private  buildings  and  ample  roadways, 
it  is  felt  that  here  is  something  really  worthy  of  a  city 
with  over  a  million  inhabitants  and  an  enormous  trading 
intercourse  with  the  whole  world.  The  history  of 
Calcutta  is,  for  Indian  cities,  a  brief  one,  as  before  the 
British  occupancy  it  did  not  exist.  Jute  and  tea  are  the 
two  products  on  which  Calcutta  depends  and  her  imports 
are  largely  British  manufactures,  for  which  she  is  the 
convenient  entry  port  for  a  large  internal  distribution. 
The  residential  parts  of  Calcutta  have  mostly  spacious 
grounds  around  the  houses,  and  only  four  miles  out  we 
saw  golf  played  on  greens  as  well  grown  as  any  inland 
home  course. 

There  are  in  the  business  circles  here  about  as  large  a 
proportion  of  Scottish  men  and  women  as  we  had  found 
in  Rangoon,  and  life  appeared  to  be  very  congenial  in 
the  cold  weather  months. 

The  nearest  resort  for  hot  weather  is  Darjeeling,  which 
we  reached  by  an  overnight  journey  on  three  different 
gauges,  the  last  of  which,  twenty-four  inches,  rises  to 
about  7,000  feet  in  full  view  of  the  Himalayas,  with 
Kinchinjanga  right  opposite,  and  Mount  Everest,  over 

170 


Jl 


57 — DUSASSWAMEDH   GHAT,   BENARES. 


'..ff*      f '  '     •     j  '    '! 

, ,  f*      ^    ^wii*t'A     ^ 


58— PUNCH  GUNGA  BENI  NADNO  GHAT,  BENARES. 


59— PRAMBANNAN.  DJOKJAKARTA,  JAVA. 


60— INTERIOR  DARGAH  MOSQUE,  FATEPUR  SIKRI. 


India 

.-29,000  feet,  visible  from  Tiger  Hill.  To  go  there  involved 
getting  out  of  bed  at  2  a.m.,  and  reaching  the  summit 
while  the  sky  had  only  star-light,  but  that  of  a  brilliancy 
unknown  in  our  land  or  even  on  the  Indian  plains  ;  then 
slowly  the  eastern  sky  lightened  and  the  stars  paled. 
Before  the  sun  was  visible  the  tips  of  Kinchin janga 
became  touched  with  rosy  light,  then  the  sun  broke  the 
horizon  line  and  showed  on  the  tips  of  Everest  and  the 
two  neighbouring  mountains,  and  very  quickly  there- 
after we  had  the  full  light  of  glorious  day.  We  were 
simply  rewarded  for  our  early  start  by  a  remarkably  fine 
display  and  a  perfect  view  of  the  world's  highest  tip  on 
•earth's  highest  mountain. 

The  whole  surroundings  of  Darjeeling  are  agreeable. 
Tea-gardens  come  quite  close  to  the  residences,  and  give 
employment  to  about  50,000  coolies.  The  population 
outside  of  European  visitors  is  of  very  varied  hill  races, 
who  attend  the  week-end  markets  in  picturesque,  highly- 
coloured  costumes. 

Returning  to  Calcutta,  instead  of  taking  a  cross- 
country journey,  we  started  from  there  direct  to  Benares, 
beginning  a  round  of  the  historic  cities  of  the  United 
Provinces.  Some  visitors  to  India  select  a  few  cities 
.and  take  these  as  being  representative  of  India.  No  two 
places  we  saw  in  any  way  resembled  each  other,  and 
though  we  spent  four  months  there,  and  travelled  over 
three  thousand  miles,  seeing  twenty  cities  and  as  many 
villages,  our  first-hand  knowledge  of  India  does  not  cover 
one-twentieth  part  of  the  country. 

Benares  is  called  the  religious  capital  of  India,  and  the 
feature  of  the  place  is  the  ghats  or  masonry  stair-banks, 
which  afford  approaches  to  the  sacred  River  Ganges. 
There  are  about  twenty  of  these.  At  all  times  they  have 
many  pilgrims  bathing  from  the  steps,  but  iat  certain 
phases  of  the  moon,  and  at  other  special  festival  times, 
there  are  multitudes  by  hundreds  of  thousands,  not  only 
bathing,  but  making  on  foot  the  Panch  Kosi  pilgrimage 

171 


Zig'Zagging  Round  the   World 

of  thirty-six  miles,  usually  occupying  six  days,  around  the 
sacred  city.  The  interior  of  Benares  can  hardly  be  called 
clean  and  the  roadways  are  mostly  narrow  lanes. 
Workers  in  the  main  industry  of  ornamental  brasswork 
are  producing  much  inferior  work,  and  the  brocades  and 
embroideries  are  also  inferior  to  those  of  earlier  days. 
It  was  exceedingly  interesting  to  stand  alongside  the  hand- 
looms  producing  elaborate  designs  with  most  primitive 
mechanism,  jacquard  machines  not  yet  having  been 
adopted  here.  Benares  has  a  reputation  as  a  place  of 
learning,  and  the  new  university,  now  in  course  of  building 
on  two  square  miles  of  land  gifted  by  the  Maharajah, 
promises  to  be  one  of  the  most  important  centres  of 
education  in  India.  The  mechanical  section,  now  open, 
is  splendidly  equipped  and  already  thronged  by  students. 

At  Sarnath,  where  Buddha  first  preached,  there  are 
many  Hindu  shrines  and  a  museum  containing,  among, 
other  sculptures,  an  Asoka  sandstone  column,  with 
Gupta  transcription  of  one  of  his  edicts.  At  Queen's 
College  there  is  erected  another  monolith  with  similar 
inscription,  which  was  found  near  Ghazipur.  A  few  miles- 
out  the  Maharajah  has  a  palace  and  fort  at  Ramnagar, 
the  most  attractive  feature  of  which  is  its  situation  above 
a  fine  ghat,  overlooking  the  river  front  at  Benares. 

From  here  we  visited  Jaunpur,  one  of  the  quaintest 
places  in  India,  its  main  attraction  being  a  stone  bridge 
over  the  Gumti,  with  sixteen  spans  and  shops  con- 
tinuously on  each  side  of  the  roadway.  At  the  south  end 
is  a  gigantic  stone  lion  as  guardian  of  the  bridge.  There 
are  many  fine  mosques  here,  especially  the  Jami  Musjid, 
erected  about  five  hundred  years  ago,  soon  after  the 
place  was  founded,  by  Firoz  Shah  in  memory  of  his 
predecessor,  Juna  Khan  or  Mohammed  Bui  Tulak. 

Our  next  visit  was  to  Lucknow,  the  place  of  pre- 
ponderating interest  in  the  Mutiny  story.  The  city  is 
cleaner  than  Benares  and  has  good  wide  roads,  but  the 
depth  of  dust,  even  in  the  parks,  is  unbelievable.  There 

172 


India 

are  no  important  industries  and  the  public  buildings  are 
not  impressive,  either  as  regards  their  architecture  or 
construction.  For  India,  it  has  only  a  short  history, 
about  two  hundred  years,  and  but  for  the  associations 
with  its  distinguished  defenders  and  the  relief  forces,  the 
buildings  which  one  views  with  such  pathetic  interest— 
the  Residency,  Dilkusha,  Martiniere,  and  Alambagh, — 
would  be  little  regarded.  The  Jami  Musjid  is  easily  the 
most  impressive  building  in  Lucknow,  being  placed  on  a 
prominent  site,  with  boldly-designed  domes  and  minarets. 

Cawnpore  has  also  tragic  memories  of  heroic  but 
costly  defence  and  a  capitulation  to  Nana  Sahib,  which 
was  even  more  tragic  because  of  his  dastardly  treachery. 
The  memorials  in  Cawnpore  are  most  carefully  preserved, 
and  their  concentration  facilitates  a  mental  recon- 
struction of  the  events.  Cawnpore  is  quite  the  most 
progressive  industrial  city  in  India.  There  are  large 
textile  factories,  well  equipped  with  modern  machinery, 
as  well  as  great  tanneries  and  factories  making  up  their 
product  for  home  distribution  and  export.  There  are 
here  also  technical  schools  and  an  agricultural  college, 
with  an  extensive  Government  experimental  farm. 

The  administrative  centre  of  the  United  Provinces  is 
at  present  Allahabad,  and  it  is  laid  out  on  such  ample 
lines,  covering  such  a  large  area,  that  it  gives  one  the 
impression  of  being  an  ideal  garden  city.  Even  business 
premises  are  usually  great  bungalows  with  surrounding 
gardens.  The  well-known  Pioneer  newspaper  has  an 
establishment  more  like  the  residence  of  a  prosperous 
merchant  than  our  home  idea  of  what  is  suitable  for  the 
direction  and  issue  of  an  influential  daily  paper.  The 
city's  history  goes  back  over  two  thousand  years,  and  the 
fort  built  by  Akbar  is  a  most  interesting  group  of 
buildings,  including  an  Asoka  Pillar,  the  Akshai  Bat,  or 
undying  banyan  tree,  and  a  much-pillared  zenana 
building  underground.  The  Tribeni  Ghat  marks  the 
confluence  of  Ganges,  Jumna,  and  Saraswati,  and  this 

173 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

is  the  scene  of  what  is  now,  and  has  been  held  from  time 
immemorial,  a  great  religious  fair  called  the  Magh  Mela. 

We  now  left  the  cities,  and  made  our  way  to  a  small 
station  in  the  Bundelkhand  district,  called  Karwi  or 
Karwi  Tarawhan.  The  name  is  sometimes  spelt  Kirwee, 
but  always  pronounced  Kurwi.  Here  we  were  living 
with  the  magistrate's  household,  first  in  a  bungalow  and 
later,  for  three  weeks,  in  a  travelling  camp  around  the 
district.  This  gave  an  opportunity  of  coming  in  close 
contact  with  real  Indian  life  practically  away  from  other 
Europeans.  In  the  immediate  neighbourhood  of  Karwi 
is  Chitrakot,  a  great  place  of  pilgrimage  for  devout 
Hindus,  as  it  is  said  to  be  where  Sita  Rama  and  Laksdman 
came  to  live  after  their  exile  from  Ajudhia.  There  is  a 
dilapidated  temple,  known  as  the  Ganesh  Bagh,  and  the 
ruins  of  the  large  Bara  Palace,  in  which,  after  the  Mutiny, 
a  famous  treasure  was  kept,  known  as  the  Karwi  and 
Banda  prize  money.  Here  the  Peshwa  had  lived  in 
great  state,  but  the  present  representative  is  a  ward  of 
the  magistrate,  and  his  means  are  so  attenuated  that 
these  possessions  cannot  even  be  kept  in  repair.  At 
Karwi  we  saw  day  by  day  the  village  life  under  its- 
Lumbardar  (headman)  and  Panchiat  (council  of  five), 
and  its  revenue  collection  under  the  Tehsildar,  also  the 
courts  with  chuprassis  (officers)  and  chaukidars 
(policemen).  At  one  of  the  stopping -places,  when  on 
tour,  there  was  an  old  fort,  with  moat  and  dungeons  very 
like  many  of  the  castles  in  the  West  Highlands  of 
Scotland. 

At  another  place  the  arrival  of  the  Prince  of  Wales 
in  the  province  was  celebrated  by  a  gathering  in  the 
evening,  to  which  the  magistrate  and  his  party  were 
invited.  After  dark,  a  group  of  men  from  the  village, 
with  torches,  escorted  us  on  an  elephant  from  camp  to 
an  enclosure  marked  off  by  torches,  and  our  arrival  was 
the  signal  for  a  salvo  of  guns,  after  which  the  headman 
spoke  a  welcome  and  an  old  poet  recited  his  composition 

174 


India 

of  many  verses.  There  was  a  distribution  of  food  to  the 
poor  and  sweets  to  the  children  of  the  school,  who  then 
sang  several  pieces.  More  singing  and  speeches  followed, 
and  the  magistrate  concluded  the  proceedings  by  a  lengthy 
speech,  in  which  he  took  occasion  to  tell  much  as  to  the 
Prince  and  his  journey  to  see  for  himself  the  peoples  of 
India  and  his  great  desire  to  know  thoroughly  all  about 
them.  A  most  loyal  gathering  concluded  by  the  usual 
anthems,  and  from  beginning  to  end  it  was  a  well-managed 
show.  The  people  know  how  to  do  that  kind  of  thing. 

Most  of  these  camps  were  in  well-chosen  groves  of 
mango  trees,  and  incidentally  there  were  many  oppor- 
tunities of  seeing  the  beasts  of  the  fields  and  the  fowls 
of  the  air.  Our  camp  was  moved  every  three  or  four  days 
eight  or  ten  miles,  the  move  mainly  taking  place  in  the 
cool  night,  except  the  sleeping-tents.  Camels  and  a  few 
bullock  carts  carried  the  baggage,  and  the  party  moved 
between  chota  hazri  and  breakfast,  the  magistrate  and 
his  mem-sahib  on  horses  often  diverging  to  inspect  a 
school,  office,  or  pound ;  the  burra  sahib  and  burra  mem- 
sahib,  with  the  baby  on  an  elephant  and  the  other  live 
stock,  including  a  cow  and  calf,  a  dog  and  two  puppies, 
and  three  baby  camels,  by  road  or  on  wagons.  The 
family  was  increased  by  one  baby  camel,  which  when  two 
hours  old  tried  to  walk  like  its  seniors.  The  camp  was 
pitched  for  breakfast,  and  the  sleeping  tents  arrived  and 
were  put  up  in  the  afternoon.  It  is  an  interesting  and 
healthy  life  and  undoubtedly  beneficial  to  the  Govern- 
ment, as  the  courts  held  are  only  a  small  part  of  the  work. 
All  kinds  of  questions  as  to  roads,  property,  schools,  and 
other  public  buildings  are  dealt  with  satisfactorily  by  the 
magistrate  on  the  spot.  These  country  people  look  to 
the  powers-that-be  with  the  reverence  of  children,  and 
respect  a  sensible  practical  decision  of  their  affairs. 

We  started  westwards  before  Christmas,  spending  a 
night  at  Jhansi,  the  capital  of  Bundelkhand,  on  the  way 
to  Gwalior,  where  we  were  to  pass  the  holidays,  living  in 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

the  Maharajah's  guest-house,  giving  us  our  first  experience 
of  a  great  native  State.  We  were  welcomed  by  a  young 
Rajput  in  an  A.D.C.  smart  uniform,  and  quickly  found 
ourselves  quite  at  home.  The  Maharajah's  secretary 
was  a  medical  who  had  qualified  in  Edinburgh,  his  old 
tutor  was  a  good  Scot,  now  retired,  who  had  come  out  for 
the  cold  weather  to  India,  and  he  acted  as  host,  while 
the  majority  of  the  other  guests  were  young  officers 
from  the  Renown,  then  lying  at  Bombay,  among  whom 
was  Prince  Charles  of  Belgium,  a  young  midshipman, 
who  had  been  educated  at  Eton  and  spoke  English 
without  a  trace  of  an  accent.  The  whole  staff  of  servants 
at  the  guest-house  were  in  a  brightly-coloured  uniform, 
in  colours  not  unlike  the  beefeaters  at  the  Tower,  even  to 
the  head-dress.  We  spent  Christmas  there,  and  had  our 
turkey  and  plum-pudding,  with  the  usual  accompaniments, 
regardless  of  the  temperature.  The  Maharajah  holds  a 
leading  place  among  native  princes,  being  highly  educated 
and  determined  to  have  his  State  in  the  forefront,  but  he 
does  not  spare  himself,  as  he  is  said  to  work  fourteen 
hours  per  day.  There  are  many  State  enterprises, 
including  several  light  railways,  mechanical  workshops, 
boot  and  saddlery  factory,  and  a  pottery,  also  an 
agricultural  college.  The  Maharajah's  palace  is  quite 
modern  and  furnished  on  western  lines.  The  Prince  of 
Wales'  visit  was  yet  to  come,  and  the  whole  place  was 
lively  with  preparations,  as  four  days  were  to  be  spent 
in  the  State. 

The  outstanding  interest  is  the  fort,  which  has  a 
unique  situation  on  a  rocky  eminence  about  three  hundred 
feet  above  the  plain,  one  and  three-quarter  miles  long  and 
from  two  hundred  yards  to  half  a  mile  in  breadth.  This 
is  completely  enclosed  by  a  wall  thirty  to  thirty-five  feet 
high,  with  six  gates,  and  as  our  visit  was  paid  mounted 
on  an  elephant,  we  were  appropriately  admitted  by  the 
elephant  gate,  and  began  our  tour  with  the  most  inter- 
esting place,  the  Man  Singh  Palace,  full  of  beautiful 

176 


India 

stone-work  decoration,  particularly  open  screen  work. 
The  Tali  ka-Mandir,  a  temple  of  the  eleventh  century, 
and  the  Jain  or  Sas  Bahu  Temples  are  marvels  of  minute 
sculpture.  The  descent  from  the  fort  is  made  extra- 
ordinarily interesting  by  a  succession  of  rock  sculptures, 
made  by  Jains  in  the  fifteenth  century,  gigantic  figures 
are  visible  from  the  road,  and  there  are  many  interior 
excavations ;  in  all  over  twenty  figures,  twenty  to  thirty 
feet  in  height. 

We  were  now  to  visit  the  one  place  acknowledged  to 
be  the  centre  of  a  visitor's  interest  in  India,  Agra,  and  we 
were  not  disappointed.  This  and  its  neighbourhood  has 
been  made  the  subject  of  a  special  chapter. 

The  whole  country  around  Delhi  has  for  westerns 
extraordinary  interest  as  the  scene,  not  of  one  or  two,  but 
of  a  succession  of  at  least  seven  Delhi's,  and  at  the  present 
time  there  are  visible  two  more,  the  temporary  city  out 
northwards  of  the  present  walled  town  and  the  great 
capital  that  is  to  be,  in  the  opposite  direction,  with  the 
outlines  of  New  Government  House  and  the  Secretariat 
well  defined.  Southwards  especially  there  are  extensive 
remains  of  old  buildings,  and  generally  these  have  been 
rugged  and  enormously  strong  buildings.  Tuklak's  tomb 
is  typical,  and  the  race  was,  like  their  buildings,  robust, 
rugged,  and  determined. 

The  fort  is  beautifully  situated  on  the  right  bank  of 
the  Jumna  river,  and  its  gardens,  with  the  surrounding 
buildings,  are  the  outstanding  feature.  There  are  public 
and  private  audience  chambers,  baths,  various  women's 
palaces,  and  particularly  a  life-giving  garden  court,  all 
of  elaborately  carved  marble  work ;  but  the  distinctive 
object  of  interest  at  Delhi  stands  outside  the  present 
city,  the  Kutab  Minar  and  surroundings.  This  structure, 
erected  in  various  stages  by  successive  rulers,  is  believed 
to  have  been  a  tower  to  commemorate  the  victory  of  the 
Mohammedans.  Begun  in  the  twelfth  century,  and  added 
to  in  the  two  succeeding  centuries,  it  is  a  monument 

177 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

worthy  of  the  intention.  The  Kuwwat-ul-Mam  Mosque 
is  a  fitting  part  of  the  group  ;  the  screen  and  cloisters 
are  remarkably  impressive.  Within  stands  the  famous 
Iron  Pillar,  chronicling  the  deeds  of  King  Chandra,  who 
reigned  about  460  A.D.  The  tomb  of  Altamsh,  dating 
back  to  the  thirteenth  century,  stands  outside  the  mosque 
at  the  north-west  corner,  and  is  remarkable  for  the 
beautiful  carved  marble  work. 

The  fort  of  Tuklakbad  is  almost  wholly  in  ruins , 
there  being  only  the  remains  of  the  great  wall  without 
any  structures  within  it,  but  the  rugged  tomb  of  this 
warrior  is  kept  in  good  preservation,  and  reminds  one  of 
the  Inca  remains  in  Peru  and  Cecil  Rhodes'  last  resting- 
place  in  the  Matoppo  Hills  in  South  Africa.  The 
mausoleums  of  Eiro  Shah,  nearer  Delhi,  as  well  as  those 
of  Humayun,  the  second  great  Mughul  ruler,  and  Nawab 
Safdar  Jang,  are  handsome  buildings,  with  the  surround- 
ings well  kept,  but  nothing  distinctive  in  their  architecture. 

Many  British  Government  representatives  have  helped 
in  the  restoration  and  preservation  of  historical  Indian 
buildings  and  sites,  but  it  will  be  readily  acknowledged 
that  if  Lord  Curzon  had  no  other  monument  of  his  work 
there,  he  has  written  deep  for  posterity  in  the  part  he 
has  borne  in  this  valuable  work.  There  are  two  beautiful 
marble  doors  on  the  tombs  of  the  Muhammad  Shah 
and  Prince  Jahangir,  son  of  Akbar,  beside  the  shrine  of 
Nizam-ud-din-ulah.  Delhi  has  also  its  interest  as  the 
scene  of  the  greatest  siege  in  the  Mutiny,  a  costly  but 
successful  effort  which  may  be  said  to  have  ended  the 
crisis. 

We  now  turned  southwards  with  regret,  there  being 
many  interesting  areas  in  the  Punjab  and  beyond, 
especially  Kashmir,  the  ideal  hot-weather  refuge  in  the 
great  north-west  ;  but  Rajputana  called  us,  and  we  saw 
in  succession  the  two  great  natives  States,  Jaipur  and 
Udaipur.  Again,  these  are  entirely  different  from  each 
other  and  also  from  Gwalior.  Jaipur,  within  its 


India 

crenellated  walls,  with  seven  gates,  has  roomy  main 
streets  over  one  hundred  feet  wide.  It  is  a  centre  of 
varied  manufactures  and  a  live,  prosperous  place.  The 
Maharajah's  palace  is  within  the  walls  and  is  not  remark- 
able. The  observatory,  built  by  Jai  Singh  in  the  open 
air  two  hundred  years  ago,  is  a  curious  gathering  of 
extraordinary  instruments.  There  are  some  fine  modern 
buildings  outside  the  wall,  especially  the  Albert  Hall  and 
Museums.  The  old  capital,  about  six  miles  out  at 
Amber  (pronounced  Am-bare),  is  of  great  interest,  having 
many  fine  buildings  in  a  remarkably  fine  situation.  At 
Galta,  about  two  miles  off,  there  is  a  curious  ruined  temple 
to  the  Sun  God,  on  the  way  to  which,  from  a  hill,  an 
excellent  view  of  the  present  city,  with  the  Tiger  Fort 
watching  over  it,  is  to  be  had. 

Udaipur  is  easily  the  most  picturesque  place  we  saw 
in  India.  Situated  on  a  ridge  among  surrounding  hills, 
the  succession  of  white  palaces  is  the  central  figure  and 
the  city  surrounding  it  is  an  accessory.  In  the  morning 
this  aspect  gets  the  full  blaze  of  the  sun,  while  from  the 
west  side  in  the  evening  it  is  seen  with  the  large  full 
Pichola  Lake  as  foreground,  studded  with  gem-like 
islets,  mainly  covered  by  dainty  marble  structures,  and 
on  the  ridge  behind,  the  same  palaces  on  their  other  side 
lit  by  the  setting  sun.  It  is  an  eastern  dream  city, 
embodied.  The  Maharana  of  Udaipur  is  the  representa- 
tive of  the  premier  ruling  house  in  India,  and,  as  he  is 
now  an  aged  man,  his  rule  is  shared  by  his  son,  by  whom 
we  were  received  when  visiting  the  palace.  It  is  an 
interesting  pile  of  buildings  of  very  varied  age  and  has 
much  modern  fitting.  At  the  Resident's  reception  we 
met  many  of  the  rajahs,  who  all  spoke  fluent  English  and 
many  played  a  good  game  of  lawn-tennis.  The  city 
outside  of  the  palace  is  rather  smelly  and  its  roadways 
are  hardly  more  than  passages.  Certainly,  the  view  of 
the  city  from  Pitchola  Lake  and  the  Fateh  Sagar  is  much 
the  finest  thing  in  Udaipur.  At  Arh,  near  the  railway 

179 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

station,  are  the  mausoleums  of  the  maharanas,  many  of 
which  are  beautiful  marble  structures  in  good  preservation. 

We  returned  northwards  to  Ajmer,  a  large  railway 
centre,  which  is  also  the  cold  weather  location  of  the 
administration  of  Rajputana.  It  is  a  place  with  a  long 
history  of  many  changes.  There  is  a  fine  mosque,  the 
Arhai-din-ka-jonpra,  with  a  remarkable  massive  screen. 
The  city  within  the  walls  can  hardly  be  said  to  have 
streets.  They  are  only  narrow  passages,  and  we  did  not 
wonder  that  epidemics  are  rarely  absent. 

On  our  way  to  the  suburbs  we  stopped  at  a  modern 
Jain  temple,  called  the  Naseyan  or  Red  Temple,  a  large 
four-storey  building  which  had  in  its  two  upper  storeys  a 
representation,  in  brass  and  gilt  work,  of  scenes  illus- 
trating the  birth  and  life  of  Adinath,  the  first  propagator 
of  the  Jain  religion.  These  scenes  were  laid  at  Ajodhya 
and  Allahabad,  including  the  Tribeni  Ghat  there.  This 
structure  was  not  yet  completed.  Outside  the  wall 
there  are  roomy  parks  and  what  remains  of  the  almost 
dry  Ana  Sagar,  with  a  series  of  five  beautiful  marble 
pavilions,  erected  by  Shah  Jahan,  but  allowed  to  fall  into 
disrepair  and  now  restored. 

The  Mayo  College  is  a  fine  handsome  building  of 
modern  construction,  and  of  remarkable  and  charac- 
teristic Indian  architecture. 

In  the  summer  the  administrative  centre  for  Rajputana 
is  at  Mount  Abu,  where  we  spent  a  few  days.  The  road 
from  Abu  Road  station  is  a  fine  piece  of  engineering,  with 
beautiful  views,  ascending  4,000  feet  to  Mount  Abu, 
where  are  the  Dilwarra  Temples,  the  finest  marble  work 
in  India  ;  again  Jain  sculptures,  this  time  entirely  interiors, 
pillars,  and  elaborate  arches  and  roofs.  Most  of  the 
Rajput  States  have  vakils  or  agents  here,  and  these  have 
residences  of  varied  grandeur,  some  with  large  mansions 
and  extensive  grounds. 

We  now  proceeded  to  Bombay,  our  port  of  embarka- 
tion, which  we  again  found  to  be  entirely  different  from 

180 


India 

Calcutta,  Colombo,  or  Madras.  It  has  the  advantage  in 
situation,  being  on  an  island  which  is  practically  a 
peninsula,  with  many  bays  and  undulations,  on  one  arm 
having  Government  House  in  a  beautiful  setting,  almost 
surrounded  by  the  sea.  It  is  a  place  of  large  industries 
and  much  commerce,  with  fine  clubs  and  many  beautiful 
residences,  the  most  pretentious  of  which  do  not  always 
belong  to  Europeans. 

Well,  and  what  of  the  future  of  India  ?  Its  history 
is  of  such  duration  that  the  British  occupancy  may  only 
prove  a  little  incident,  but  with  such  judgment  as  a 
transitory  visitor  may  venture  to  apply,  I  do  not  think 
the  time  has  yet  come  for  India  to  go  her  own  way. 
The  native  States  give  little  indication  of  desire  to  do 
this,  and  the  present  agitation  is  only  a  demonstration 
of  how  unfit  its  present  leaders  would  be  to  guide  in  the 
event  of  the  movement  succeeding. 

India  may  yet  do  great  things  under  the  British  Raj. 


181 


XXIV. 

Agra  and  its  Neighbourhood. 

AGRA  is  for  India  a  modern  place.  Delhi  and 
Allahabad  have  comparatively  long  back 
histories.  Agra  was  built  by  Akbar  and  his 
immediate  successors,  and  the  buildings  were  all  con- 
structed in  the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth  centuries.  All 
the  world  knows  of  the  Taj  Mahal,  built  by  Shah  Jahan 
in  memory  of  Arjmand  Banu,  his  favourite  queen,  known 
as  Mumtaz  Mahal,  "Pride  of  the  Palace."  It  is  of 
Indo-Persian  architecture  and  white  marble,  with  black 
lines,  scrolls  and  lettering,  and  the  inlay  of  coloured 
precious  stones,  known  as  "  pietra  dura,"  has  been 
exquisitely  used  for  decoration.  We  saw  it  daily  for  five 
days  in  varied  lights  from  sunrise  to  sunset,  and  each 
time  the  impression  grew  on  us  that  it  was  a  building 
nobly  planned  and  perfectly  carried  out — the  most 
sublime  monument  of  human  devotion  in  existence. 
The  setting  and  amplitude  of  the  surroundings  are  worthy 
of  it.  The  small  tomb  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Jumna 
to  Mirza  Ghiyas  Beg,  grandfather  of  the  lady  of  the  Taj, 
is  an  even  more  perfect  work  than  the  Taj  itself.  Each 
feature  of  the  marble  screens  and  coloured  inlay  work  is 
absolutely  perfect,  and  the  whole  dainty  tomb  is  the 
most  pleasing  and  impressive  grave  in  India.  It  was 
built  by  the  Emperor  Jahangir  for  the  father  of  his  wife, 
Nur  Jahan.  The  Jami  Musjid,  a  large  mosque  also 
built  by  Shah  Jahan,  adjoins  the  fort.  It  has  three 
enormous  domes  of  red  sandstone,  marked  by  bands  of 
white  marble  and  a  noble  courtyard  of  ample  spacious- 

183 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

ness.  The  fort  is  an  unrivalled  collection  of  magnificent 
buildings,  mostly  built  by  Shah  Jahan  in  the  seventeenth 
century.  The  Moti  Musjid  or  Pearl  Mosque,  Shish 
Mahal  or  Mirror  Palace,  and  the  Diwan-i-Khas  or  Hall  of 
Private  Audience  are  the  most  important. 

These  do  not  complete  the  attractive  buildings  of 
Agra,  as  Akbar's  Tomb  at  Sikandra,  of  red  sandstone  and 
white  marble,  is  a  most  wonderful  structure.  The 
approach  is  by  a  magnificent  gateway,  a  monument  by 
itself  of  red  sandstone  with  marble  and  much  elaborate 
patterning  and  four  tall  minarets  at  the  corners.  The 
approach  gives  scope  for  an  impressive  view  of  the 
mausoleum,  the  lower  part  of  which  is  red  sandstone. 
The  fine  terrace  on  the  top,  with  its  white  marble 
lattice-work  cloisters  arid  cenotaph,  where,  it  is  said,  the 
Koh-i-noor,  on  a  beautiful  pillar,  was  a  constantly 
naturally-lighted  guard,  fitly  completes  the  memorial 
of  one  of  India's  greatest  rulers. 

Fatepur-sikri,  Akbar's  abandoned  capital,  has  such  a 
multitude  of  fine  structures  that  it  would  need  many  visits 
to  carry  away  their  various  distinctions.  The  general 
impression  is  that  nowhere  in  the  world  is  there  a  group 
of  buildings  each  so  distinctive,  not  only  in  general  design, 
but  in  detail.  The  gem  is  the  Dargah  or  tomb  of  Sheikh 
Salem  Chisti,  one  of  six  brothers,  Persians,  who  all  gave 
their  lives  to  the  religious  service  of  India,  and  whose 
memory  and  burying-places  are  venerated  equally  by 
Mohammedans  and  Hindus.  It  has  marble  lattice- work 
screens  all  round  and  peculiar  brackets  supporting  the 
roof.  The  doors  are  of  solid  ebony,  with  brass  decoration, 
and  the  canopy  over  the  tomb  is  inlaid  with  mother-of- 
pearl.  The  Diwan-i-Khas  or  Hall  of  Private  Audience 
is  full  of  original  work,  especially  one  circular  corbelled 
pillar  supporting  the  roof.  There  is  a  small  canopied 
structure  in  a  corner  known  as  the  "  Guru's  House," 
with  remarkable  struts  of  elaborate  carved  work  under 
the  architraves.  In  the  mosque  itself  are  some  beautiful 

184 


62 — THE  LADY  OF  THE  TAJ  MAHAL. 


63— INTERIOR  OF  TAJ  MAHAL. 


64 — BIRBAL'S  HOUSE,  FATEPUR  SIKRI. 


65— AKBAR'S  TOMB,  SIKANDRA,  AGRA. 


66— THE  FORT  AND  PALACE,  AGRA. 


67 — GATEWAY  OF  AKBAR'S  TOMB,  SIKANDRA. 


68 — JAMI  MASJID,  AGRA. 


iMMMMMMl 


' "     *  I   ft  • 


69— GATEWAY  OF  TAJ  MAHAL. 


70— QUADRANGLE  OF  DARGAH  MOSQUE,  FATEPUR  SIKRI. 


71 — TOMB  OF  I'TIMAD  u  DOWLAH. 


72 — GATE  OF  VICTORY — INTERIOR,  FATEPUR  SIKRI. 


i . 


T 


Agra  and  its  Neighbourhood 

inlaid  doorways  beside  the  pulpit.  The  quadrangle 
round  which  these  buildings  are  placed  is  approached  by 
the  Buland  Darwaza  or  Gate  of  Victory,  with  a  vast 
stairway  outwards,  increasing  the  impressiveness.  Mr. 
Ferguson,  the  authority  on  Indian  architecture,  considers 
it  "  noble  beyond  that  of  any  portal  attached  to  any 
mosque  in  India,  perhaps  in  the  whole  world." 

The  Palace  of  Birbal  teems  with  beautifully  carved 
work,  externally  and  internally.  Words  of  Victor  Hugo 
have  been  applied  to  it,  "  If  it  were  not  the  most  minute 
of  palaces,  it  was  the  most  gigantic  of  jewel-cases." 

Agra  itself  is  a  case  full  of  jewels  of  architecture, 
only  a  few  of  wliich  it  has  been  possible  to  faintly 
describe. 


XXV. 

Egypt,   Syria,  and  Palestine. 

AT    the  beginning  of  February,  in  lovely  sunshine, 
we  had  our  first  view  of  the  Red  Sea,  and  saw 
nothing  to  warrant  the  name,  as  the  waters  were 
a  vivid  blue  and  the  land  when  visible  was  yellow.     The 
Canal  is   very   featureless   as   compared   with  Panama, 
and  generally  seeing  Suez,  Ismalia,  and  Port  Said  after 
the  East  and  Far  East  is  an  anti-climax,  and  does  not 
give  the  usual  impression  described  by  travellers  in  the 
opposite  direction. 

Even  the  landing  place  is  a  disillusion,  as  Port  Said 
under  modern  hygienic  conditions  has  none  of  the  char- 
acteristics of  dirt,  disorder,  and  untidiness  one  is  led  to 
expect.  The  journey  to  Cairo  is  at  first  alongside  the 
Canal,  and  little  of  the  productiveness,  so  evident  on  the 
delta  lands  between  Cairo  and  Alexandria,  is  seen.  Again, 
in  Cairo,  there  is  about  Shepheard's  Hotel  an  absence 
of  the  desert  atmosphere  and  picturesque  Arabs  of  many 
novels.  It  is  modern  of  the  modern,  with  bathroom  suites 
and  daily  tea  dances  inside,  and  outside  cars  galore.  We 
were  not  a  day  in  Cairo  till  we  had  met  accidentally 
several  Glasgow  friends,  and,  better  still,  we  began  to 
get  home  letters  only  a  week  old. 

On  seeing  the  river  for  the  first  time  it  was  difficult 
to  realise  clearly  how  much  it  is  and  has  always  been 
to  Egypt  and  to  the  Egyptians.  The  early  Egyptian 
worship  was  of  Nature  and  Nature's  powers,  and  had 
that  continued  till  now  developments  of  the  last 
forty  years  would  only  have  placed  the  "  RIVER  "  as 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the  World 

more  outstandingly  the  fons  et  origo  of  all  the  enormously 
increased  production  which  have  so  benefited  the 
fellaheen. 

Neither  in  upper  nor  in  lower  Egypt  is  there  rainfall 
to  fully  utilise  the  fertility  of  the  land,  and  that  want 
has  now  been  supplied  by  an  extensive  irrigation  system, 
which  conserves  excessive  water  supply  until  it  can  be 
yielded  to  supply  deficiencies.  Four  great  dams  have 
for  this  purpose  been  built,  that  at  Cairo  being  the  oldest, 
opened  after  reconstruction  in  1891  ;  but  there  are  two 
others,  one  at  Assiout,  opened  in  1903,  and  another  at 
Esnah,  opened  in  1909,  besides  the  great  dam  at  Assouan, 
the  largest  work  of  all,  finally  opened  as  it  now  exists 
in  1912.  These,  with  improved  drainage  in  the  delta, 
are  the  real  cause  of  the  great  prosperity  in  Egypt  of 
recent  years,  and  they  have  not  yet  attained  their 
possibilities. 

Cairo  is  young,  as  ages  go  in  Egypt,  not  being  yet 
one  thousand  years  old  ;  its  features  are  mosques  and 
markets  within,  and  tombs  without  the  city.  The  most 
remarkable  tombs  are  the  pyramids.  They  look  huge 
masses  of  rough  masonry  and  there  is  nothing  beautiful 
about  them  ;  indeed,  the  whole  impression  of  old  Egyptian 
architecture  is  its  gigantic  scale  and  massiveness. 

The  rugged  stones  of  the  pyramids,  we  are  told,  were 
once  covered  by  dressed  granite  slabs  which  have  been 
largely  used  to  build  the  mosques  of  Cairo,  of  which  there 
are  over  three  hundred.  At  the  top  of  the  second 
pyramid  at  Ghizeh  enough  of  this  casing  has  been  left 
to  show  what  was  originally  the  condition  generally. 

The  Sphinx,  a  huge  figure,  partly  hewn  from  solid 
rock  and  partly  masonry,  with  a  human  head  and  animal 
forebody,  crouches  pensively  regarding  the  surrounding 
desert.  Antiquarians  consider  this  the  oldest  structure  . 
in  Egypt,  and  it  is  surmised  that  costly  investigation,  by 
clearing  the  enveloping  sand,  might  yield  evidence  that 
here  have  lain  for  seven  thousand  years  the  remains  of 

188 


Egypt,  Syria,  and  Palestine 

the  earliest  rulers  of  Egypt.  The  smaller  Sphinx  at 
Memphis  is  much  less  damaged  and  consequently  a  more 
impressive  figure,  but  the  most  interesting  part  of  the 
tombs  is  the  interiors,  with  graphic  wall  sculptures 
illustrating  the  lives  of  the  occupants  and  their  surround- 
ings. This  is  well  seen  at  Sakkara  in  the  tombs  of  Ti, 
Ptahhotep,  and  Mera,  about  five  thousand  years  old, 
as  well  as  in  the  Serapeum,  the  mausoleum  of  the  sacred 
bulls,  of  about  half  that  age. 

The  tombs  within  Cairo  of  the  Caliphs  and  Mamelukes 
are  interesting  only  as  mosque  buildings  of  Saracenic 
style,  and  generally  they  have  been  little  cared  for  and 
are  in  poor  repair.  The  mosques  at  the  citadel  have  a 
very  fine  situation,  and  in  this  flat  country  are  visible 
far  beyond  the  city;  and  conversely,  the  view  from  the 
southern  rampart  is  the  finest  in  Cairo.  The  mosque  of 
Mehemet  Ali,  in  which  he  is  buried,  is  both  outside  and 
inside  remarkably  fine,  while  those  of  Mohammed  Nasr 
and  Suleiman  Pasha  are  interesting,  but  without  dis- 
tinctive feature.  Of  the  many  others  scattered  through 
the  city  that  of  Sultan  Hassan  has  fine  proportions  and  a 
beautiful  minaret,  but  it  is  in  poor  repair,  as  is  Ibu  Talun, 

The  University  mosque,  El-Azhar,  is  of  quite  extra- 
ordinary interest,  being  the  largest  Moslem  teaching 
institution  in  the  world.  A  vast  area  of  floorage,  with 
hundreds  of  pillars  carrying  its  roof,  is  covered  by  little 
groups  of  students,  each,  with  their  teacher  and  individual 
as  well  as  collective  voices,  make  a  noise  that  to  western 
ears  would  be  very  disturbing,  if  not  unbearable.  There 
were  many  groups  of  older  children  among  the  adults, 
and  instead  of  resenting  the  presence  of  unbelievers, 
these  young  followers  of  the  prophet  smiled  pleasantly 
and  used  a  few  words  of  English  to  us. 

The  one  place  in  Cairo  where  one  unmistakably 
recognises  the  east  is  the  mooski  or  bazaar,  and  there  is 
nothing  precisely  like  it  either  in  Europe  or  Asia.  A 
large  area  with  mostly  narrow  lanes  is  densely  occupied 

189 


Zig-Zagging   Round  the  World 

by  tiny  shops  generally,  though  sometimes  a  minute 
entrance  leads  to  extensive  warehouses  behind,  and  all 
are  crowded  by  wares  of  every  description.  There  is  a 
rough  classification,  such  as  carpets,  jewellery,  and  per- 
fumes, each  having  its  own  district.  There  are  also 
sections  devoted  to  various  countries,  such  as  Algeria 
and  the  Sudan.  It  is  recommended  that  the  bazaars 
should  be  visited  without  dragoman,  but  we  found  that, 
if  the  right  man  was  chosen  and  used  only  as  a  guide,  he 
earned  his  pay  by  keeping  off  beggars  and  other  would- 
be  guides.  The  museums,  Arabic  as  well  as  Egyptian, 
are  well  worth  visiting.  The  lamps  in  the  former  and 
in  the  other  the  mummies,  as  well  as  other  articles  from 
the  tombs,  are  unequalled  elsewhere. 

Early  in  our  visit  we  strayed  into  the  Esbekiya 
Gardens,  near  the  opera  house,  and  heard  an  excellent 
bagpipe  band,  evidently  much  appreciated,  but  the  pipers 
turned  out  to  be  Gurkhas  from  India. 

Recently  there  has  been  much  exploration  of  remains 
between  Memphis  and  Luxor,  and  great  discoveries  have 
been  made,  but  we  were  content  to  go  right  south  to  the 
recognised  centres  of  sights  in  Upper  Egypt,  Luxor,  and 
Assouan.  Here  stood,  four  thousand  years  ago,  one  of 
the  earliest  and  most  extensive  capitals  of  Upper  Egypt. 
The  temples  on  the  east  bank  at  Luxor  and  Karnak 
are  magnificent  ruins,  while  the  Thebes  side,  on  which 
the  larger  part  of  the  city  must  have  been  placed,  has 
both  above  and  underground  fascinatingly  interesting 
human  records  of  three  to  four  thousand  years  ago.  The 
Karnak  ruins  include  an  avenue  of  Sphinxes  and  an 
enormous  gateway,  while  the  great  hall  is  a  vast  structure, 
with  over  one  hundred  massive  pillars,  and  this  is  only 
the  nucleus  for  innumerable  subsidiary  buildings.  The 
Luxor  temple,  beautifully  situated  close  to  the  river, 
right  among  the  houses  of  the  town,  is  much  smaller, 
but  its  plan  is  more  intelligible,  aided  as  it  has  been  by 
restoration.  The  fellow  of  the  famous  obelisk  now  in 

190 


Egypt,  Syria,  and  Palestine 

the  Place  de  la  Concorde  in  Paris  stands  here.  We  were 
fortunate  in  being  able  to  see  these  two  temples,  not 
only  by  day,  but  by  the  light  of  the  full  moon,  and  the 
impression  will  not  easily  fade. 

Two  full  days  were  spent  in  seeing  the  surface 
remains  on  the  west  side,  Medinet  Habu,  Der-el-Bahari, 
Kurnah,  the  Rameseum,  as  well  as  the  excavated  tombs 
of  the  kings  and  queens  in  different  valleys.  We  visited 
the  recently-found  tomb  of  the  chief  gardener  to  an  early 
monarch,  and  found  the  coloured  pictorial  record  of  his 
life  even  more  interesting  than  those  of  royalty. 
Adjoining  the  Medinet  Habu  Temple  is  the  palace  of 
Rarneses  III.,  the  only  dwelling-house  of  which  we  saw 
the  remains,  showing  a  living-place  of  over  three  thousand 
years  ago.  Weeks  could  easily  be  spent  here  instead  of 
days.  A  sail  by  dahabiyeh  on  the  river  to  see  an  orange 
grove  and  eat  its  produce  right  from  the  trees  was  a 
welcome  relief  from  desert  sand  and  dusty  tombs. 

Assouan  is  the  only  place  we  visited  which  could  be 
called  picturesque,  with  much  vegetation  and  groves  of 
palms  and  other  trees  set  against  bold,  rocky  headlands, 
and  the  river  with  many  islands  below  the  rapids,  taking 
quick  curves,  becomes  quite  interesting.  The  only 
remains  are  the  Rock  Tombs  on  the  eastern  bank,  two 
of  which  graves  are  of  high  court  officials,  with  pictorial 
records  of  their  lives.  Elephantine  Island  has  an 
interesting  little  museum,  while  Kitchener's  Island,  with 
its  musical  sakkiyehs,  raising  Nile  water,  demonstrates 
what  fertility  is  in  suitably  watered  mud. 

Here  are  the  granite  quarries  from  which  the  huge 
blocks  of  buildings  hundreds  of  miles  away  were  cut  and 
transported,  and  one  obelisk  of  over  one  hundred  feet 
in  length  lies  unsevered  in  the  quarry,  from  which  its 
fellows  were  taken  to  see  the  outer  world  thousands  of 
years  ago.  Here  we  had  the  opportunity  of  seeing  genuine 
native  life  in  a  Bisharin  village  near  the  quarries.  It  did 
not  strike  us  as  very  desirable. 

191 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

While  we  were  in  Egypt,  Lord  Allenby  was  at  home 
on  the  mission  which  resulted  in  the  abolition  of  the 
protectorate.  If  the  Egyptians  are  wise,  they  will  secure 
the  continuance  of  the  guidance  which  has  done  so  much 
for  their  material  benefit  in  the  last  forty  years. 

We  arrived  at  Syria  from  the  west,  approaching  in 
early  morning  the  Gulf  of  Iskenderun,  right  in  the  north- 
east corner  of  the  Mediterranean  at  the  fort  of 
Alexandrette,  which  is  the  nearest  point  to  Aleppo. 
We  did  not  get  ashore  as  the  stoppage  was  very  brief, 
but  it  was  entirely  a  modern  town. 

Sailing  southwards  we  passed  Latakiah,  of  tobacco 
fame,  the  modern  form  of  Laodicea,  and  next  called  at 
Tripoli,  with  a  really  good  harbour  and  many  memorials 
of  Phoenician  times.  The  mountains  of  Lebanon  were 
now  well  in  view,  with  Jebel  Makmel,  of  over  10,000  feet 
directly  inland,  and  we  landed  shortly  afterwards  at 
Beyrout,  a  large  seaport,  with  many  Christian  missionary 
institutions  and  with  railway  to  Damascus,  being  the 
natural  port  for  that  city.  We  crossed  the  Lebanon 
range  by  a  well-engineered  road,  passing  many  summer 
resorts  for  the  dwellers  in  Beyrout  and  Damascus.  The 
scenery  is  magnificent  right  over  the  mountains  to 
Zahleh,  where  the  road  to  Baalbec  goes  off  across  the  plain. 

These  ruins  of  what  was  the  marvel  of  its  age,  the 
Temple  of  Heliopolis — City  of  the  Sun — are  of  all  such 
structures  in  the  east  in  the  most  perfect  condition. 
There  are  four  distinct  buildings,  the  outer  court  in 
hexagonal  form,  the  great  court  almost  square,  with  many 
subsidiary  and  later  structures  in  its  area,  particularly 
those  of  a  Christian  basilica.  These  were  but  the 
approaches  to  the  great  Temple  of  Jupiter  or  of  the  Sun, 
of  which  a  colonnade  is  the  most  important  survival. 
Last  there  is,  on  a  lower  level,  the  Temple  of  Bacchus,  an 
independent  building  on  which  the  sculptor's  brain  and 
chisel  have  lavished  decoration,  especially  on  its  arched 
roof,  and  much  of  that  remains.  Some  of  the  pillars  are 

192 


Syria,   and  Palestine 

vast  monoliths,  and  one  end  of  the  substructure  of  the 
Great  Temple  has  enormous  stones  of  such  weight  to 
move  as  would  tax  modern  resources.  This  comparatively 
compact  ruin  was  beautifully  set  among  apricot  groves 
in  full  bloom,  giving  a  scene  of  great  beauty. 

The  drive  from  Baalbec  retraces  to  Zahleh,  and  then 
the  way  is  again  over  the  mountains,  the  Anti-Lebanon. 
For  much  of  the  way  Mount  Hermon  affords  a  glorious 
view,  snow-capped,  and,  though  about  1,000  feet  lower 
than  Makmel,  impressive  from  its  being  more  isolated. 
The  descent  on  Damascus  is  very  beautiful,  and  the  first 
impression  of  this,  the  most  unquestionably  Oriental  city 
of  the  Near  East,  is  a  very  favourable  one.  What  a 
history  if  stones  could  speak.  We  know  it  has  been  a 
place  of  importance  since  Abraham's  time  ;  how  much 
longer  we  cannot  tell,  and,  in  spite  of  the  railway,  it 
remains  an  avenue  of  commerce  to  Bagdad  and  Mecca 
by  the  primitive  ship  of  the  desert. 

The  situation  is  in  a  well-watered  plain.  The  Abana 
rises  in  Anti-Lebanon,  and  runs  through  the  city  in  good 
volume,  carrying  its  benefits  to  the  surrounding  area, 
where  blossoms  and  fruits  of  every  kind  are  produced  in 
abundance.  The  old  Citadel  is  now  occupied  by  French 
troops  as  a  barrack.  The  Great  Mosque  was  destroyed 
by  fire  about  thirty  years  ago,  but  rebuilt  promptly  under 
Syrian  direction  by  Syrian  workmen,  and  the  whole  work 
is  creditable  to  the  present-day  craftsman. 

The  bazaar  is  peculiar,  being  classified  and  largely 
roofed  over.  The  wares  show  little  originality.  In  a 
manufactory  there  was  good  modern  brass  ware  being 
turned  out  and  also  marqueterie  work  in  furniture.  There 
is  one  handsome  boulevard,  the  gift  of  a  pasha,  and  on 
Saturday  evening  the  population  of  about  300,000  was 
well  represented  there.  The  street,  which  is  called 
"  Straight,"  goes  right  through  the  bazaar  and  beyond, 
about  a  mile  in  all.  Recently  there  has  been  literally 
"  unearthed  "  a  house  which  an  archaeologist  declares  to 

193 


Zlg-Zagging  Round  the   World 

be  that  of  the  Ananias  referred  to  in  Acts  ix.  as  having 
restored  Paul's  sight. 

There  is  a  most  interesting  old  library,  where  we  saw 
a  manuscript  book  on  paper,  1,500  years  old,  and  many 
beautifully  illuminated  parchments.  We  had  the 
privilege  of  seeing  several  Syrian  dwelling-houses, 
beautifully  decorated  by  pietra  dura  work  on  their  marble 
walls,  and  in  perfect  condition  though  hundreds  of  year* 
old.  One  of  these  had  been  occupied  by  Germans  early 
in  the  war  and  they  left  the  ballroom  a  perfect  wreck. 

The  railway  journey  to  Palestine  begins  with  fine 
views  of  Hermon  for  some  hours,  then  is  featureless  over 
the  table-land  of  Bashan,  but,  about  two  hours  before 
Semakh,  enters  the  Yarmuk  ravine  with  several  cascades  r 
and  quite  a  remarkable  engineering  construction  to  reach 
the  low  level  of  Tiberias  Lake,  about  seven  hundred  feet 
below  the  sea. 

We  left  the  train  at  the  south  end  of  the  lake,  and 
proceeded  by  a  small  launch  to  the  town  of  Tiberias  of 
Roman  times,  with  walls  enclosing  the  older  part  and  a 
miniature  bazaar.  What  is  believed  to  be  the  site  of 
Capernaum  lies  to  the  north  and  is  in  ruins,  while  on  the 
opposite  side  of  the  lake  is  Gadara,  and  still  Mount  Hermon,. 
in  white-robed  majesty,  overlooks  the  landscape  though 
over  thirty  miles  distant.  There  is  at  Tiberias  a  most 
efficient  medical  mission  of  the  United  Free  Church,, 
with  a  Glasgow  man  at  its  head. 

We  had  our  first  experience  of  Palestine  roads  in 
going  via  Kafr  Kanna  (Cana  of  the  Gospel)  to  Nazareth, 
and  they  do  credit  to  our  nation,  as,  with  one  exception 
at  Jericho  in  pre-war  state,  which  just  served  to  show 
the  improvement,  we  had  as  good  roads  as  any  one  could 
wish.  Those  through  the  towns  and  villages  have  not 
yet  been  brought  up  to  the  Public  Works  Department 
standard,  but  that  will  no  doubt  come.  Nazareth  has  a 
most  beautiful  situation  on  the  hill-side  and  is  a  fertile 
spot.  Here  we  first  meet  the  nominally  Christian 

194 


Egypt,  Syria,   and  Palestine 

factions  striving  for  possession  of  dubious  sites  of  events 
of  the  Saviour's  life  and  the  gaudy  equipment  of  these 
places.  Protestants  have  taken  little  part  in  this 
scramble,  but  have  contented  themselves  with  recognition 
that  the  whole  country  where  Christ  spent  his  earthly 
life  is  holy  ground. 

The  view  from  the  hill  above  Nazareth  commands  a 
large  part  of  Palestine,  including  Mount  Tabor  of  the 
transfiguration,  the  great  plain  of  Esdraelon  and  Mount 
Carmel.  Our  road  to  Jerusalem  was  by  Jenin  (En- 
gannim  of  Joshua  xix.).  Here  we  rested  for  lunch  by 
the  roadside,  with  a  perfect  carpet  of  wild  flowers,  a 
crimson  anemone  and  cyclamens  being  the  most 
prominent.  We  were  literally  "going  up  to  Jerusalem," 
though  the  usual  route  of  tourists  is  the  reverse. 
Through  Bireh,  with  Bethel  about  three  miles  off,  to 
Ramah  Gibeah  and  Nob,  we  entered  Jerusalem  from 
Mount  Scopus  by  the  Damascus  gate  and  breathed  the 
air  of  the  Holy  City. 

There  are  two  classes  of  sights  here,  specific  places 
which  are  at  the  best  possibilities  and  general  localities 
which  are  certainly  places  with  which  our  Saviour  was 
familiar  in  His  daily  life.  We  did  the  round  of  the  former 
class  with  hesitation  and  sometimes  with  revulsion  at  the 
impudent  humbug  practised,  but  such  places  as  the 
Mount  of  Olives,  Bethany,  Bethlehem,  Jericho,  and 
Jordan  were  of  surprising  interest  and  great  helpfulness 
by  defining  the  mental  picture  of  the  environment  of  our 
Lord's  life.  We  saw  the  husbandmen  at  work  exactly 
as  described  in  Christ's  parables,  the  shepherd  on  the  hills- 
always  with  sheep  and  goats.  The  temple  has  dis- 
appeared, but  traffickers  abounded  in  the  precincts  of 
the  reputed  sacred  places. 

We  were  unfortunate  enough  to  be  in  Jerusalem 
simultaneously  with  several  hundred  tourists  from  the 
United  States,  and,  in  spite  of  our  efforts  to  avoid  the 
crowds  going  round,  met  them  several  times,  and 

195 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

certainly  the  experience  must  have  been  very  distasteful 
to  most  of  these  good  people.  There  was  a  satisfaction 
in  knowing  that  our  own  Scottish  churches  have  con- 
fined themselves  to  bodily  help  in  medical  missions  and 
training  of  the  young  in  schools,  and  have  no  part  in  the 
ownership  of  dubious  shrines. 

It  is  a  wonderful  land  of  hills  and  valleys.  Even  in 
March  there  were  signs  of  its  extraordinary  productive- 
ness. The  flocks  and  herds  have  increased  under  the 
security  of  British  rule,  and  the  natives  appreciate  the 
beneficence  of  our  presence  diffusing  justice  and  equity. 
The  variety  of  races  there  makes  a  strong  and  determined 
rule  necessary. 


196 


XXVI. 

The  ^Egean,  Bosphorus,  and  Levant. 

IN  perfect  weather,  and  with  Alexandria,  of  dirty  and 
ill-paved  streets,  looking  very  attractive  in  the 
afternoon  sun,  we  set  out  for  the  classic  isles  and 
mountains  of  Greece.  Two  days  brought  us  to  Candia 
or  Crete,  and  after  three  calls  on  the  north  side  of  this 
picturesque  island,  we  headed  for  the  Piraeus,  with  rather 
a  pitchy  sea,  which  prolonged  our  journey  by  a  day. 

From  Piraeus  we  drove  along  Phaleron  Bay  to  the 
city  of  the  Violet  Crown.  We  arrived  on  the  Carnival 
Sunday  and  saw  Athens  in  holiday  garb,  with  great  crowds 
of  good-natured  citizens  and  country  visitors.  The 
first  impression  is  of  clean,  white  marble,  unlike  any  other 
city  ;  even  Aberdeen  is  grey  comparatively. 

We  approached  by  University  Street  of  ample  width, 
with  the  library,  university,  and  academy  gleaming 
white  along  its  eastern  side  ;  Lycobetti  Hill  behind 
and  the  Acropolis  Hill  with  its  wonderful  ruins  in  front, 
and  it  made  a  noble  picture,  of  which  the  impression  will 
always  remain.  The  city  has  a  series  of  surrounding 
hills — Hymettus,  Parnes,  and  Pentelicon.  Here  we 
realised,  after  over  a  year  among  populations  of  whom 
Europeans  were  only  a  trifling  percentage,  that  we  were 
again  with  people  like  ourselves.  Faces  and  figures,  as 
well  as  clothing,  were  like  our  own.  The  shops  were  for 
everyone,  not  for  the  foreigners. 

While  the  Acropolis  is  the  principal  interest,  there 
are  remains  of  ancient  buildings  scattered  all  over  the 
city.  The  Temple  of  Jupiter  shows  the  outlines  of  what 

197 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

must  have  been  a  handsome  pile,  and  in  its  portico  are 
the  best  examples  remaining  of  Corinthian  pillars.  The 
stadion  has  only  fragmentary  old  parts,  and  looks  entirely 
modern  and  it  cannot  be  called  beautiful.  The  Arch  of 
Hadrian  was  placed  to  divide  the  old  Greek  city  from  the 
new  Roman  part.  The  most  complete  ancient  building 
in  Athens  is  the  Temple  of  Theseus,  and  it  is  in  wonderful 
preservation  after  having  withstood  tempest  and  earth- 
quake for  two  thousand  years.  The  Mars  Hill  has  few 
remains,  and  may  be  the  identical  spot  from  which  St. 
Paul  addressed  the  Athenians,  as  recorded  in  the  New 
Testament. 

There  are  other  buildings  of  interest,  such  as  the  Tower 
of  the  Winds,  the  monument  of  Lysicrates,  and  the  Stoa 
of  Hadrian,  but  the  Acropolis  contains  what  absorbs 
attention  and  can  bear  several  visits.  There  is  as  base 
for  these  buildings  a  natural  rocky  platform  or  citadel ; 
this  has  been  strengthened  by  buttresses  on  the  less 
precipitous  sides.  A  gate  and  stairway  leads  to  the  small 
Temple  of  Athena  Nike  and  the  Propylsea,  both  beautiful 
even  as  ruins,  of  Pentelic  marble,  the  temple  with 
Ionic  and  the  porticoes  with  Doric  columns.  These  form 
the  entrance  way  and  lead  to  an  upper  platform,  around 
which  the  great  classic  buildings  of  the  Parthenon,  the 
Erechtheion,  and  what  remains  of  the  Temple  of  Athena 
Nike  are  grouped.  The  outline  of  the  Parthenon  is 
familiar  all  the  world  over,  but  its  friezes  and  pediments 
are  more  difficult  to  see,  as  they  are  partly  in  the 
Acropolis  Museum,  the  British  Museum,  and  in  the 
original  position.  Some  day,  it  is  to  be  hoped,  these  will 
be  restored  and  replaced.  On  the  Erechtheion  the 
portico  of  the  Maidens  is  remarkably  complete,  two  of 
the  figures  having  been  restored.  The  Acropolis  Museum, 
as  well  as  the  National  Archaeological  Museum,  have  each 
very  valuable  collections  of  great  interest.  There  is  no 
gallery  of  paintings,  either  ancient  or  modern,  in  Athens. 

The  palace  is  quite  a  modern  building,  with  garden 
198 


The  /Egean,   Bosphoms,   and  Levant 

open  to  the  public,  and  stands  at  the  high  end  of 
Constitution  Square.  We  saw  with  interest  members  of 
the  Evzon  Regiment,  which  forms  the  royal  bodyguard, 
handsome  looking  men  in  as  curious  a  dress  to  us  as  our 
kilts  must  look  to  them — white  tights  and  stockings, 
gartered  and  a  drooping  tassel,  with  a  white  frilled  shirt 
like  a  ballet  dancer's,  dark  blue  jacket,  red  nightcap 
with  a  black  tassel,  and  curious  clumsy  slippers,  with  a 
lump  of  woolly  black  stuff  on  the  toes.  The  towns- 
people, men  and  women,  do  not  suggest  a  race  which 
gave  models  for  the  old  statuary,  but  in  the  country 
districts  we  saw  many  fine  figures  and  beautiful  faces  of 
men  and  women,  and  the  children  especially  gave  promise 
of  a  handsome  race. 

We  visited  Eleusis  and  Corinth,  each  of  which  has 
extensive  remains  of  temples.  The  roads  were  bad 
beyond  all  believing.  We  passed  Megara,  once  an 
important  place,  and  famous  yet  for  its  dancers  and  their 
annual  festival  of  dancing.  On  the  way  to  Corinth, 
which  is  the  great  currant-growing  district  of  Greece, 
the  name  of  which  fruit  is  said  to  be  a  corruption  of  the 
place  name,  we  had  glorious  views  of  snow-clad  mountains, 
particularly  Parnassus  and  Helicon,  which  overlook 
Delphi. 

Leaving  the  Piraeus  for  Salonica,  we,  for  a  whole  day, 
looked  on  Pelion,  Ossa,  and  Olympus,  and  these  snow- 
clad  monarchs  looked  quite  as  worthy  of  being  sung  as 
did  the  isles  of  Greece,  which  during  the  ensuing  days 
charmed  our  eyes.  We  passed  eastwards  towards  the 
Dardanelles,  north  of  Lemnos  and  south  of  Imbros,  and 
entered  the  passage  so  full  of  interest  now  to  all  Britons, 
but  especially  to  the  friends  of  the  Scottish  West  Country 
Territorials  as  the  burial  place  of  many. 

Cape  Helles  came  first,  with  several  wrecks  still  there. 
The  River  Clyde,  we  are  told,  has  now  been  removed. 
Then  Achi  Baba,  Gallipoli,  Lampaski,  and  Chanak.  From 
the  steamer  many  graveyards,  with  modest  head-boards, 

199 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

were  visible.  Suvla  Bay  was  hidden  by  the  peninsula. 
We  crossed  the  Sea  of  Marmora  overnight,  and  approached 
Constantinople  in  a  glorious  sunrise,  with  its  mosques  and 
minarets  brilliantly  visible  through  an  early  morning  haze, 
and  at  once  we  succumbed  to  its  charm.  Approaching, 
we  clearly  saw  the  three  cities  of  which  it  is  formed. 
On  the  left  Stamboul ;  then  the  narrowing  waters  of  the 
Golden  Horn,  Pera  and  Galata,  respectively  on  the  hill 
and  on  the  water,  are  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Bosphorus  ; 
and  on  the  right  is  Scutari  (pronounced  Scoot-ah-ree). 
What  is  the  charm  of  the  place  ?  It  bears  ill  any  kind  of 
analysis.  What  are  the  mosques  when  you  pick  them  to 
pieces  ?  Ungainly  bodies  externally  very  much  alike, 
with  a  varying  number  of  slender  needle-like  spires 
again  very  much  alike,  except  that  some  of  them  seem  to 
spring  from  the  parent  building  and  others  are  on  their 
own. 

We  had  been  looking  from  the  water  said  to  be  the 
ideal  way  to  Constantinople.  We  landed  and  explored 
the  streets  to  find  them  dirty  and  irregular,  sometimes 
with  side  walks  of  a  kind,  sometimes  without.  Part  of  the 
water  supply  of  Stamboul  is  from  underground  cisterns, 
which  are  really  built  reservoirs,  and  one  of  these,  Yere 
Batan,  has  been  lit  by  electricity,  so  that,  with  a  boat,  it 
is  possible  to  see  the  structure  with  its  hundreds  of  pillars. 
We  saw  the  principal  mosques  in  detail.  St.  Sophia  is 
less  gaudy  than  St.  Peter's,  Rome,  but  crowded  with 
distractions,  and  does  not  feel  like  a  place  of  worship. 
We  Christians  may  learn  from  the  Turk's  devoutness. 
He  is  intensely  religious,  and  has  implicit  belief  in  and  obeys 
to  the  utmost  of  his  ability  the  rules  for  life  laid  down 
in  the  Koran.  The  Hippodrome  Square  is  a  delightful 
relief  to  the  eye  in  its  greenness,  and  is  a  resting-place  in 
the  noisy  city.  We  saw  in  being  that  which  last  century 
symbolised  to  westerns  the  Ottoman  Empire,  and  was 
referred  to  with  great  respect  as  "  The  Sublime  Porte," 
and  if  the  Turkish  Government,  to  which  it  formed  the 

200 


The  /Egean,   Bosphorus,   and  Levant 

material  access,  is  in  no  better  repair,  its  condition  is  poor 
indeed. 

There  are  in  Stamboul  remains  of  the  walls,  especially 
along  the  banks  of  the  Sea  of  Marmora,  but  these  have 
been  allowed  to  fall  into  disrepair,  and  what  remains  has 
the  anachronism  of  a  railway  along  its  inner  side.  The 
Bazaar  is  attractive  and  characteristic,  largely  roofed 
over.  The  wares,  after  the  East  and  Far  East,  were 
generally  not  distinctive.  Our  day  in  the  city  concluded 
by  a  visit  to  the  park,  where  are  the  museum  in  the  Old 
Seraglio,  the  Bagdad  Kiosk,  and  specially  the  best  view- 
point of  the  whole  city  at  the  end  of  Stamboul,  which 
overlooks  Pera,  the  Bosphorus,  and  Scutari. 

There  are  here  an  extraordinary  mixture  of 
nationalities  ;  normally  Turk,  Greek,  Armenian,  and  Jew, 
the  war  has  brought  Russians  in  large  numbers,  and  the 
Armistice  has  put  British,  French,  and  Italian  soldiers 
in  occupation,  our  own  taking  the  lead.  It  will  be  a 
misfortune  for  Turkey  if  the  Indian  and  labour  outcry 
against  our  military  occupation  causes  withdrawal,  and 
the  demand  shows  an  entire  misapprehension  of  the 
position.  Tommy  is  not  an  aggressive,  conquering  hero, 
but  a  living  example  of  clean,  active  work  and  orderliness, 
and  the  population  has  discovered  him  and  appreciate 
his  influence.  He  is  like  a  London  policeman  dealing 
with  the  traffic  problem  as  compared  with  the  chaos 
which  would  ensue  were  he  withdrawn.  It  was  not 
possible  for  a  stranger  to  distinguish  the  nationalities 
with  certainty,  but  the  impression  conveyed  was  that  the 
Turk  here  is  not  the  placid  and  passive  person  we  conceive 
him  to  be.  He  gesticulates  freely  and  disputes  zealously. 
In  street  and  market  constantly  we  saw  what  looked  like 
the  beginning  of  a  fight  in  raised  voices  and  combative 
attitude,  but  just  when  one  expected  action  the  crisis 
passed  over. 

After  a  full  day  ashore,  we  returned  to  our  ship 
anchored  off  the  Custom  House  at  Galata,  and  here  saw 

O  201 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

another  aspect  of  the  city,  the  sun  setting  over  the  park 
at  Stamboul  and  the  Sea  of  Marmora  beyond,  with  a 
wonderful  effect  of  an  orange  into  crimson  horizon,  a 
rich,  dark  blue  sky,  and  the  pale  half  moon  overhead. 
Next  morning  we  went  by  launch  up  the  Bosphorus  to 
the  Black  Sea  ;  again  the  colour  description  was 
inaccurate,  as  it  was  decidedly  blue.  From  the  water  we 
saw  Dolma  Bagtch,  the  present  palace  of  the  Sultan, 
Ortakuey  and  Bebek,  where  the  local  tram-line  finishes. 
Here  the  Robert  College,  a  large  group  of  buildings,  with 
fine  grounds  and  endowment  for  the  teaching  of  English, 
occupies  a  prominent  situation.  Then  comes  a  curious 
fortress  with  bold  towers  and  massive  walls,  Rumeli 
Hissar,  with,  on  the  opposite  side,  a  modern  castle, 
Anadoli  Hissar,  of  which  the  gateway  is  considered  a 
remarkably  fine  example  of  wrought-iron  work.  Beyond 
are  a  succession  of  summer  resorts,  of  which  the  largest 
is  Therapia,  almost  at  the  entrance  of  the  Black  Sea. 

We  returned  in  mid-stream,  seeing  well  the  Asiatic 
or  Scutari  side,  then  passed  under  the  Galata  Bridges 
to  the  Golden  Horn,  a  historic  water  which  is  really  a 
small  tongue  dividing,  until  it  terminates  at  Eyoub, 
Stamboul  from  Galata.  On  the  Galata  side  are  the 
Turkish  navy  buildings ,  and  the  remains  of  the  navy  are 
afloat  there.  Beside  these  relics  lie  dilapidated  vessels 
of  all  shapes  and  forms,  some  very  like  old  Clyde  steamers. 
The  Horn  is  the  harbour  for  all  small  trading  craft, 
sailers  or  with  motor  auxiliary,  and  they  are  mostly 
picturesque  and  very  varied  in  build  and  rig.  We  landed 
at  Eyoub,  called  after  the  Prophet's  standard-bearer  who 
fell  and  was  buried  there.  It  is  the  quiet  resting-place 
of  many  generations  of  the  best  of  Turkey's  rulers.  The 
outer  courtyard  has  a  canopy  of  great  plane  trees  and  a 
large  fountain  in  its  centre.  The  inner  courtyard  has 
beautiful  blue  tiling,  while  the  mosque  itself  is  of  interest 
as  being  visited  annually  by  the  Sultan  to  have  girded 
on  him  the  sword  of  Osman. 

202 


The  AZgean,   Bosphorus,   and  Levant 

The  view  of  Constantinople  on  returning  to  the  Galata 
"bridge  is  extraordinarily  fine,  and  sailing  once  more  down 
the  Marmora,  past  Yedi  Coule  and  the  seven  towers,  we 
looked  to  the  last  on  this  great  historic  city  and  thought, 
$ic  transit  gloria  mundi. 

The  Levant  is  a  loose  name  for  the  north-eastern  end 
of  the  Mediterranean,  and  generally  is  held  to  include 
the  west  and  south  sides  of  Asia  Minor,  with  the  island 
fringe,  Cyprus  and  the  Syrian  Coast.  There  is  a  perfect 
jumble  of  nationalities  in  these  parts.  Smyrna  is  Greek, 
but  uses  Turkish  money  ;  Wathy  (Samos)  is  purely  Greek  ; 
Rhodes  is  Italian ;  Adalia  when  we  were  there  was 
Kemalist ;  Mersina,  now  Turkish,  was  French  in  1921; 
and  the  Syrian  ports,  Alexandrette,  Tripoli,  and  Beyrout, 
are  French.  The  war  is  still  unfinished  (March,  1922) 
in  this  quarter,  and  it  needs  decided  concentration  by  the 
Allies  to  enforce  the  settlements  of  the  Paris  Conference. 
The  combatants  would  welcome  such  action. 

After  leaving  the  Dardanelles,  we  called  at  Mityleni, 
and  landed  at  Smyrna  to  see  the  city  of  carpets  and  figs. 
It  has  narrow  streets  and  an  interesting  bazaar.  There 
is  an  old  fort  on  an  overlooking  hill  and  remains  of 
extensive  aqueducts.  There  are  well-spread-out  modern 
suburbs  and  an  air  of  general  prosperity.  Wathy  is 
extremely  modern  and  clean,  with  good  roads,  which 
compare  favourably  with  those  of  Attica  around  Athens. 
The  people — men,  women,  and  children — are  a  fine  race, 
and  walking  through  the  town  to  a  ruined  fort  on  an 
•eminence  behind  it,  we  had  nothing  but  courtesy  and 
good  will. 

Rhodes,  our  next  stopping-place,  is  full  of  interest ; 
its  walls  and  battlements  are  remarkably  complete. 
There  are  many  relics  of  the  times  when  Venice  was 
mistress  of  the  Mediterranean.  The  Rue  de  Chevaliers  is 
like  old  parts  of  Edinburgh,  evidently  the  town  mansions 
of  the  nobles  of  an  earlier  time.  There  is  quite  a  quaint 
bazaar  and  a  Jewish  quarter,  which  is  remarkably  clean. 

203 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

At  Adalia  we  were  not  allowed  to  land.  A  day  or 
two  before  there  had  been  a  fanatical  attack  by  Moslems 
on  the  graveyards  of  the  French  soldiers,  when  all  crosses 
were  destroyed. 

Mersina,  the  last  port  eastwards  in  Asia  Minor,  is 
quite  near  to  Tarsus  of  St.  Paul,  and  from  here  a  railway 
connects  at  Adana  with  that  to  Bagdad,  presently  without 
a  train  service. 

The  Levant  on  the  sea  and  the  Balkans  on  land  run 
each  other  closely  as  to  which  has  given  more  sleepless- 
nights  to  European  Statesmen. 


204 


77.— CORNICE,  TEMPLE  OF  BACCHUS,  BAALBEC,  SYRIA. 


78— INTERIOR  OF  VILLA  VICIOSA  CHAPEL,  CORDOVA,  SPAIN 


XXVII. 

The  Barbary  Coast  and   Iberian 
Peninsula. 

^  I  ^HE  eastern  end  of  the  Mediterranean  had  already 
been  visited,  the  scene  of  Europe's  earliest 
civilisation,  where  Phoenicians,  Greek,  Roman, 
•and  Turk  had  in  turn  the  ascendency,  and  now  we 
proceeded  to  the  western  end,  where  Romans,  Moors, 
and  Spaniards  were  the  rivals.  The  voyage  was  without 
feature,  except  that  our  steamer  made  a  little  detour  to 
show  us  Stromboli  in  slight  eruption,  and  the  last  day 
down  the  south-east  coast  of  Spain  we  had  fine  views  of 
its  bold  outline. 

We  landed  in  Gibraltar  early  in  April  to  find  abundant 
blossoms  in  gardens  as  well  as  growing  wild,  and  the 
atmosphere  distinctly  cooler  than  at  the  east-end  of  the 
great  inland  sea,  but  incessant  sunshine.  A  day  or  two 
sufficed  to  see  the  very  limited  surroundings  of  "  the 
Rock,"  exploring  the  galleries  and  driving  round  the 
coast  so  far  as  military  considerations  permitted  that  to 
civilians.  Sentiment  is  the  main  influence  in  continuing 
to  hold  this  British  outpost.  It  and  the  neighbourhood, 
Trafalgar  Bay  being  just  round  the  corner,  have  glorious 
-associations,  but  even  as  a  fuel  supply  and  repairing 
station  it  has  little  military  value.  Our  record  as  holders 
of  such  slight  possessions  as  we  do  have  in  this  "  sea 
between  "  the  continents  is  a  recent  one,  but  the  history 
of  successive  dominations  in  this  world's  fairway,  of  which 
the  records  are  the  oldest  in  the  history  of  navigation, 
is  a  fascinating  one.  Phoenicians,  Romans,  and  Moors 
have  each  in  succession  played  their  part,  and  it  is  barely 

205 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

a  century  since  a  large  part  of  the  area  was  freed  from  the 
lawless  hordes  of  pirates,  who,  with  Algiers  as  their  base, 
worked  their  will  on  merchant  shipping  of  all  nationalities, 

We  found  it  possible  to  proceed  by  a  British  ship 
with  a  Moorish  name,  Gibel  (pronounced  Jeebel)  Sarsarr 
or  Mount  Starling,  from  Gibraltar  to  Tangiers  and 
Casablanca,  in  Morocco,  and  later  to  Oran  and  Algiers, 
ports  in  Algeria.  The  hour  or  two  of  dividing  sea  brings 
one  to  an  entirely  different  environment.  Tangiers  and 
Gibraltar  are  in  violent  contrast,  but  even  the  less  than 
a  mile  between  Gibraltar  and  Spain  completely  changes 
the  surroundings.  Cricket  and  football  are  replaced  by 
the  bull-ring  and  the  casino,  and  these  are  only  indications 
of  the  different  outlook  on  life.  The  activity  and  smart- 
ness of  a  British  military  station  is  replaced  by  an 
atmosphere  of  leisure  and  the  reign  of  manana  (to-morrow) 
which  pervades  Spain. 

We  landed  at  Tangiers,  where  the  ways  are  narrow, 
steep,  and  crooked,  and  followed  the  usual  procedure  of 
tourists  by  mounting  sure-footed  donkeys  accustomed 
to  the  slippery  cobbles.  A  market  was  being  held  and 
picturesque  figures  wearing  brilliant  colours  were  all 
around.  Vegetables  and  fruits  were  brought  in  by  the 
country  people,  also  some  live-stock,  and  they  carried 
back  clothing  and  household  utensils.  Tangiers  has 
lately  become  a  summer  resort,  with  villas  on  the  higher 
ground  and  sandy  bathing  beaches  along  the  coast. 

Casablanca  is  more  decidedly  African,  being  on  sand 
and  flat,  and  evidently  with  better  inland  communication, 
giving  it  much  more  importance  as  a  port  of  outlet  for 
the  productions  of  the  interior  and  inlet  for  the  commodities 
of  the  outer  world  required  by  the  community.  There 
were  Easter  holidays,  or  their  Moorish  equivalent,  being 
held,  and  our  steamer  was  crowded  far  beyond  her  sleep- 
ing accommodation.  The  variety  of  races  and  the  babel  of 
tongues  made  an  interesting  journey.  There,  again,  we  saw 
a  market  on  a  more  extensive  scale  and  indications  of  a 

206 


The  Barbary  Coast  and  Iberian  Peninsula 

larger  and  farther  drawn  population.  Rabat  and  Fez 
must  be  extraordinarily  interesting  places  to  visit,  and  are 
obviously  the  centres  of  a  productive  and  prosperous 
country. 

Good  Friday  would  ordinarily  have  been  the  day  for 
our  steamer  to  return  to  Gibraltar,  but  the  officers  and 
crew  decided  to  arrange  so  as  to  arrive  the  day  before 
and  leave  the  day  after  for  Algeria,  making  our  first  call 
there  at  Oran  (pronounced  0-ran)  the  following  day. 
This  is  a  quite  modern  town,  and  was  en  fete  for  the  arrival 
of  the  French  President  a  day  later.  The  port  has  a  large 
traffic  in  copper  ore  and  in  wines,  being  accessible  to  a 
country  of  large,  well-cultivated  vineyards  mostly  held 
by  Spaniards. 

Again,  on  reaching  Algiers  we  found  the  whole  place 
decorated  for  the  President's  visit.  The  bay  is  out- 
standing, even  among  the  many  lovely  spots  on  the 
Mediterranean,  comparing  with  Naples  and  Palermo. 
The  city  is  mostly  of  modern  construction,  and  the  style 
of  buildings  resembles  Paris,  but  the  Kasbah  or  Moorish 
quarter  is  a  place  apart  of  narrow  passages  and  foul 
odours,  with  old  city  walls  and  many  curious  doorways. 
There  are  two  noticeable  mosques,  Sidi  Abder  Rahman 
and  Djama-el-Kebir.  There  is  a  considerable  carpet 
industry  and  also  some  characteristic  embroideries. 
Algiers  has  a  very  mixed  population — French,  Spanish 
Turks,  Jews,  Moors,  and  Kabyles — and  the  city  is 
thoroughly  cosmopolitan.  Women  wear  the  latest 
Parisian  fashion,  and  a  large  proportion  of  the  men  are 
in  uniforms.  The  troops  in  evidence  are  largely  Zouaves 
and  Spahis,  and  they  wear  brilliantly-coloured  clothing. 
We  happened  to  meet  the  arriving  President  and  his 
escort  near  the  gate  of  the  Summer  Palace  at  Mustapha 
Superieur,  a  residential  suburb,  and  it  was  a  most 
brilliant  scene,  but  without  the  enthusiastic  and  vociferous 
crowd  which  such  an  occasion  produces  in  Britain  or  her 


207 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

The  surroundings  of  Algiers  are  very  attractive,  being 
undulating  or  even  mountainous.  Bouzariah  is  a  view- 
point commanding  the  city  and  its  main  suburbs,  with 
Cape  Matifou  to  the  east  and  westwards  Sidi-Ferruch, 
where  a  landing  of  French  troops  was  effected  in  1832, 
making  the  beginning  of  the  tenure  which  has  resulted 
so  satisfactorily  for  the  country  and  its  people.  Farther 
afield  there  is  some  beautiful  country,  Blidah  and  the 
Gorges  of  Chiffa,  a  haunt  of  monkeys,  which  we  visited 
by  a  good  motoring  road. 

By  a  long  drive  through  most  thoroughly  cultivated 
grape-growing  country  we  were  able  to  get  right  into  the 
Kabyle  mountain  country,  visiting  Fort  National  and 
Michelet.  The  natives  are  of  quite  a  pale  complexion 
for  Africans,  and  are  a  hardy  and  industrious  race.  We 
motored  back  the  same  day,  spending  the  night  at 
Tizi-ouzou,  connected  by  railway  with  Algiers  and 
Constantine. 

On  returning  to  Gibraltar  after  this  glimpse  of  the 
Barbary  coast,  we  set  out  to  see  Spain  by  motoring  to 
Cadiz,  an  important  and  interesting  seaport  of  narrow 
streets,  placed  on  a  tongue  of  land  pointing  northwards, 
with  the  sea  on  three  of  its  sides.  The  road  goes  past 
Algeciras  and  Tarif a  through  beautiful  and  fertile  country, 
and  for  the  last  few  miles  has  curious  pyramid-form  piles 
of  salt,  recovered  from  sea-marshes  by  evaporation. 

We  passed  on  to  Seville,  and  there  saw  ten  minutes 
of  our  first  and  last  bull-fight.  The  cathedral  is  a  most 
interesting  Gothic  building,  with  fine  organs,  stained- 
glass  windows  and  carved  wood- work,  and  the  adjoining 
Giralda  Tower,  Moorish  work,  easily  climbed  to  the  top 
by  a  continuous  inclined  plane  winding  up  its  inside, 
is  quite  a  unique  building.  It  has  an  enormous  vane, 
perfectly  balanced,  and  commands  a  splendid  view  of 
the  surrounding  country.  The  Alcazar,  or  Moorish  Palace, 
is  similar  to  the  Alhambra  on  a  smaller  scale,  but  the 
garden  here  is  much  finer  than  anything  at  Granada. 

208 


The  Barbary  Coast  and  Iberian  Peninsula 

A  few  miles  out  at  Italica  there  is  a  Roman  amphi- 
theatre in  good  preservation.  It  is  evident  that  Seville 
has  greatly  prospered  during  the  war.  The  Delicias,  a 
small  park  in  the  centre  of  the  city,  was  supposed  to  be 
the  rendezvous  of  fashion  only  a  few  years  ago,  but  now 
that  has  changed  to  the  new  Spanish- American  Exhibition 
buildings  and  the  Avenida  Reina  Victoria,  and  instead 
of  a  promenade  or  drive  for  carriages  it  is  now  in  the 
afternoon  crowded  by  expensive  motor-cars.  There  are 
many  quaint,  narrow  streets  in  Seville,  and  the  favoured 
shopping-place  is  the  Sierpes,  a  paved  way  without 
vehicles,  in  the  afternoon  crowded  by  the  people,  among 
whom  are  many  ladies  in  elaborate  high  comb  and 
mantilla  and  men  in  Andalusian  headgear,  with  bright 
belt  under  a  short  jacket. 

We  passed  via  Badajos  (pronounced  Badahos)  to 
Portugal,  arriving  in  Lisbon,  which  is  largely  a  modern 
city  and  easily  seen  in  one  day.  The  most  interesting 
building  is  St.  Geronimo  Cathedral  and  Monastery,  of 
which  the  cloisters  are  the  most  characteristic  feature. 

Lisbon  is  rapidly  spreading  out,  and,  as  in  Spain,  there 
is  much  new  building.  A  large  Avenida  de  Republique 
has  been  begun,  and  it  was  expected  to  become  the  main 
shopping  centre,  but  as  yet  the  three  old  ruas — Aurea, 
Garrett,  and  Carmo — hold  place.  We  saw  a  very  inter- 
esting exhibition  of  old  carriages,  coaches,  and  harness, 
mainly  from  the  royal  stables.  A  collection  of  the 
present-day  harness  would  be  interesting  as  a 
revelation  of  the  resourcefulness  of  the  Portuguese 
"  jarvey."  The  reign  of  the  motor  is  not  so  advanced 
in  Portugal  as  in  Spain,  and  the  traction  is  still  very 
generally  by  donkeys,  mules,  and  bullocks.  We  did  not 
see  a  bull-fight  in  Portugal,  but  were  repeatedly  informed 
that  it  was  a  much  less  brutal  spectacle  than  across  the 
border.  Lisbon  has  an  easy  access  to  desirable  suburbs, 
by  sea  as  well  as  on  land. 

We  spent  agreeably  a  few  days  at  Mont  Estoril  (Sterile 

209 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

Mountain),  described  as  the  "Portuguese  Riviera,"  on 
the  Atlantic  seaboard,  less  than  an  hour  by  rail  from 
Lisbon.  The  adoption  of  the  French  and  Italian  name 
challenges  comparison.  Certainly  early  in  May  there 
was  brilliant  sunshine  and  enough  warmth  some  days 
to  sit  on  the  beach,  but  the  very  name  of  the  place  is 
a  contradiction.  The  Mediterranean  resort  is  one  of  the 
most  fertile  places  of  the  earth,  with  luxurious  growths 
of  trees,  shrubs,  and  flowers.  The  Portuguese  place  is 
so  remarkable  for  sterility  that  it  is  so  named.  A  great 
scheme  was  begun  before  the  war  to  have  a  huge  hotelr 
and  it  is  now  built ;  a  casino  on  a  large  scale,  the 
building  of  which  has  been  suspended  ;  and  an  extensive 
garden,  and  that  is  in  existence  and  being  maintained, 
while  a  maze  of  roadways  and  a  tree-planting  scheme 
are  still  requiring  considerable  outlay  for  completion. 
Cascaes  (pronounced  Cashkize)  adjoins  Mont  Estoril, 
and  is  at  present  the  terminus  of  the  railway,  which  has 
small  watering-places  at  the  numerous  stoppages  from 
Lisbon  outwards.  So  far  as  an  outsider  can  judge,  the 
support  of  this  scheme,  necessary  to  make  it  a  successful 
venture,  will  need  to  come  from  the  Portuguese  themselves, 
as  there  cannot  be  the  easy  accessibility  to  Spaniards  and 
farther  afield  Europeans,  which  would  bring  them  to 
Estoril  in  sufficiently  large  numbers  to  ensure  success. 

Cintra,  an  inland  and  elevated  summer  resort,  which 
was  much  favoured  by  the  royal  family,  has  its  own 
railway  direct  from  Lisbon.  It  can  also  be  reached  by 
road  from  Estoril,  and  an  interesting  day  was  spent  there 
seeing  in  the  town  itself  the  Maria  Pia  Palace,  and  on  the 
top  of  the  overlooking  hill  the  Palaza  Pena  (pronounced 
Penna),  a  quaint  building,  with  a  lot  of  strange  Moorish 
defensive  buildings  also  on  surrounding  hill-tops.  Here 
the  ex-king  and  his  mother  were  living  in  1910  when  the 
revolution  occurred,  and  the  place  remains  as  they  then 
left  it. 

On  the  coast,  a  few  miles  north  of  Cascaes,  is  first  Cabo 
21  o 


The  Barbary  Coast  and  Iberian  Peninsula 

Raso,  with  a  lighthouse  and  siren,  and  a  little  farther  on 
Cabo  de  Roca,  the  westmost  point  of  Europe.  Leaving 
Portugal  to  return  to  Spain  for  some  hours  the  route  is 
along  the  right  bank  of  the  Tagus,  through  a  very 
productive  country.  The  journey  from  the  one  capital 
to  the  other  occupies  sixteen  hours  for  the  same 
distance  as  separates  Edinburgh  from  London,  and  that 
is  in  a  three  days  each  week  de  luxe  express  train  at  a 
heavy  extra  charge.  The  track  is  rough  and  the  plant 
in  poor  repair.  All  we  could  say  is  that  this  journey  was 
less  uncomfortable  than  from  Seville  to  Lisbon. 

Madrid  is  a  city  well  advanced  in  the  rebuilding. 
There  is  little  actually  within  the  city  which  is  not 
extremely  modern.  Apparently  the  war  has  greatly 
benefited  the  people  of  Spain,  and  the  capital  shows 
every  sign  of  much  wealth — luxurious  houses  lavishly 
furnished,  the  most  expensive  motor-cars,  and  a  gay 
community  which  turns  night  into  day.  There  are 
several  readily  accessible  parks,  which  were,  in  the  month 
of  May,  full  of  blossoming  trees.  The  Royal  Palace,  a 
a  most  extensive,  but  as  commonplace  a  building  as  our 
own  royalties  inhabit,  is  right  in  the  heart  of  the  city. 
An  interesting  armoury  and  the  royal  chapel  are  well 
worth  a  visit.  The  zenith  of  Spain's  power  occurred  when 
mail-coats  and  steel-blades  were  also  in  their  greatest 
state  of  perfection.  The  wealth  of  the  Romish  Church 
and  the  liberality  of  her  supporters  are  demonstrated  in 
the  limited  but  valuable  collection  of  vessels  and  vest- 
ments shown  in  the  treasury  of  the  chapel. 

Though  the  capital  has  little  of  historical  interest, 
there  are  two  most  important  national  monument 
centres  within  easy  reach,  Toledo  and  the  Escorial. 
Toledo  is  quite  the  most  ancient  city  of  Spain,  with  a 
history  of  over  2,000  years.  It  has  a  commanding 
situation,  and  in  old  days,  with  the  natural  protection  of 
the  river  Tagus  on  three  sides  and  the  walls  and  gates, 
of  which  there  are  extensive  remains,  must  have  been 

211 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the  World 

quite  a  formidable  fortress.  This  may  be  the  reason  it 
was  so  frequently  the  subject  of  attacks  and  sieges. 
Romans,  Goths,  Vandals,  Moors  and  Spaniards  in  turn 
fought  for  and  against  it,  but  still  the  destroyers'  hands 
were  stayed  and  many  old  buildings  remain.  Its 
situation  on  elevated  ground,  with  the  loop  of  the  river 
cutting  it  off,  is  most  impressive.  That  and  the  walls, 
with  several  gates,  the  bridge  in  the  foreground,  with 
the  cathedral  and  Alcazar  on  the  sky  line,  make  it  the 
most  picturesque  view  of  a  city  we  found  in  Spain.  The 
cathedral  is  externally  a  magnificent  Gothic  building, 
with  a  fine  spire,  as  well  as  a  large  dome,  while  the  interior 
will  bear  comparison  with  any  ecclesiastical  building  in 
the  world,  and  is  well  worthy  of  being  Spain's  national 
church.  The  choir  has  beautiful  carved  walnut  stalls 
and  screens  of  marble  and  agate.  The  Sagrario  Chapel 
is  one  of  the  richest  storehouses  in  the  world,  containing 
priceless  pictures,  magnificent  vessels  and  caskets,  with 
wonderful  jewels  and  vestments  of  incredible  richness, 
all  showing  the  enormous  wealth  of  the  Roman  Catholic 
Church  in  Spain.  There  are  eight  doorways,  each  of 
extraordinary  elaborate  sculpture  and  wood-carving. 
Spain  may  well  be  proud  of  her  Metropolitan  church. 

The  Escorial  is  a  unique  building,  sometimes  described 
as  the  eighth  wonder  of  the  world.  It  covers  an  area 
of  [over  50,000  square  yards,  and  includes  a  palace,  a 
church,  a  monastery,  a  library,  and  a  mausoleum  in  one 
scheme,  the  last-named  being  the  most  gorgeous  of  its 
kind  in  existence.  The  buildings  are  filled  with  art 
treasures,  among  which  the  tapestries  are  outstanding. 

The  Casita  del  Principe,  built  about  one  hundred  and 
fifty  years  ago,  forms  a  lodge  from  which  the  great 
building  is  approached  by  a  long  avenue.  It  was  a 
living  palace,  but  at  the  same  time  a  museum  of  the  finest 
artistic  work  of  its  time,  mainly  oil  paintings,  frescoes, 
ivory  reliefs,  and  porcelains. 

Cordova  is  also  of  great  antiquity,  and  has  its  main 

212 


The  Barbary  Coast  and  Iberian  Peninsula 

interest  to  visitors  in  easy  compass.  The  mosque  has 
little  outward  show,  but  its  interior  presents  as  remarkable 
a  building  as  any  in  the  world.  An  enormous  area,, 
densely  covered  by  columns  bearing  horse-shoe  arches 
a  vast  Moslem  temple,  has  planted  right  in  its  centre  a 
Gothic  Christian  church  of  handsome  proportions,  and, 
instead  of  complete  enclosing  walls,  the  church  is  open 
all  round  towards  the  mosque  buildings,  and  this  out- 
rageous conception  has  been  so  carried  out  that  the 
result  is  not  unpleasing.  In  the  mosque  there  are  some 
wonderful  mosaics  in  splendid  preservation,  especially 
in  three  chapels  of  the  Mihrab,  while  in  the  cathedral 
the  reredos  of  bronze  and  jasper  and  the  carved  stalls 
are  notable.  The  view  of  the  Moorish  bridge,  and  of  the 
city  and  Calahorra,  from  the  far  side  of  the  Guadalquivir 
are,  especially  at  sunset,  very  fine. 

We  passed  on  to  Malaga,  an  important  seaport  with 
little  of  historical  interest.  The  profuse  vegetation, 
largely  tropical,  and  general  fertility  show  what  a 
rich  country  Spain  is.  Many  great  orange  groves,  their 
blossoms  just  over,  are  in  the  neighbourhood,  and  at  the 
time  of  our  visit  the  pomegranates  were  in  their  full 
bloom  of  a  rich,  clear,  blood  red — a  glorious  sight.  Malaga 
is  a  place  of  beautiful  residences  and  lovely  gardens, 
mostly  skirting  the  sea.  At  present  it  is  a  railway 
terminus  and  little  visited  by  tourists,  but  next  year 
(1923)  a  railway  direct  to  Granada  is  to  be  opened  for 
traffic.  We  had  to  detour  about  seven  hours,  again 
through  this  veritable  garden  of  Spain,  succeeded  by 
some  arid  valleys  back  into  the  well-watered  valley  of 
the  Darro,  to  the  old  Moorish  capital,  the  great  centre  of 
interest  in  which  is  the  world-famous  Alhambra. 

Granada  stands  nearly  3,000  feet  above  the  sea,  and 
all  the  year  round  has  a  good  climate.  From  the  hill 
on  which  the  Alhambra  is  placed,  a  magnificent  view  is 
had  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  with  snow-clad  mountains,  and 
of  a  great  fertile  plain.  The  main  features  of  the  group 

213 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

of  buildings  known  as  the  Alhambra  are,  the  elaborate 
detail  of  the  ornamentation  and  the  richness  of  the 
colouring.  The  most  beautiful  parts  are  the  Court  of 
the  Lions,  Court  of  the  Fishpond,  the  Halls  of  the 
Ambassadors,  Justice,  and  the  baths.  The  Generalife 
is  a  summer  residence,  with  beautiful  gardens  and 
fine  views.  The  cathedral  is  of  no  great  interest 
compared  with  the  Capilla  Real,  in  which  lie  the 
greatest  Spanish  king  and  queen — Ferdinand  and 
Isabella.  The  Church  of  the  Cartuja,  founded  in  1516 
by  the  "  Gran  Capitan,"  Granada's  hero,  Gonzalo 
Hernandez  de  Aguilar,  is  an  extraordinary  building.  Of 
highly-coloured  marbles,  with  the  most  wonderful  inlaid 
work  ever  seen,  ebony,  cedar,  mother-of-pearl,  and 
tortoise-shell  in  profusion  ;  such  materials  and  workman- 
ship as  one  would  expect  in  a  tiny  cabinet,  but  spread 
into  a  good-sized  church.  The  impression  is  a  dazzling 
one  and  again  unique,  but  purposeless,  and  one  says, 
"  Wherefore  this  waste  ?  " 

We  stopped  at  Honda  on  our  way  back  to  Gibraltar, 
our  starting-point.  It  is  in  a  most  romantic  situation, 
right  on  the  edge  of  a  cliff  pierced  by  a  gorge,  the  two 
portions  connected  by  a  bridge  spanning  the  gorge,  with 
two  earlier  bridges,  one  Moorish  and  the  other  Roman, 
far  below.  From  the  terrace  there  is  a  magnificent  and 
wonderful  prospect. 

There  is  room  for  much  improvement  in  hotels, 
specially  in  sanitary  matters,  and  the  railways  are  by  no 
means  ideal,  but  when  these  deficiencies  are  remedied  it 
will  be  a  less  interesting  Spain,  as  inevitably  other  less 
acceptable  modernisations  will  also  come  along. 


214 


XXVIII. 

Geographical   Facts  and   Fictions. 

WE  had  many  unexpected  experiences  as  regards 
temperatures,  as  changes  of  latitude  are  by  no 
means  the  only  cause  producing  these. 
Beginning  our  wanderings  by  the  voyage  from  Liverpool, 
via  the  northern  passage  of  Newfoundland  to  Montreal, 
in  August,  we  had  extremely  cold  weather  for  a  day 
before  entering  the  Straits  of  Belle  Isle  and  even  going  up 
the  St.  Lawrence  almost  to  Quebec,  but  between  that  and 
Montreal  we  had  full  summer  heat,  and  on  arrival  there 
the  men  were  mostly  in  whites  and  women  in  the  lightest 
of  muslins.  When  within  the  tropics,  at  Jamaica  and 
also  in  Asia,  each  thousand  feet  above  the  sea  make  a 
decided  difference,  and  at  4,000  to  6,000  feet  up  warmer 
clothing  was  a  necessity. 

Great  mountain  ranges  such  as  the  Rockies,  the  Andes, 
and  Himalayas  affect  the  temperatures  far  beyond  their 
actual  location.  The  last-named  makes  for  the  north 
of  India,  though  well  within  the  temperate  zone,  a 
tropical  temperature.  In  Bolivia,  at  La  Paz,  we  lived 
at  an  altitude  of  12,000  feet,  and  found  it  necessary  to 
do  as  the  residents  there  do,  walk  slowly  to  avoid  any 
strain  on  the  heart.  When  the  sun  was  up  there  was  no 
want  of  warmth,  but  at  sunset  the  temperature  got 
below  freezing-point,  and  even  indoors  some  heating  was 
required.  We  crossed  the  Andes  several  times  at  over 
15,000  feet  without  any  physical  inconvenience,  and  we 
sailed  overnight  from  Bolivia  to  Peru  on  Lake  Titicaca, 
the  highest  navigable  water  in  the  world,  12,000  feet 

215 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

above  the  sea,  without  any  unusual  sensation.  In 
contrast  later  on,  we  crossed  the  Sea  of  Tiberias,  680  feet 
below  sea-level,  and  the  Jordan  and  Dead  Sea  are  at  a  still 
lower  level,  the  latter  1,300  feet.  At  Darjeeling  we  were 
about  7,000  feet  above  sea-level,  but  from  near  there  we 
looked  on  Kinchinjanga,  28,178  feet,  and  Mount  Everest r 
29,002  feet  high.  | 

^he  Spaniards  were  responsible  for  much  of  the 
nomenclature  in  the  Americas.  There  are  Spanish  name& 
of  places  right  along  the  Pacific  coast,  from  Vancouver 
Island  to  the  south  of  Chile.  Some  interesting 
inaccuracies  were  observed.  Rio  de  Janeiro  (river  of 
January)  has  no  river.  The  Argentine  and  its  main 
river,  the  La  Plata  (both  meaning  silver),  have  not  and 
never  had  any  silver.  The  outstanding  misnomer  of  the 
Spaniards  is,  of  course,  the  Pacific  Ocean,  that  place  of 
hurricanes  and  typhoons.  But  the  Spaniards  are  not 
alone.  In  New  Zealand  the  Bay  of  Plenty  is  a  place  of 
poor  crops  and  scanty  pastures,  while  the  Bay  of  Poverty 
is  fine  land  and  richly  fertile.  The  richest  of  the  Malay 
States  is  Perak,  meaning  silver.  Its  main  product  is 
tin,  which  was  mistaken  for  the  more  valuable  metal. 

The  distribution  of  the  winds  seriously  affects  the 
temperature  as  well  as  the  rainfall,  especially  among 
islands.  For  instance,  in  Java,  at  the  eastern  end  of  the 
island,  in  the  month  of  July  we  had  fine  mornings  and 
forenoons,  but  rain  regularly  each  afternoon,  while  at 
the  western  end  of  the  island  the  weather  was  continuously 
fine.  Britain  is  not  the  only  place  where  temperatures 
are  uncertain.  We  crossed  the  equator  six  times,  and 
two  of  these  times  the  temperature  was  decidedly  cool,, 
by  no  means  tropical.  San  Francisco  we  visited  twice  : 
in  early  November  with  delightful  and  clear  summer 
weather,  late  in  June  with  cold  fogs  and  sunless  sky. 

South  America  is  geographically  a  most  unusual 
formation.  It  has,  about  one  hundred  miles  from  the 
coast  along  its  western  side,  the  largest  mountain  range 

216 


Geographical  Facts  and  Fictions 

in  the  world.  This  causes  the  extraordinary  shape  of 
Chile,  over  two  thousand  miles  long  and  about  one 
hundred  miles  broad.  On  the  eastern  side  of  the  Andes, 
in  Bolivia  and  Peru,  the  streams  flowing  eastwards  were 
the  head- waters  of  the  Amazon,  and  ran  a  course  of  five 
thousand  miles  before  reaching  the  Atlantic. 

There  are  many  widely-spread  misconceptions  as  to 
geographical  locations  :  one  of  the  most  prevalent  of 
these  is  that  Honolulu  is  an  island  in  the  South  Seas, 
whereas  it  is  the  largest  town  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands, 
an  American  territory  north  of  the  equator,  nearly  on  the 
Tropic  of  Cancer,  and  situated  on  Oahu  Island,  one  of 
the  smaller  islands  of  the  eight  which  form  the  group. 
Possibly  the  change  of  name  from  Sandwich  Islands, 
made  about  twenty  years  ago,  when  the  United  States 
took  over  the  islands,  has  caused  this  misconception. 
One  of  the  most  striking  facts  we  had  impressed  upon  us 
was  the  accurate  geographic  knowledge  which  was  common 
in  China,  when  Europe  upon  such  matters  was  in  the 
Dark  Ages. 


217 


XXIX. 

The   Inner  Man — Food. 

THE  European  traveller  finds  a  strongly  cosmopolitan 
tendency  throughout  the  world,  on  steamers,  and 
in  hotels,  but  even  that  has  a  local  modification 
from  the  supplies  available  and  the  practices  of  the 
inhabitants.  Where  Latins  and  Teutons  were  the 
original  settlers,  light  breakfast,  early  and  formidable 
lunch,  of  which  hors  d'ceuwes  are  an  important  part 
(in  South  America  it  amounted  to  a  good  cold  lunch), 
and  late  dinner  or  supper,  sometimes  as  late  as  nine 
o'clock,  prevails,  while  in  Anglo-Saxon  Colonies,  British 
ways  are  customary.  As  a  breakfast  dish,  North  America 
has  adopted  and  even  improved  on  the  Scottish  porridge 
habit,  now  much  less  prevalent  at  home  than  it  was  fifty 
years  ago.  It  is  varied  in  America  under  the  term 
"  cereals,"  and  that,  along  with  fruit,  is  the  introduction 
to  the  Anglo-Saxon  breakfast — a  substantial  meal, 
followed  by  a  light  lunch  (in  some  hot  climates  omitted), 
afternoon  tea  (a  growing  habit),  and  dinner  follows  as 
evening  meal. 

Hindus,  much  the  larger  proportion  of  the  population 
of  India,  by  religion  are  vegetarians,  and  generally  in  the 
east  animal  food  is  much  less  used  than  among  westerns. 
Cooked  rice,  boiled  or  steamed,  really  forms  the  staple 
food  of  the  natives  throughout  Asia  and  even,  among 
the  foreign  populations  there,  is  largely  used.  It  replaces 
potatoes  not  only  with  curries,  frequently  vegetarian, 
which  appear  so  largely  in  eastern  menus,  but  in  Java 
is  the  main  part  of  the  lunch,  there  known  as  "  rice  tafel." 

219 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

On  a  Japanese  steamer,  with  mostly  European  passengers, 
the  officers  had  a  vegetarian  dinner  every  other  day, 
but  on  trains  in  their  own  country  the  meals  were  like 
our  own,  and  seemed  to  be  quite  generally  taken  by  the 
Japanese.  Our  agglomerations  in  cities  has  obliterated 
the  hospitable  customs  of  earlier  days,  which  still  prevail 
to  the  east  of  Suez  and  even  in  Egypt.  In  India  and 
China  a  necessary  part  of  even  an  initial  social  reception 
is  tea  and  slight  cakes.  Frequently  these  are  produced 
as  a  preliminary  to  business,  also  at  entertainments  such 
as  the  Cherry-blossom  dance  in  Japan. 

For  Europeans  in  the  east  there  are  no  cooks  superior 
to  a  Chinaman  or  an  Indian,  preferably  a  Goanese.  On 
one  Japanese  steamer,  where  every  one  of  the  crew  from 
commander  to  cabin  boy  was  Japanese,  the  cook  could 
completely  hold  his  own  with  Americans  on  pies,  Indians 
on  curries,  Russians  on  soups,  and  French  on  ragouts. 
No  housewife  at  home  can  be  more  cleanly  about  cooking 
vessels  or  the  food  than  are  the  Orientals,  and  much  of 
their  practice  in  India  is  governed  by  religious  rules. 
The  eastern  lives  lightly  as  regards  food.  A  powerful 
Arab  living  on  a  few  dates  and  water  is  no  traveller's 
tale.  Fish  is  a  large  article  of  diet,  for  natives  as  well  as 
travellers,  wherever  we  went,  but  especially  in  the  East 
and  Far  East.  Poultry  and  eggs  were  also  very  general. 
Peacock  in  India  and  bear  in  Oregon  were  two  unusual 
diets  we  happened  upon,  the  former  a  sacred  bird  no 
Indian  would  touch. 

If  Scotland  has  given  the  world  a  breakfast  dish,  our 
national  beverage  has  attained  equal  cosmopolitanism, 
as  whisky  has  penetrated  every  land  we  visited.  Coffee 
is  in  general  use  in  Latin  and  Teutonic  countries  and 
largely  in  the  United  States,  while  tea  is  in  common 
use  in  the  east,  but,  dominant  as  it  is  nowhere  else  in 
Australasia,  being  there  the  accompaniment  of  every  meal. 
In  the  east  it  is  usually  taken  without  either  milk  or  sugar. 
A  large  part  of  the  population  of  South  America  uses- 

220 


The  Inner  Man— Food 

"  Yerba  matte,"  a  decoction  from  the  leaves  of  a  shrub 
growing  wild  in  Paraguay  and  Argentina,  which  is  said 
to  be  meat  and  drink  and  on  which  sustained  labour  can 
be  undertaken.  It  acts  as  a  stimulant  without 
intoxication.  It  is  infused  individually  by  freshly-boiled 
water  from  a  small  kettle  poured  on  the  leaves  in  a 
calabash  cup,  then  the  liquid  is  drawn  free  of  leaves 
through  a  silver  tube,  with  perforated  bulb  at  the  end 
(called  a  bombilla).  placed  in  the  cup.  Milk  is,  of  course, 
all  the  world  over,  a  natural  food  for  the  young.  The 
liquid  in  fresh  coconuts  is  also  used,  and  frequently  we 
had  the  pulped  white  of  the  nuts  served  like  a  custard. 

The  Japanese  have  become  adepts  at  brewing  a 
Pilsener  beer,  largely  used  as  mineral  waters  are  by 
themselves,  but  also  exported  westwards  to  what  we  call 
the  Orient. 

Imported  wines  and  other  spirits  than  whisky  are 
comparatively  little  used  abroad.  Wines  of  local  pro- 
duction in  South  America  and  Australia  are  generally 
consumed  locally.  There  are  also  locally-made  spirits 
used  by  many  native  races  in  the  east,  such  as  "  toddi," 
a  fermented  coco-nut  water  among  the  Malays,  and 
"  saki,"  distilled  from  rice,  in  Japan.  Vegetable 
anodynes,  "  hasheesh  "  or  "  bhang,"  from  Indian  hemp, 
in  the  middle  east,  and  opium  in  the  far  east,  are  chewed 
or  smoked  to  soothe  the  nerves  and  to  produce  pleasant 
dreams.  The  Moslems  by  their  religion  abstain  from  all 
alcoholic  drinks. 

Fruit  is  an  important  part  of  the  food  of  all  Orientals, 
and  in  various  countries,  according  to  the  period  of  the 
year,  we  had  opportunity  of  eating  many  varieties, 
which  even  cold  storage  does  not  open  to  the  western 
market.  Mangoes,  chicos  or  naseberries,  mangosteen, 
soursop,  sweetsop,  durian  are  some  of  these.  Pine- 
apples, paupau  or  papiya  we  do  get  at  home  carried  in 
freezers,  but  they  do  not  taste  like  the  freshly-gathered 
fruit,  and,  indeed,  the  same  applies  to  bananas,  which  have 

221 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

always  to  be  green  when  shipped  home.  Jamaica  is  the 
great  producer  of  bananas,  but  there  we  had  the  experience 
of  almost  every  tropical  fruit.  Many  of  our  common 
fruits  we  had  in  great  perfection  in  Canada  and  the 
United  States.  Peaches,  prunes  as  a  particular  plum  is. 
called,  and  apricots  just  ripe,  picked  when  eaten,  have  a 
lusciousness  which  carried  fruit  has  not.  We  had  straw- 
berries in  Australia  and  China,  but  not  equal  to  home 
grown.  Californian  oranges  are  unequalled,  but  those  of 
Jaffa  compared  closely,  and  even  on  the  Nile,  at  Luxor, 
we  had  delightful  refreshing  fruit  pulled  from  the  trees  f 
grateful  in  the  extreme  heat.  California  has  given  great 
attention  to  melon  growing.  Canteloupe  and  honey-dew 
melons,  when  obtainable,  made  a  good  preliminary  to 
breakfast.  Tomatoes,  of  course,  were  available  every- 
where, but  seldom  equal  to  those  grown  at  home.  An 
avocada  pear,  alligator  pear  or  palka,  as  it  was  called  in 
South  America,  frequently  was  served  before  dinner 
with  vinegar  and  pepper,  eaten  with  a  spoon.  It  had  a 
dark  green  exterior  wrapping,  not  edible,  with  a  firm, 
butter-like  interior.  Another  appetiser  was  grape-fruit, 
the  best  of  which  was  grown  in  Florida.  We  heard  of 
birds'  nests,  very  ancient  eggs  and  fattened  puppies, 
being  eaten  by  the  Chinese  as  delicacies,  but  were  satisfied 
not  to  share  their  enjoyment ;  neither  did  we  try  eating 
from  a  family  bowl  or  experiment  on  the  use  of  chop- 
sticks. 

Salads  have,  in  the  east,  to  be  eaten  with  discrimination, 
but  cooked  vegetables  are  safe  and  the  variety  available 
is  endless.  Most  of  our  home  varieties  are  to  be  had 
where  Europeans  live  ;  some  of  them  are  grown  and 
eaten  by  the  natives  all  over  the  east.  Yams  and  bread- 
fruit are  available  in  tropical  lands.  Bamboo  shoot  & 
are  a  delicacy.  We  thought  them  tasteless.  Sweet 
potatoes,  egg  plant  (like  an  aubergine),  sayor  putch  (a 
big  white  radish),  ladies'  fingers  (like  a  small  cucumber, 
with  tiny  peas  inside)  were  all  eaten  in  tropical  lands  and 

222 


The  Inner  Man— Food 

were  regularly  used  by  Chinese,  Tamils,  and  Malays. 
Certainly  such  food  is  more  suitable  than  meat  for  hot 
countries,  though  the  Briton  travelling,  when  he  gets 
among  compatriots,  does  not  resent  their  efforts  to  let 
him  have  a  real  home  meal.  We  had  three  New  Years' 
days  abroad  :  in  Jamaica,  Sydney,  and  Agra,  and  in 
each  case  temperature  of  over  90°,  but  that  did  not 
preclude  the  usual  turkey  and  plum-pudding  fare. 


223 


XXX. 

The  Outer  Man  and  Woman — Dress. 

OUR  western  idea  is  that  where  clothes  are  concerned 
man's  part  in  the  play  is  a  very  subsidiary  one, 
but  in  the  east  the  case  is  entirely  different. 
From  highly-placed  dignitaries  of  the  Roman  and  Greek 
Churches  in  Europe  to  the  princes  of  India,  the  mandarins 
of  China,  and  the  Mikado  of  Japan  is  no  great  leap. 
The  elaborateness  of  the  robes  is  part  of  and  an  important 
part  of  the  official  dress,  as,  in  a  less  degree,  are  our 
European  navy,  army,  and  diplomatic  services  parade 
uniforms.  When  it  comes  to  a  question  of  dressing  the 
part,  the  east  has  it  all  the  time.  The  garments  of  the 
higher  ecclesiastics,  worn  on  rare  occasions,  do  run  the 
Indian  royalties  hard,  but  the  jewelled  adornments  added 
to  their  silks  and  embroideries  completely  eclipse  the 
churchmen,  and  we  may  concede  that  the  Indian  prince 
is  the  most  gorgeously  dressed  male  human  in  the  world. 
Western  travellers,  men  especially,  have  little  oppor- 
tunity of  seeing  the  indoor  dress  of  Indian  women. 
Though  their  complexions  are  darker  and  their  features 
different  from  western  women  their  natures  are  very 
much  alike.  They  love  dress  and  even  enjoy  adorning 
themselves.  The  coiffure  gets  much  attention  without 
perhaps  the  variety  of  their  Occidental  sisters.  Vanity- 
boxes,  cosmetics,  and  mirrors  were  used  in  the  Far  East 
when  our  ladies  wore  skins  and  applied  woad  to  their 
bodies.  A  partiality  for  flowers  and  jewellery  as  adorn- 
ment goes  back  as  far  as  history.  Our  ladies  begin  to 
affect  divided  skirts  and  even  undisguised  trousers,  but 

225 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the  World 

these  have  been  common  in  the  east  for  hundreds  of  years, 
from  Persia  to  Japan.  We  saw  in  Japan  girl  cadets  in  tunic 
and  trousers  being  drilled  there,  and  such  dress  and  drill  were 
no  western  innovation,  but  had  been  worn  and  practised 
for  generations  by  the  women  of  Saumarai  families,  who, 
when  their  men  were  fighting  their  country's  battles,  had 
to  defend  their  ancestral  homes.  Out  of  doors  the  non- 
purdah  women  of  Ceylon  and  Burmah  wore  brilliant 
colours  daringly,  but  not  disturbingly  contrasted.  Many 
wore  handsome  and  costly  jewellery.  Some  races,  such 
as  the  Javanese  and  Malays,  carry  their  wealth  in  that 
form.  The  women  wore  garments  of  a  peculiar  locally- 
made  cotton  print,  called  Batok.  The  designs  are  marked 
off  with  hot,  fluent  wax  at  the  point  where  the  colour 
being  applied  is  to  stop  ;  the  pigment  is  painted  on,  dried, 
and  the  wax  removed  ;  the  process  is  repeated  for  each 
colour,  and  the  effect  when  completed  is  quite  unique. 
This  is  largely  women's  work  in  the  towns  around 
Djokjakarta,  the  oldest  city  in  Java.  While  we  were  in 
Calcutta,  the  wife  of  the  Lieutenant-Governor  of  Bengal 
held  a  reception  of  Indian  ladies,  and  the  descriptions  of 
dress  published,  amply  bore  out  the  claim  that  they  are 
elaborate  and  costly  to  a  degree  which  far  surpasses 
anything  in  the  west.  Indoors  there  were  only  a  few 
exceptional  opportunities  of  seeing  Indian  ladies'  dress, 
and  these  showed  larger  proportionate  expenditure  than 
on  the  other  items  of  cost  of  living,  housing  and  food ; 
also  good  taste  in  the  selection  of  materials  and  colours. 
In  China  and  Japan  we  had  many  opportunities  of  seeing 
both  outdoor  and  indoor  dress,  which  may  be  described 
as  handsome  and  heavy  in  the  one  case,  graceful  and 
elegant  in  the  other. 

There  are  no  season's  fashions  in  frocks  in  the  east, 
so  the  "  last  word  "  has  no  meaning.  Anyone  can,  and 
it  is  well  recognised  as  being  done,  wear  mother's,  grand- 
mother's, or  earlier  ancestor's  frock  without  hesitation. 
In  the  south-west  of  India,  at  midday,  ladies  go  even 

226 


The  Outer  Man  and  Woman — Dress 

more  decolktte  than  in  any  British  ballroom,  and  have 
done  so  for  hundreds  of  years. 

There  is  a  tendency  more  marked  in  Japan  than 
farther  west  for  both  sexes  to  wear  European  clothes. 
In  neither  case  did  it  seem  a  change  for  the  better.  It  is 
to  be  hoped  that  the  Orientals  will  realise  that  here,  if 
anywhere,  is  there  reason  for  conservatism.  Of  the 
suitability  and  gracefulness  of  the  time-honoured  dress 
habits  in  the  east  there  can  be  no  question. 


227 


XXXI. 

Social  Conditions— The  Position  of 
Women  and  Children. 

RELIGION  seriously  affects  social  conditions  in  all 
Asiatic  countries.  Mahommedanism  ignores 
women  and  Hinduism  does  not  allow  women  to 
to  take  any  active  part  in  its  public  ritual,  yet  in  both 
cases  women  have  an  important  place.  They  cannot  by 
any  rule  of  man  be  excluded  from  their  natural  first 
place  in  the  upbringing  of  the  next  generation.  In 
Burmah  there  are  no  caste  restrictions,  while  in  Ceylon 
they  are  practically  abandoned.  Obviously,  the  position 
is  entirely  different  in  these  two  countries,  as  the  population 
generally  has  the  sexes  mixing  as  freely  as  in  Europe. 
Further  east,  in  Malaya  and  Java,  the  position  is  like  that 
of  Ceylon.  In  China  the  women  seem  less  in  evidence  ; 
the  position  there  is  not  so  much  one  of  inferiority  as  of 
a  sacred  seclusion,  yet  at  outdoor  work,  agricultural  as 
well  as  labourer's  work,  they  seem  to  preponderate. 

Undoubtedly  women's  position  in  the  east  is  on  the 
whole  inferior,  and  undesirably  so.  They  themselves 
generally  are  conservative  ;  more  opposed  than  men  to 
change  of  long-established  conditions.  They  are  also 
credulous  and  superstitious,  and  only  the  slow  movement 
of  education  will  alter  these  defects.  In  China  the  pig- 
tail custom  of  the  men  and  binding  the  feet  of  the  women 
are  gradually  going.  There  were  very  few  of  either 
visible  in  Pekin.  The  unchanging  east  is  now  moving. 
Nature  is  stronger  than  man-made  rules.  China  has 

229 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

hardly  forgotten  the  great  Empress-Dowager.  India's 
greatest  memorial  structure,  admittedly  the  finest 
monument  of  human  devotion  in  the  world,  is  to  a  woman. 
Among  the  Hindus  the  woman  is  the  ruler  in  all  domestic 
affairs.  She  prompts  the  pilgrimage  plans.  She 
officiates  at  the  daily  offering,  lights  the  lamp  before  the 
shrine,  and  chants  the  hymn  ;  reads  to  the  children  the 
sacred  books  telling  the  deeds  of  the  gods  ;  teaches  the 
children  to  prostrate  themselves  in  prayer.  So  well  is 
her  place  recognised  that  a  current  proverb  is,  "  A  man  is 
a  lion  abroad,  but  a  jackal  in  his  own  home."  It  reminds 
one  of  "  John  Grumlie "  and  other  classics  at  home. 
Although  the  British  Raj  is  most  guarded  in  interfering 
with  any  religious  practices,  suttee  is  now  practically 
abandoned  and  the  age  of  actual  marriage  raised  to 
maturity.  Medical  missions  have  done  much  for  women, 
and  there  is  a  steady  increase  in  the  number  of  native 
qualified  medical  men  and  women  in  India  and  Japan. 

The  races  of  India  vary  enormously  in  degree  of  colour, 
from  the  Kashmiri,  very  much  like  ourselves,  to  the 
Goanese,  like  negroes,  while  in  their  range  of  intelligence 
and  practices  they  are  certainly  fully  as  different  as  the 
various  races  in  Europe.  The  people  approaching  most 
nearly  to  ourselves  is  the  small  but  influential  body  of 
Parsees,  mostly  in  Bombay  Province.  They  have  no 
caste  and  no  early  marriage. 

Children  in  the  east  have  a  very  good  time.  What 
strikes  a  western  is  their  early  maturity,  enhanced  by  the 
common  practice  of  dressing  them  like  their  elders. 
Working  women  constantly  carry  round  their  babies  in 
India,  generally  astride  on  their  sides  ;  farther  east,  on 
their  backs,  but  they  are  soon  handed  over  to  members 
of  the  family  only  a  little  older.  Everywhere  there  are 
only  a  few  years  between  the  infants  and  their  nurses. 

Men  in  all  the  countries  delighted  in  the  young  life, 
especially  the  fathers  with  their  little  girls.  One 
Englishman,  whom  we  met  just  as  he  came  from  China 

230 


Social  Conditions— Women   and  Children 

to  Japan,  had  been  most  strongly  impressed  by  the 
absence  of  pocket-handkerchiefs,  thejieed  for  which  was 
most  noticeable  among  the  children,  and  he  suggested 
that  Mr.  Rockefeller  might  be  well-advised  to  inaugurate 
the  great  Health  Institute  in  Pekin,  now  building  and 
bearing  his  name,  by  a  free  distribution  of  these  by  the 
million.  Japan  and  China  are  great  on  children's  toys. 
Kite-flying  is  universal,  and  we  were  constantly  coming 
across  strange  forms  of  kites.  The  children  in  the  east 
are  very  happy  creatures.  Burmah  and  Japan  take  the 
lead  in  ideas  for  giving  them  pleasure — possibly  the 
freedom  of  the  women  is  an  important  factor. 


231 


XXXII. 

Builders. 

THE  houses  we  live  in,  the  roads  we  make,  the  walls 
which  enclose  and  protect  us,  and  our  shrines 
or  places  of  worship  are  the  most  characteristic 
manifestation  of  a  people's  ideals.  The  religious  and 
philosophic  Greeks  built  temples,  the  masterful  Romans 
constructed  roads,  but  by  that  time  the  Near,  Middle, 
and  Far  East  had  each  made  their  manifestation.  The 
pyramids  and  sphinx  then  were  antique  ;  even  Thebes 
was  aged.  Many  of  the  finest  Hindu  temples  were 
contemporary,  while  the  greater  part  of  China's  Great 
Wall  was  serving  the  purpose  of  its  builders.  Asia  and 
North  Africa  were  middle-aged ;  Europe  was  still  a 
lusty,  growing  youth.  What  are  the  outstanding 
features  of  these  manifestations  ?  In  massive  solidity, 
austere  strength,  rarely  with  gracefulness,  the  pyramids 
and  temples  of  Egypt  are  remarkable  ;  rugged  masses  of 
stone  crudely  wrought ;  huge,  hard  and  strong.  The 
Inca  remains  in  Bolivia,  and  Peru  may  be  placed  in  the 
same  category.  In  patient  work,  time  unlimited  and 
freely  given,  minute  and  beautiful  and  accurate  in  detail, 
the  most  perfect  examples  are  the  Hindu  work  in  India, 
Ceylon,  and  Java  of  about  two  thousand  years  ago. 
The  remains  in  Greece,  as  well  as  in  Italy  and  at  Baalbec, 
well  illustrate  the  Greek  and  Roman  expression  of  bold 
and  graceful  outline  with  fine  detail,  the  temple  of 
Bacchus  at  Baalbec  being  an  outstanding  example. 

Religious  motives  have  largely  inspired  the  finest 
structures  in  east  and  west.  The  Shwe  Dagon  Pagoda 
in  Rangoon,  the  Altar  of  Heaven  and  the  Temple  of 
Heaven  in  Pekin  (both  magnificent  examples  of  enduring 
work) ;  the  Dilwarra  Temples  at  Mount  Abu  in  Rajputana  ; 
the  mosques  of  Constantinople  and  Cairo,  as  well  as  the 
R  233 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

Christian  fanes,  Gothic  and  Renaissance,  of  Europe,  are 
all  of  this  class,  each  in  its  own  way  giving  expression  to 
high  religious  feeling. 

Japan  is  disappointing  as  regards  buildings.  There 
are  few  really  impressive.  The  shrines  are  mostly  of 
wood,  and  gaudily  painted.  Some  of  the  palaces  are  of 
stone,  mostly  very  simply  furnished.  The  wonderful 
Indo-Persian  creations  in  and  around  Agra,  the  Taj 
Mahal,  the  tomb  of  Itimad-ad-Dowlah,  Akbar's  tomb  at 
Sikandra,  and  the  abandoned  capital  at  Fatipur  Sikri  are 
the  finest  and  most  perfect  examples  of  architectural 
expression  in  the  east,  and  we  can  hardly  find  anything 
in  western  countries  which  can  be  compared  with  them. 
The  Moorish  work  of  Southern  Spain  is  of  the  same  order, 
but  falls  far  short  in  design  and  execution. 

What  of  modern  work  ?  In  the  east,  and  especially 
in  Malay  a,  there  were  some  interesting  and  not  unsuccessful 
efforts  to  adapt  eastern  outlines  to  public  service 
buildings.  Modern  Athens  has  in  her  perfect  material — 
Pentelicon  pure  white  marble — a  great  advantage,  and 
University  Street  there  is  on  a  small  scale  a  creditable 
effort.  America  does  not  profess  to  do  more  than  copy 
classical  forms.  The  Capitol  at  Washington  and  the 
Pennsylvania  Station  in  New  York  do  this  successfully, 
but  generally  in  Europe  and  America,  Government  and 
other  public  buildings,  hotels,  libraries,  and  railway 
stations  are  sadly  wanting  in  originality  or  expression  of 
other  than  utilitarian  ugliness.  The  new  Delhi  will  test 
Britain.  What  is  visible  promises  well,  but  of  course 
this  is  not  an  Indian  expression  but  a  British.  The 
temporary  Delhi  looks  like  Earl's  Court.  We  had  several 
opportunities  of  seeing  good  class  dwelling-houses  in  the 
Near  East — i.e.,  around  the  Mediterranean — and  were 
surprised  at  their  handsomeness.  That  of  course  was  all 
within,  as  no  portion  of  such  houses  is  visible  from 
without.  Decoration  and  furniture  were  luxurious  and 
in  good  taste. 

234 


XXXIII. 
Craftsmen  and  Artists. 

THERE  is  much  of  what  may  be  called  hereditary 
craft  in  the  east.  In  India  the  caste  system 
lends  itself  to  the  son  following  his  father's 
occupation  until  his  skill  becomes  almost  a  hereditary 
instinct.  In  China  there  are  very  ancient  craft  guilds 
still  operative  on  lines  very  similar  to  those  of 
Continental  and  British  institutions,  now  only  of  historical 
interest  or  surviving  in  their  benign  work  of  helping 
disabled  brothers.  Does  the  Oriental  workman  know 
how  to  exercise  his  craft,  and,  if  so,  does  he  turn  out  a 
creditable  article  ?  Take  house  furniture.  The  Japanese 
do  not  cumber  their  houses  with  much,  but  that  little  is 
well-contrived,  daintily  made,  and  artistically  decorated. 
The  Chinaman,  possibly  because  he  uses  it  more,  makes  a 
stronger  article  of  more  perfect  workmanship.  He  sits 
on  a  chair  ;  most  Orientals  sit  or  squat  on  the  floor. 
Some  of  his  cabinet  work,  with  mother-of-pearl  decoration 
and  the  component  parts  firmly  held  together  by  wooden 
angles  and  keys,  is  perfectly  marvellous.  The  workshops 
of  Canton,  all  in  one  quarter,  were  crowded  with  good 
work,  evidently  for  home  consumption.  Seoul  in  Korea, 
was  a  great  curiosity  shop.  We  saw  one  private  house 
there  filled  with  beautiful  old  pieces,  the  feature  of  which 
was  brass  work  combined  with  well-grained  hard  wood, 
dimly  polished.  The  collection  of  highly  artistic  furniture 
in  the  Imperial  Museum,  Pekin,  is  unique.  Generally 
metal  work  is  carried  to  greater  perfection  in  India  than 
further  east.  There  were  in  the  old  days  of  constant 
s  235 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

fighting  a  race  of  armourers  with  great  skill  in  supplying 
the  elaborately  decorated  weapons,  and  the  skill  of  the 
descendants  has  been  turned  to  household  decorative 
work,  especially  combining  metals,  such  as  "  bidri "  work, 
which  is  ground-work  of  gun-metal,  with  silver  designs 
hammered  in,  and  engraving  and  inlaying  on  brass,  as  at 
Benares,  Moradabad,  and  Jaipur.  We  saw  extra- 
ordinarily fine  brass  work  of  the  present  day  in  Java  at 
Djokjakarta.  Damascus  work,  gold  on  gun-metal,  is 
carried  on  in  the  north-west  of  India  ;  but  we  saw  the 
finest  work  of  this  kind  in  Kyoto,  Japan. 

There  was  no  mosaic  work  in  the  east  at  all  comparable 
with  that  in  Spain,  particularly  in  the  mosque  at 
Cordova.  The  Chinese  shoemaker,  entirely  by  hand, 
does  work  well  equal  to  the  costliest  London  makers,  and 
his  leather  endures.  On  decorative  work,  such  as  lacquer, 
combined  metal  and  porcelain,  or  cloisonne,  the 
Chinamen  excel  in  every  way,  and  their  work  is  not 
contrived  or  designed  by  a  master  and  executed  by  a 
mechanical  servant-worker,  but  throughout  embodies  the 
thought,  taste,  and  skill  of  one  man,  a  creative  artist. 
In  India  the  mason  and  smith  wrought  together  as  early 
as  the  thirteenth  century  on  the  forged  structural  iron- 
work as  instanced  in  the  Black  Pagoda  at  Kanarak,  in 
the  north-east  of  Madras  Presidency. 

In  jewellery  India  has  long  been  predominant  ;  the 
availability  of  precious  stones  is  a  factor,  and  there  are 
also  very  highly  skilled  silversmiths.  The  productions 
of  these  craftsmen  are  favourite  forms  of  investment 
among  the  simple  Indians,  who  prefer  the  compactly 
material  form  to  incomprehensible  "  scraps  of  paper." 
To  some  extent  the  same  preference  applies  to  China, 
but  the  bank  idea  has  long  been  familiar  there.  The  skill 
and  artistic  work  of  their  silversmiths  competes  credit- 
ably with  the  whole  world. 

The  weaver's  craft  has  certainly  as  long  a  history  in 
the  Orient  as  those  already  referred  to,  and  it  is  no 

236 


Craftsmen  and  Artists 

exaggeration  to  say  that,  with  only  the  most  primitive 
appliances,  there  has  been  produced  as  fine  work  as  by 
machinery  in  modern  times.  Largely  working  in  silk,  as 
we  saw  them  doing  in  each  country  visited,  and  with  great 
natural  taste,  both  for  design  and  colouring,  and  of  course 
with  weather  conditions  encouraging  brilliant  colours 
and  dainty  fabrics,  the  Oriental  weaver  produces  articles 
of  the  very  highest  class.  The  embroiderer,  often  a  man, 
though  it  is  also  woman's  work,  has  an  important  part  in 
decorating  the  fabric  which  the  weaver  has  produced, 
and  from  India  to  Japan  they  vie  with  each  other,  not 
only  in  making  work  for  men's  and  women's  dress,  but 
in  draperies,  table  decoration,  and  hangings.  Dyeing  is  a 
familiar  household  occupation  in  the  east,  and  the  dye-stuffs 
give  not  only  beautiful  but  durable  colours.  The  finest 
of  carpets  are  produced  in  Persia  as  prayer  rugs  of  silk 
and  wool,  but  the  luxury  of  women's  quarters  in  India 
and  further  east  is  responsible  for  the  production  of  floor- 
rugs  and  carpets  of  wonderful  design  and  colouring,  all 
hand  work,  generally  of  young  boys  and  girls  under  an 
adult's  guidance.  Sculpture  is  dormant  in  the  east. 
The  only  output  which  came  under  our  notice  was  Buddhas 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Mandalay,  which  seemed  to  be 
exported  all  over  the  East  and  Far  East. 

Drawing  and  painting  are  more  vital  arts.  Curiously, 
there  was  no  indication  that  painting  in  oils  was  ever 
practised  in  the  East.  Japan  excelled  in  water-colour 
painting,  but  both  they  and  the  Chinese  have  marvel- 
lously vigorous  and  lifelike  black-and-white  work,  as  well 
by  brush  as  by  pen  and  pencil.  The  skill  required  to 
make  their  written  ideographs  is  also  applied  to  figure- 
drawing. 

We  could  discover  no  charm  in  eastern  music. 


237 


XXXIV. 

The  Oriental's  Point  of  View. 

IN  intercourse  with  the  peoples  of  the  two  Americas 
we  had  many  opportunities  of  hearing  their  point 
of  view  of  the  British,  specially  the  English, 
plainly  put  to  us.  They  do  not  accept  us  at  our  own 
valuation.  No  doubt  they  see  us  from  a  different  angle, 
and  their  view  was  not  always  complimentary,  but  it  was 
wholesome  for  us.  We  are  not  the  only  people  who  may 
be  seen  by  different  people  from  diametrically  opposite 
points  of  view.  A  droll  experience  we  had  in  finding  at 
Seattle,  Washington  State,  a  Japanese  noble  meta- 
phorically on  his  knees  doing  penance  on  behalf  of  his 
nation  to  the  Americans  over  deli veries  inferior  to  sample 
during  the  war  ;  and  when  we  got  down  to  Buenos  Ayres 
a  similar  scene  was  staged,  but  the  Argentines  were  the 
plaintiffs  and  the  North  Americans  were  in  the  dock  on 
exactly  the  same  charge. 

In  judging  of  Asia  it  is  of  transcendent  importance 
that  we  should  know  the  point  of  view  of  its  inhabitants, 
who  are  nearly  two-thirds  of  the  human  race,  and  none 
of  the  300,000,000  of  India  and  few  of  the  400,000,000 
of  China  but  are  of  an  earlier  civilisation  than  our  own. 
In  India  one  begins  to  realise  how  many  different  races 
there  are,  quite  as  varied  as  the  extremes  of  the  European 
nationalities,  and,  no  doubt,  though  the  western  cannot 
discern  it,  there  are  equal  differences  among  the  400,000,000 
of  China,  but  one  thing  is  certain  that  only  a  small 
percentage  of  that  700,000,000  are  primitive  and 
uncivilised.  They  have  acute  minds  and  fine  ideals. 

239 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the  World 

The  Moslem  with  his  obeyed  Koran  and  call  to  prayer, 
heard  and  heeded  five  times  a  day,  comes  nearer  to  being 
religious  than  many  so-called  Christians.  The  Hindu, 
with  his  many  gods,  reincarnations,  pilgrimages,  and 
well-kept  rules  of  life,  often  has  good  reason  to  despise 
what  he  sees  in  nominal  Christians.  The  Confucians  have 
all  the  religion  of  Christ  except  the  Redemption  as  their 
daily  guide  ;  they  cannot  fairly  be  described  as  heathen. 
The  Christian  faith  they  hear  of  and  admire,  but  the  bulk 
of  its  visible  examples  are  mighty  poor  arguments  for 
our  faith.  The  uppermost  and  most  visible  motives  of 
the  great  bulk  of  the  Europeans  in  India  are  desire  of 
wealth  and  position.  All  honour  to  the  small  body  of 
earnest  missionaries  who  toil  on  hopefully  among  such  an 
unimpressionable  multitude. 

Two  interesting  writers  in  recently  published  works 
make  comments  on  the  Chinese  : — 

Emile  Hovelaque,  in  "La  Chine"  (1920),  writes: 
"  The  civilisation  of  China  has  stood  its  tests.  It  has 
provided  countless  generations  of  men  with  food,  not 
only  for  the  body,  but  for  the  soul.  It  has  been  a  school 
of  moral  beauty  and  virtue,  of  gentleness  and  wisdom. 
It  has  given  to  China  a  degree  of  happiness,  and  to  the 
life  of  her  people  a  stability  and  harmony  which  have 
never  been  excelled  (the  Chinese  would  say  '  never 
equalled')  by  any  other  civilisation." 

J.  0.  Bland,  in  his  "China,  Japan,  and  Korea" 
(1921),  refers  to  present-day  conditions  in  these  countries 
in  the  following  words  :  "  Never  has  there  been  a  race 
more  worthily  deserving  of  protection  at  the  hands  of 
humanity.  For,  say  what  you  will,  that  very  passive 
philosophy  which  exposes  China  to  the  rapacity  of  earth- 
hungry  Powers,  approaches  more  nearly  to  the  essential 
principles  of  Christianity  as  laid  down  in  the  Sermon 
on  the  Mount  than  the  every-day  practice  of  most 
Christian  nations." 

The  Great  War  between  Christian  nations,  each 
240 


The  Oriental's  Point  of  View 

invoking  the  same  Divine  aid,  causing  a  slaughter  com- 
pared with  which  all  Asiatic  figures  are  insignificant, 
quite  reasonably  makes  the  Oriental  pause  and  ask  whether 
a,  civilisation  and  religion  under  which  such  things  can 
be  is  desirable  for  them.  The  war  has  certainly  aroused 
expression  of  desire  on  the  part  of  the  Orientals,  now  under 
foreign  powers,  to  have  independence  or  more  voice  in 
the  government  of  their  countries. 

We  had  opportunities  of  seeing  two  other  European 
powers  as  Colonists,  the  French  and  the  Dutch,  and 
undoubtedly  they  identify  themselves  with  their  colonies 
as  our  people  do  not.  They  live  for  and  die  in  the  Colonies, 
and  frequently  intermarry  with  the  people  among  whom 
their  lot  is  cast.  The  British  attitude  is  that  of  a  superior 
race  only  there  for  a  term,  earning  a  pension  or  amassing 
a  fortune,  on  which  they  retire  to  the  Old  Country.  The 
mean  of  these  two  attitudes  is  the  desirable  course. 
Similarly  there  are  plenty  of  stories,  well  substantiated,  of 
stupid  young  swankers  ill-treating  Indian  princes,  and 
there  are  undoubtedly  hundreds  of  cases  where  British 
officials  and  soldiers  are  admired,  trusted,  and  loved  by 
highly-educated  and  highly-placed  Indians.  In  the  Native 
States  one  hears  little  of  disaffection  or  disloyalty,  possibly 
because  it  is  well  known  that  any  such  open  expression 
would  at  once  be  sharply  dealt  with.  Indian  aspirations 
for  taking  increased  responsibility  in  governing  their 
own  land  are  being  encouraged,  and  a  gradual  progress  in 
that  direction  has  been  forecasted  by  the  Home  Govern- 
ment. Even  among  themselves  there  are  indications 
that  there  would  not  generally  be  that  confidence  in  the 
purity  of  the  services  which  has  characterised  the  past. 
It  is  a  difficult  position  and  the  solution  lies  in  going 
cautiously,  and  the  Indian  will  be  well  advised  not  to 
press  for  rapid  progress.  Japan,  an  absolute  military 
monarchy,  seems  to  make  more  progress  towards  western 
civilisation  than  does  China — a  chaotic  Republic.  The 
United  States  gave  Cuba  her  independence  to  the  dis- 

241 


Zig-Zagging  Round  the   World 

advantage  of  that  people,  and  in  the  Philippines  are  not 
likely  to  take  the  same  course.  The  whole  interest  of 
Britain  and  the  European  powers  generally  is  to  make 
strong  stable  communities  throughout  the  Orient.  Study 
of  the  Oriental's  point  of  view  is  the  essential  preparation 
for  enabling  the  European  to  assist  and  guide  the  millions 
of  Asia  to  this  goal. 


Many  lands  were  visited,  and  we  had  much  intercourse 
with  many  peoples.  All  were  interesting,  but  we  shared 
the  fate  of  many  travellers  in  that  we  thoroughly 
succumbed  to  the  charm  and  fascination  of  the  East 
and  Far  East.  Indelible  impressions  of  India  and 
China  we  shall  carry  through  all  our  days  here  and 
possibly  even  to  the  hereafter. 


242 


INDEX 

PAGE 

JSgean,  Bosphorus,  and  Levant,  The, 197 

Algeria 206 

Australasia :  its  Social  and  Industrial  Conditions,  Resources, 

and  Needs, 113 

Australia, 103 

A  Visit  to  the  Iguazu — the  most  beautiful  waterfalls  in  the 

world, 65 

Barbary  Coast  and  Iberian  Peninsula,  The 205 

Bosphorus,  202 

Builders, 233 

Burma,  . .  . .  .  .  . .  . .  .  •  •  •  •  •  155 

Canada,  9 

Ceylon,  160 

China,  128 

Commonwealth  of  Australia,  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  103 

Craftsmen  and  Artists 235 

Cuba,  41 

Dominion  of  New  Zealand,  The,  95 

Egypt,  Syria,  and  Palestine,  .  .  . .  . .  . .  . .  187 

Federation  of  the  British  West  Indies. 53 

Geographical  Facts  and  Fictions,  215 

Hawaii,          . .          .  .          .  .          . .          .  .          .  .          . .          •  •  85 

Hawaiian  Islands,  .  .  .  .  .  .  . .  . .  . .  . .  85 

Hong  Kong,  131 

Honolulu,  . .  . .  . .  . .  .  .  . .  . .  •  •  87 

Iguazu,  The,  65 

Imperial  Valley,  California,  The,  31 

India, 169 

Inner  Man,  The— Food,  210 

Jamaica,        . .         . .         . .         . .         . .         . .         . .         •  •  46 

Jamaica  and  Federation  of  the  British  West  Indies, . .  . .  53 

Japan,  119 

Java,  140 


INDEX— continued. 

PAGE 

Korea,           127 

Levant,         203 

Malaya,         143 

Manchuria, 128 

Manila,          139 

Morocco, 206 

New  Zealand,          95 

Oriental  Point  of  View,  The, 239 

Outer  Man  and  Woman,  The — Dress, 225 

Palestine, 194 

Panama  Canal,  Pacific  Trade,  and  the  World  War 81 

Portugal, 209 

Rocky  Mountains,  Canada,          13 

Social  Conditions — the  Position  of  Women  and  Children,    .  .  229 

South  America,  Eastern  Seaboard,         57 

South  America,  Western  Seaboard,       71 

South-Western  States,  The,         35 

Spain,            208 

Syria,             192 

Through  Korea  and  Manchuria  to  China,        127 

Trade  in  the  Far  East, 149 

Western  Seaboard  of  the  United  States,          ..  17 

West  Indies,  The,  Cuba  and  Jamaica,              41 


PRINTED   BY   AIRD    AND   COGHILL,    LTD.,    GLASGOW. 


9VO-4- 

M 


LEGISLATIVE 
LIBRARY    REGULATIONS 

1 .  Books  (other  than  7-day  books) 
are  lent  for  a  period  not  exceeding 
two    weeks,      with    the    option    of 
renewal  for  an  additional  two  weeks 
if  no  other  application  is  filed.     All 
books  are  lent  at  the  discretion  of 
the    Librarian   and    are    subject   to 
recall  at  any  time. 

2.  The  borrower  assumes  full  re- 
sponsibility for  the  value  of  the  book 
in  case  of  loss  or  injury. 

3.  Not  more  than  two  books  may 
be  borrowed  at  one  time. 


153316     18923     OFFICE  SPECIALTY 


eea 


&1&  -I22Z 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY 


G 
440 

M32 


McEwan,  Robert  D. 

Zig-zagging  round  the  world